HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 5274 - Contract - Wallace Sprinkler Inc - LPAF Renovations - 09/10/1996RESOLUTION NO.5274
September 10, 1996
Item #34
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to
execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock a Contract, attached herewith, by and
between the City of Lubbock and Wallace Sprinkler, Inc. of Lubbock, Texas, to install and
furnish all materials and services as bid for the Lewis Park Athletic Field renovations, and any
associated documents, which Contract shall be spread upon the minutes of the Council and as
spread upon the minutes of this Council shall constitute and be a part of this Resolution as if
fully copied herein in detail.
Passed by the City Council this
10th day of September _, 1996.
H1eX ly UUUKe, rlayor rro lem
ATTEST:
arold Willard, terim City Secretary
APPROVED AS TO CrINTFUT-
c
Victor Kilmanrchas�
APPROVED AS TO FC
D(Mald G. Vandiver, Fi
City Attorney
DGV:da/ccdocs/wallace. res
September 3, 1996
CITY OF LUBBOCK
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
BID #13633
CITY OF LU113BOCK
Lubbock, Texas
ri-
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
806-767-2167
MAILED TO VENDOR:
OLD CLOSE DATE:
ITB #13633 - LEVAS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATIONS
Office of
Purchasing
August 11, 1996
August 8,1996 @ 2:00 P.M.
ADDENDUM #3
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named ITB. Where any item
called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this
addendum, shall remain in effect.
1. Enclosed please find the revised Bid Submittal Form. Please submit your bid on the
revised form.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Laura Ritchie
Buyer
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
Questions may be faxed to: (806)767-2164
THANK YOU,
C � � t - P-2ct,-tc-
LAURA RITCHIE
BUYER
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID.
LR
Enclosure
6 purch:add=da.dw VIN6 3:79 PM
I
PLACE:
71 DATE: _
BID SUBMITTAL
LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT
PROJECT NUMBER: 13633 - LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
Bid of
(hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
1 The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a
7
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related
contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the
construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor,
materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents,
,., within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the
r vwrk required under the contract documents.
ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION TOTAL
NO. AMOUNT
.,• Base Bid
1. DEMOLITION Removal and legal disposal of two existing concession stands, concrete, existing
ENTIRE SITE concrete, existing trees, fencing, and all obstructions as shown on the plans or where
directed by owner. Shall Include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, incidentals, and barricades complete in place.
MATERIALS:
($
SERVICES:
(� )
TOTAL ITEM 1:
r
r�
1'
r■
2
EARTHWORK Approved earthwork and grading. Shall include all cut and fill material approximately
AND GRADING 317 cu./yds cut 3,261 cu./yds. fill, infield material and grass seeding, preparation,
material, equipment, labor, tools, supervision, all incidentals, SWPPP and barricades
complete in place as shown on the plans or where directed by owner.
MATERIALS:
($
SERVICES:
($
TOTAL ITEM 2:
($
3. SITEWORK Install scoreboard conduits with pullwire, PA system conduits with puliwire, water line,
sewer line, trenching, fill, existing bleachers, and owner supplied drinking fountains,
complete in place as shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
Shall include all materials, preparation, equipment, labor, tools, supervision, incidentals,
and barricades complete in place.
MATERIALS: ($
SERVICES: ($
TOTAL ITEM 3: ($
4. CONCESSION Concession stand, including all work associated with electrical, mechanical, plumbing,
STAND masonry, metals, doors, windows, wood, furnishings, equipment, finishes, preparation,
equipment, labor, tools, supervision, incidentals, and barricades complete in place as
shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
MATERIALS: �$
SERVICES: ($ t
TOTAL ITEM 4: ($
F
5. CONCRETE WORK
Fumish and install all concrete as shown on the plans and specifications, or where
directed by owner. Shall include all preparation, material, equipment, labor tools,
supervision, incidentals, and barricades complete in place.
..
MATERIALS:
�$
SERVICES:
($
TOTAL ITEM 5:
�$
,�..
6. FENCING
Fumish and install all chain link fencing as shown on the
�i
plans and specifications, or where directed by owner. Shall
include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, and incidentals complete in place.
MATERIALS:
�$
,,..
SERVICES:
($
TOTAL ITEM 6:
($-
F
r�
r�
d
7. LIGHTING Furnish and install all light fixtures, 17 light poles, conduit and wiring,
r trenching, fill, electrical, and all associated work as shown on
the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner. Shall
include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, and incidentals complete in place.
j+ MATERIALS: �$
SERVICES: �$
TOTAL ITEM 7: �$
8. IRRIGATION Furnish and install all irrigation conduits, heads, controllers, valves
` wiring, trenching, backfill, incidentals, and all associated work as
shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
Shall include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools, and
supervision, complete in place.
MATERIALS:
�$
SERVICES:
�$
TOTAL ITEM 8:
�$
TOTAL BID Items 1-8. Furnish and install demolition, earthwork and grading,
sitework, concession stand, concrete work, fencing, lighting, and irrigation.
MATERIALS: ($
SERVICES: ($
TOTAL BID ITEMS 1-8: ($
DEDUCT Deduct of the concrete/cmu seat wall along the south side
ALTERNATE #1 of the concession stand. Continuation of the decorative
1 x 1 hollow tube security fence to ground level, with
additional horizontal mid -rail.
MATERIALS: ($
SERVICES: ($
TOTAL ITEM ALTERNATE 1: (g'
7
r�
t
DEDUCT Deduct Zone A17 from the irrigation plans in the bid package.
ALTERNATE #2
MATERIALS:
($ )
SERVICES:
($ )
TOTAL ITEM ALTERNATE 2:
($ )
DEDUCT 30 day extension of the time required for construction from
ALTERNATE #3 150 days to 180 days.
MATERIALS: ($
SERVICES: ($ )
TOTAL ITEM ALTERNATE 3: ($ )
Unit cost for cut as per bid Item #2, Earthwork and Grading: /cv
Unit cost for fill as per bid Item #2, Earthwork and Grading: /cy
C�
I (Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govem.)
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written
"Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 150 (one hundred fifty) consecutive calendar
days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to
Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $200.00 (two hundred dollars) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of
the time set forth hereinabove for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the
contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with
instruction number 21 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the
bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days
after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the
plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to
commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work
on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company,
payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5% ) of the total
amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if
required) within (ten) 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him.
u
I
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for
Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of _Dollars ($ ),
which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by
the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the
Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check
�^ or bond shall be retumed to the undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shalt be bound and include all contract
documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
it
r
i
(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
ATTEST:
t Secretary
i
Authorized Signature
(Printed or Typed Name)
Company
Address
City, County
State Zip Code
Telephone:
Fax:
3
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Minority Owned
Yes
No
❑
0
❑
0
❑
0
0
0
0
0
0
❑
0
❑
❑
0
❑
❑
❑
❑
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
BOB -767-2167
MAILED TO VENDOR:
OLD CLOSE DATE:
NEW CLOSE DATE:
ITB #13633 - LE1MS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATIONS
Office of
Purchasing
July 31, 1996
August 1, 1996 @ 3:00 P.M.
August 8, 1996 '@ 2:00 P.M.
ADDENDUM #2
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named ITB. Where any item
called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements,
not affected by this
addendum, shall remain in effect.
1. In the specifications, delete Section 08 - Steel Poles,
Subsection IV - Light Poles and.
replace with the following:
IV. Light Poles (17 poles total).
Note: Light fixtures Al and A8 shall be mounted on the same pole.
A. Fixture Count
Field #1
Pole # of fixtures
Height
Al/A8 4
60'
A2 4
60'
81 7
B2 7
Field #2
Pole # of fixtures
Height
A3 4
60'
A4 4
60'
133 7
60'
B4 7
60'
Field #3
Pole # of fixtures
Hei ht
A5 4
60'
A6 4
w
B5 7
60'
86 7
60'
a:p=xb.aM=dldw 7131196 339 YM
r
2.
0
U
5.
C-1
7.
8.
Field #4
Pole # of fixtures Hei ht
A7 6 70'
AVA8 6 70'
B7 11 70'
B8 11 70'
C7 5 60'
C8 5 60'
In the specifications, Site Development, Section 04 - Infield Material and Grass Seeding,
Subsection III - Execution, Letter C - Grass Seeding, add the following information as
Item 5.
5. Contractor shall strip down and reseed entire irrigated park site (610' x
610'), excluding all proposed rock dust infield material and paved areas.
In the Architectural plans, Sheet A-2, Finish Legend, Floor, delete the following:
'F3 VCT - Alternate #3"
In the Site Development plans, Sheet LA -1 of 11, Ballfield Courtyard Pian, add the
following:
"Reinstall existing 5 rowx 15'-0" bleachers. Exact locations shall be determined
by owner."
In the Site Development plans, Sheet LA -1 of 11, delete:
"Remove existing septic system"
and replace with the following'
"Abandon existing septic system in place. Pump tank dry and cave-in existing
lid. Add min. 50 lbs. lime to tank, and backfill as required."
In the Site Development plans, Sheet LS -5 of 11, Electrical Riser Diagram, delete:
04 - #350 MCM in 3" conduit"
and replace with the following:
"4 - #350 MCM and 1 - #2 ground in 3" conduit"
In the specifications, Site Development, Section 04 - Infield Material and Grass Seeding,
Subsection III - Execution, Letter E - Final Acceptance, add the following information as
Item 3.
3. Final acceptance date shall be Issued when 70% final stabilization of
cover for unpaved areas, and any areas not covered by permanent
structures has been established, as required for SWPPP compliance.
In the set of plans, add the enclosed Storm Water Pollution Presentation Plan
(SWPPP), Sheet LA -12, to the Site Development Plans. The Contractor shall be
I 6:pw&:ad&=da.dx 7/37/96 $39 YM
fl -
responsible for the compliance of the SWPPP. Contractors bid shall include all Costs to
cover compliance with the SWPPP, where applicable.
9. In the specifications, add the enclosed Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP). The Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance of the SWPPP.
Contractors bid shall include all costs to cover compliance with the SWPPP, where
applicable.
10. In the specifications, add the enclosed Section 10 - Earthwork and Grading.
11. In the Site Development plans, Sheet LA -4 of 11, add the following:
3�14N NIPPLE
WEATHERHEj
P. A. SPEAI
AND WIRIM
BY OTHERS
4" DIA.
BACKSTOP
POST ITYF
3,14* CONDUIT
3% L.B.
CONDOLET
SINGLE GANG
BELL BOX W/
WEATHERPROOF
COVER
CONC. POST
FOOTING (TYP.
3-'4' CONDUIT FRO
i.G. BELL BOX )u
14 L.B. CONDOLET
P.A. SYSTEM DETAIL
N.T.S.
6:parch.addend-Ldoa 7/3IN6 3:52 PM
vcc
apEH¢
1 zMt9
.A-
MW
a Z>�
M�C01�
r" CONDUIT FROM
,,JNCESSION STAND TO
S.C. BELL BOX
12. In the Site Development plans, Sheet LA -4 of 11, delete the following:
c 50.0
Al AS
C
and replace with the following:
LIGHT FIX rURES Al AND AS
SHALL BE MOUNTED ON ONE
POLE. DIMENSION IS GIVEN
FROM FEED 01.
O
58.0
WAS
L
13. In the Site Development plans, Sheet LA -4 of 11, delete the following:
(2) N" AND (2) 1 I/Z' CONDUITS FROM
CONCESSION STAID TO SCOREBOARDS,
(1) 1" CONDUIT TO PITCHING MACHINES.
(1) 1" CONDUIT FROM IRRIG. CONTROLLER
TO CONCESSION STAID. (1) V4" CONDUIT
FROM CONCESSION STAND TO TELEPHONE
SERVICE. (2) 74" CONDUIT FROM CONCESSION
STAND TO P.A. SYSTEM MOUNTED ON LIGHT
POLES Al. A2, A3, AND A4. (1) 11/4" CONDUIT
FROM CONTACTORS TO KEY SWITCH.
(1) 2" SPARE CONDUIT FROM CONTROL
CABINET TO ELECTRICAL CHASE.
i pnrchaddend4.doc 7/31/% 3J7 PM
(2) Y4" AND (2) 1 �1/2„ CONDUITS
FROM CONCESSION STAND TO
SCOREBOARDS. (1) 1" CONDUIT
TO PITCHING MACHINES. (2) Y4'
CONDUIT FROM CONCESSION STAND
TO P.A. SYSTEM MOUNTED ON
LIGHT POLES A5, A6, A7, AND AS.
R
i
and replace with the following:
6:pucdLaMend1doo 71311% 4.01 PM
m
a
Co
� I
C7 R E
\Zv;jrs
r �
Nva
If
4
0
Ul)
a
Co/
\ .
m
a
Co
� I
C7 R E
\Zv;jrs
r �
Nva
t
14. In the Architectural Plans, Sheet A-1, plan note #6, add the following:
"All vertical 1" x 1" square fence tubing shall be 5" O.C. max."
15. In the Architectural Plans, Sheet A-2, and all areas associated with security gates add
the following:
"Note: All gates shall be field verified to have 4" max. space above and below
gate."
16. In the Architectural Plans, Sheet A-1, add the following details:
See the attached pages (two each)
17. The following applies to sections 07 - Lighting, 08 - Steel Poles, 09 - Electrical:
Acceptable Manufacturer: Sherman Concrete Poles using Hubbell Sports
Lighting System utilizing Hubbell Remote Ballast System.
Pullboxes for under ground lighting circuits shall be buried, fiberglass type with a
bolted on cover. Boxes shall be equal to Crason Industries Model 1491-13B.
18. On the General Instructions to Bidders, please change Item #17, Insurance to read as
follows:
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has
obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract
documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas
and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and
written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10)
days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an
agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the
life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in
excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall
be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the
State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract,
whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies
shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of
insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract
execution.
The Insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional
Insured, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from
the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be
subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the
owner all proof of coverage insurance documents including workers
compensation coverage for each subcontractor.
19. On the General Conditions of the Agreement, please change the first three (3)
paragraphs of Item #28, Contractor's Insurance, to read as follows:
6:pomWddend-.doo 7l3ll96 4:01 PM
jl
i
i
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has
obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract
documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas
r- and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and
written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10)
days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an
agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
The Contractor shall procure and cant' at his sole cost and expense through the
life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in
excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall
be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the
State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract,
whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies
shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of
insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract
execution.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional
insured, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from
the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be
subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the
owner all proof of coverage Insurance documents Including workers
compensation coverage for each subcontractor.
20. Enclosed please find the revised Bid Submittal Form. Please note the addition of unit
cost pricing for cut and fill. Please submit your bid on the revised form.
21. Change the bid closing date
from: August 1, 1996 @ 3:00 PM
to: August 8, 1996 @ 2:00 PM
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Questions may be faxed to:
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID.
LR
Enclosure
&yushaddcndd.doo 7/31/96 4:02 PM
r
Laura Ritchie
Buyer
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
(806)767-2164 -
THANK YOU,
deRlTCHIE
BUYER
11.2 x 11.2 xl,+w
ANGLE IRON
3,2 LOCK HOLE
11,2x1/4" AS LOCK DEVICE
11,16 DIA. HOLE
4 'x 4 'x 1/,w
IRON PLATE
MASONRY BOLT
(TYP.I
CMU
3C GATE PLAN (ALL GATES)
KW SCALE- 1 y2" - 1'-0"
ALL GATES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED EXTERIOR
TO HAVE MAX. 4' OPENINGS BETWEEN ALL
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS (TYP.1
11,2 X 11,2 x 1,4" ANGLE IRON
11,16 HOLE
s,' ROD
34- LOCK HOLE
11,2" x 1,, CAP ON END
3,s' ROD
y� LOCK DEVICE SECTION (ALL GATES)
INTERIOR
° 4' x 2' xl/' STEEL TUBE FRAME
— 3DIA. PIPE BEYOND
° 1/2" DIA. SMOOTH BARS—VERT
WELD TO TUBES
1/2
3C GATE PLAN AT RESTROOM
A2 SCALE: 1 I/2" - 1-0"
ALL GATES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED
TO HAVE MAX. 4" OPENINGS BETWEEN ALL
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS (TYP.)
1,2 DIA. SMOOTH
BARS—VERTICAL
WELD TO TUBES
3" DIA. PIPE BEYOND
4" X 2" x l/,w
STEEL TUBE FRAME
\, 2W SCALE: 11/2" - 1'-0"
ALL GATES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED '
70 HAVE MAX. 4' OPENINGS BETWEEN ALL
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS I7YP.1 WELD IN PLACE
se" WASHER
11.2 x 1,4' CAP ON END
W/ 11,11 HOLE
sti ROD
l.w I woTf
ww
11/2 x 11,y" x 1,4" ANGLE IRON'
p g11�2" x AS DEVICE
LOCK HOLE MASONRY BOLT
3,e- ROD (TYP. 1
4 'x 4 "x tai IRON PLATE
/-1c1 LOCK DEVICE ELEVATION (ALL GATES)
SCALE: 1 1/2" - 1'-0"
ALL GATES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED
TO HAVE MAX. 4" OPENINGS BETWEEN ALL
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS (TYP.)
INTERIOR
)R
4" DIA. STRONG PIPE SLEEVE
WELDED TO A Al" x 4"x '/z" PLATE
WELD 70 STRUCTURE ABOVE -
SHIP LOOSE FOR FIELD
WELDING W/ GATE
4' x 2' x I�4 STEEL TUBE
FRAME—PIPE COL. TO
GO THROUGH TUBE CONT.
WELD TUBE TO PIPE
1,2' DIA. SMOOTH BARS—VERT.
AND HORIZ.—WELD TO TUBE
3' DIA. PIPE BEYOND
/-3e1 GATE HEAD DETAIL AT RESTROOM
A2 SCALE: 1 1/2" - 1-0"
ALL GATES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED
TO HAVE MAX. 4' OPENINGS BETWEEN ALL
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS (TYP.)
, I INTERIOR
EXTERIOR
r
INTERIOR
I12 DIA. SMOOTH BARS
3" DIA. PIPE BEYOND
4" x 2" x 1,4' STEEL TUBE
4' DIA. EXTRA STRONG PIPE SLEEVE -
WELD 70 6' x 10" x I,4" P ANCHORED
TO SLAB W/(4) I,y' DIA. EXP. BOLTS
DRILL DRAINAGE HOLES a BOTTOM
PLATE AT BOTTOM OF 3" DIA. PIPE
PROVIDE LOOSE CORRUGATED METAL
ROOFING PANELS FOR WINTER CLOSURE
AT DOOR ONLY
1,2" DIA. SMOOTH BARS—VERT
WELD TO TUBES
3' DIA. PIPE BEYOND
4" x 2"x 1,4" STEEL TUBE FRAME
TAP FDR SHT. METAL SCREWS AT 12' O.C.
FOR WINTER CLOSURE PANEL—
XTERIOR
X61 HEAD/JAMB DETAIL AT RESTROOM
\,.W SCALE: 1 1/2" - 1`0"
ALL GATES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED
TO HAVE MAX. 4' OPENINGS BETWEEN ALL
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS (TYP.)
16 GATE ANCHOR DETAIL AT RESTROOM
" SCALE: 11/2" - 1`0"
ALL GATES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED
TO HAVE MAX. 4' OPENINGS BETWEEN ALL
- VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS (TYP.)
r
F
7
L
SECTION 10 EARTHWORK AND GRADING
I. General
A. Scope of Project:
1. The contractor shall furnish all cut and fill, grading, labor, material,
tools, equipment, supervision, and incidentals necessary for a proper
and complete installation as required to complete the work described
herein in strict accordance with the drawings and/or terms of the
contract.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Section 01 - Summary of Work
2. Section 03 - Demolition
3. Section 04 - Infield Material and Grass Seeding
4. Section 05 - Turf Irri ag tion
C. Additional Information:
1. All information under GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
AGREEMENT, GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDER, and
SPECIAL CONDITIONS, apply to this section.
II. Products
A. Material -Site Fill:
1. Fill material to be free from trash, lumber, debris, roots over 1" in
diameter, matted roots, rocks over 2" in diameter, highly plastic
soils or other deleterious materials.
B. Material - Top Soil:
1. Fill material, if necessary, to be provided by Contractor.
2. Natural, fertile, friable soils possessing characteristics of soils in the
vicinity which produce heavy growth of crops, grass or other
vegetation.
3. Topsoil shall be free of subsoil, brush, organic litter, objectionable
weeds, clods, shale, stones 1 1/2" dimension or larger, stumps,
roots, or other materials harmful to grading, planting, plant growth,
or maintenance operations.
III. Execution
A. Protection:
1. Carefully maintain bench marks, layout stakes, and other reference
points.
2. Protect property, including adjoining property and public right-of-
way, from damage by trucks and equipment.
3. Protect active utilities to be retained on site, whether shown on
drawing or uncovered during excavation operations. If damaged,
repair at Contractor's expense.
4. Keep excavations free of water.
pop
i
i
B. Demolition & Site Preparation:
1. Clearing
a. To remove all indicated items on plans or as designated by
owner. All obstructions shall be legally disposed of.
b. Strip existing top soil from areas affected. Stockpile on site
for re -use.
c. Remove trash, debris, and other obstructions found at or
near existing grade from areas of proposed structures,
walks, curbs, fields, and paving (if applicable).
d. Contractor shall be responsible for removing unusable material
from site.
e. All unstable or otherwise objectionable material shall be
removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved
material.
f. Remove existing plant material as directed by the Owner.
2. Grubbing
a. Remove stumps, roots over 2" in diameter, matted roots and
other obstructions found at or below existing grade from cleared
areas.
b. Remove waste material daily as it accumulates.
c. Comply with applicable codes and ordinances regarding waste
transportation and disposal.
d. Burning and blasting on site will not be permitted.
C. Evacuation:
1. Excavate to bring areas to grade and subgrades indicated. Scarify
excavated areas occurring under concrete to a depth of 6", then
compact to required density.
2. Stockpile all excavated material on site; exact location to be approved
by Owner.
3. Contractor to separate top soil and subsoil into two (2) piles.
4. Remove underground obstructions, where rock is encountered at
subgrade, under cut minimum of 15" below and backfill with approved
fill.
D. Fill and Backfill:
1. Placin : Place material in loose, even successive lifts not to exceed the
following depths: (if applicable).
a. Fill below concrete slabs: Max. 8" high lifts to overall
compacted depth as indicated on drawings.
b. Site fill and backfill: Max. 12" high lifts.
2. Compaction: Thoroughly and evenly compact each lift to the following
densities:
a. Fill below concrete slabs: Not less than 95% standard density to
at least four (4) feet outside of slab.
b. Site fill: Not less than 90% standard density.
ri+
a. Place topsoil to 4" depth over areas modified by work or this
contract, which are not covered by buildings, walks, or paving.
b. Uniformly distribute topsoil to required grades; feather back to
where grades remain unchanged.
c. Place and compact topsoil in manner conducive to the growth
and maintenance of plant material.
d. Degree of finish shall be that ordinarily obtainable with blade or
scraper operations. Remove rubbish, vegetation, and rocks over
1 1/2" diameter. Leave areas smooth and suitable for
establishment of lawns and planting. Correct irregularities and
areas where water will stand.
3. Test rolling will be accomplished with a 25 ton pneumatic tire roller or
other pneumatic tire roller. Up to six passes of the roller may be
required in deterring the condition of the subgrade. Any soft or unstable
t
areas found by test rolling will be corrected by removing the soft or
unstable material and replacing it with suitable soil compacted to
specified density. The areas so corrected shall be test rolled as
specified above.
4. Moisture Control: When moisture must be added prior to compaction,
uniformly apply water to surface, but do not flood. Free water shall
not appear on surface during or after compaction operations. Remove
and replace, or scarify air-dry soil too wet to allow proper compaction.
E. Grading:
1. Uniformly grade areas, including adjacent transition areas to smooth
surface at required grades and elevations. Adjust contours to eliminate
r.,
twater
pending, and provide positive drainage.
2. Finish Grades Adjacent to Pavement: Cut or fill so that turf and
planting areas adjacent to concrete are 1 1/2" below said concrete. .
Slope soil smoothly back to adjacent grade.
3. Preliminary Grading: Should allow for a minimum of 4" topsoil to be
placed in all areas, which topsoil is needed to achieve a final desired
grade.
F. Finish Grading:
1. Fine grade areas to achieve final contours acceptable to Owner.
2. Provide uniform roundings at top and bottom of slopes and other
breaks in grade. Correct irregularities and areas where water will
stand.
3. Topsoil:
a. Place topsoil to 4" depth over areas modified by work or this
contract, which are not covered by buildings, walks, or paving.
b. Uniformly distribute topsoil to required grades; feather back to
where grades remain unchanged.
c. Place and compact topsoil in manner conducive to the growth
and maintenance of plant material.
d. Degree of finish shall be that ordinarily obtainable with blade or
scraper operations. Remove rubbish, vegetation, and rocks over
1 1/2" diameter. Leave areas smooth and suitable for
establishment of lawns and planting. Correct irregularities and
areas where water will stand.
Flo
E
4 : G. Maintenance:
1. Before final acceptance, protect newly graded areas from traffic,
construction, weather damage, washing, erosion and rutting, and repair
such damage that occurs.
2. Correct settlement below established grades to prevent ponding of
water
3. All excess material and waste to be removed from site, and work to be
left in clean, finished conditions.
H. Final Acceptance:
1. Site shall be thoroughly inspected by Owner prior to final acceptance.
2. Any areas needing further grading or other attention shall be completed
to Owner's satisfaction.
IV. SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUBSOIL PREPARATION (Where Topsoil shall be
added)
Note: (This specification applies where additional topsoil shall be placed over
existing soil.)
A General:
1. The areas to which these specifications apply and on which topsoil is to
be spread shall be as indicated on the drawings or as otherwise
.specified. Equipment, labor and materials necessary for preparation of
the specified areas shall be furnished by this contractor.
B. Grading:
1. Grades on the areas to be topsoiled which have been previously
established in conformance with the drawings and/or other applicable
specifications shall be maintained in a true and even grade.
C. Tilling:
1. After the areas to be topsoiled have been brought to grade, compacted
where necessary and immediately prior to dumping and spreading the
topsoil, the subgrade shall be loosened by disking or by scarifying to a
depth of at least two inches to permit bonding of the topsoil to the
subsoil.
D. Acceptance:
1. Acceptance shall be given by the owner upon satisfactory completion of
each section or area as indicated on *the drawings or as otherwise
specified.
V. SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOPSOIL MATERIAL AND APPLICATION
Note: (Topsoil on the existing site may often be used, but it shall meet the same
standards as set forth in these specifications.)
A. General:
1. The contractor shall furnish all topsoil, labor, material and equipment
required to complete the work described herein in strict accordance
with the drawings and/or terms of the contract.
_ .
B. Materials:
1. Topsoil shall be a loamy sand, sandy loam, clay loam, loam, silt loam,
'
sandy clay loam or other soil approved by the owner. It shall not
have a moisture of subsoil and contain no slag, cinders, stones, lumps
of soil, sticks, roots, trash or other extraneous materials larger than 1
1/2 inches in diameter. Topsoil must also be free of viable plants or
t I
plant parts of common bermuda-grass, quackgrass, johnsongrass,
nutsedge, poison ivy, Canada thistle, or others as specified. All topsoil
�j
shall be tested by a reputable laboratory of pH and soluble salts. If not,
ll
��
the contractor shall assume full responsibility for any loss or damage to
trees, or seeding arising from pH and / or soluble salt problems.
2. No seeding shall be applied on soil which has been chemically
treated until sufficient time has elapsed to permit dissipation of all toxic
materials. This contractor shall assume full responsibility for any loss
or damage to seeded areas arising from improper use of chemicals
or due to his failure to allow sufficient time to permit dissipation of
toxic residues, whether or not such materials are specified herein.
€..,
C. Grading:
1. The topsoil shall be uniformly distributed on the designated area and it
shall be a minimum of four inches, six inches preferred, after firming.
Additionally, some incorporation with subgrade is necessary to form a
between the surface material and the subgrade.
transition zone
Spreading shall be performed in such a manner that seed installation can
proceed with a minimum of additional soil preparation and tillage.
Grading shall result in a smooth surface. The surface shall be rolled to
remove air pockets and provide a firm base for the seed. Any
irregularities in the surface resulting from topsoiling or other operations
shall be corrected in order to prevent the formation of depressions or
water pockets. Topsoil shall not be placed while in a frozen or muddy
condition, when the subgrade is excessively wet, or in a condition that
may otherwise be detrimental to proper grading, or proposed for seed
t"
application.
D. Clean Up:
1. After the topsoil has been spread and the final grades approved, it shall
be cleared of all grade stakes, surface trash and other objects that would
hinder application and/or maintenance of seeding. Paved areas over
which hauling operations are conducted shall be kept clean, and any soil
which may be brought upon the surfacing shall be promptly removed.
The wheels of all vehicles shall be kept clean to avoid tracking soil on
,..
the surfacing of roads, walks or other paved areas.
r"
End -of -Section
7
VI. FINAL SOIL PREPARATION
Note: (Specifications given in this section apply both to areas where topsoil has
been added and to areas where soil from the existing site is used.)
l
A. General:
1. The contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment required
to complete the work described herein in strict accordance with the
drawings and/or terms of the contract.
B. Materials:
1. (Non applicable) Soil tests shall be made to determine the exact
requirements for any amendments. Soil tests shall be conducted by a
reputable laboratory at contractor's cost..
a. Final Grading: Any undulations or irregularities in the surface
resulting from tilling or other causes shall be smoothed
otherwise, shall be reconstructed and all grades re-established by
the contractor in accordance with the drawings and/or other
applicable specifications.
C. Clean Up:
1. Prior to seed application, the surface shall be cleared, to a depth of four
inches, of all trash, debris and stones larger than 1 1/2 inches in
diameter, and of all roots, brush, wire, grade stakes and other objects
W,
that would interfere with seed application or maintenance operations.
D. Acceptance:
1. Acceptance shall be given by the owner upon satisfactory completion of
I'
each section or area as indicated on the drawings or as otherwise
specified.
E. General Contractor's Responsibility:
1. The general contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the accepted
areas which are to be seeded until the acceptance date. The effective
j
acceptance date shall be specified in a written notice from the owner.
End -of -Section
7
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
(SWPPP)
FOR
LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
54TH STREET AND AVE. L
THE CITY OF LUBBOCK
LUBBOCK COUNTY, TEXAS
July 29, 1996
i
APPENDICES
Appendix A: Federal Register Notice September 9. 1992
NPDES General Permit
Appendix B: Notice of Intent Forms
Appendix C: Certification Statement Forms
Appendix D: Inspection Reports
w
SW -i
CONTENTS
Section
Page
I.
SITE DATA............................................................................................................................................................ 1
A. Project Name.............................................................................................................................................1
B. Project Location.........................................................................................................................................
C. Project Operator(s).....................................................................................................................................1
D. Nature of Anticipated Construction Activities............................................................................................1
E.
Sequence of Anticipated Construction Activities........................................................................................1
F.
Site Area and Projected Disturbed Area.....................................................................................................
I
G.
Soil Data and Storm Water Runoff Coefficient...........................................................................................
2
I.
Receiving Water Information.....................................................................................................................
2
II.
CONTROLS...........................................................................................................................................................
Erosion and Sediment Controls................................................................................................................
2
2
�A.
w
B.
C.
D.
Storm Water Management .............
Waste Collection and Disposal...................................................................................................................
State and/or Local Plan Approvals.............................................................................................................
• 3
4
4
III.
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTIONS.:...............................................................................................................
A. Maintenance ..............................................................................................................................................
B. Inspections.................................................................................................................................................
4
4
4
EIV.
NON -STORM WATER DISCHARGES..................................................................................................................
A. Anticipated Sources of Non -Storm Water...................................................................................................
5
I:
B.
Pollution Prevention Measures...................................................................................................................
S
V.
CERTIFICATION STATEMENTS......................................................................................................................... 6
A. Signatory Requirements.......:..................................................................................................................... 6
B. Contractoes and Suboontractoes Certification............................................................................................ 6
APPENDICES
Appendix A: Federal Register Notice September 9. 1992
NPDES General Permit
Appendix B: Notice of Intent Forms
Appendix C: Certification Statement Forms
Appendix D: Inspection Reports
w
SW -i
row
r
SWPPP FOR
LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
541711 STREET AND AVE. L
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
L SITE DATA
A. Proiect Name:
Lewis Park Athletic Field Renovation
B. Proiect Location:
54th Street and Avenue L
C. Proiect Operator(s):
1. Owner: City of Lubbock
916 Texas Ave.
Lubbock, TX 79457
(806) 767-2666
2. Contractor: To be determined.
I.
D. Nature of Anticipated Construction Activities:
The project involves the cut and 511 of Lewis Park to bring existing grades to proposed elevations. Work
shall be performed by independent contractors under contract with the owner. City crews will be
responsible for making necessary adjustments as required for construction, as well as adjusting any other
City -owned utility as necessary. Other underground utilities with some surface elements will be adjusted or
relocated by the respective municipally franchised utility companies, electric lines, and telephone lines.
k I' Most of the site will be disturbed.
F,
E. Sequence of Anticipated Construction Activities:
It is anticipated that necessary relocation and adjustment of utilities will occur first with construction of
grading and drainage improvements following closely.
F. Site Area and Proiected Disturbed Area:
The site area is approximately 8.5 acres within the current right-of-way limits. It is projected that the entire
area within the construction limits will be disturbed during the course of construction of the referenced
improvements. The area to be disturbed are under one ownership with all development to be constructed
concurrently by one general contractor.
SW -1
I
G. Soil Data:
Data taken from Soil Survey of Lubbock County, Texas, USDA Soil Conservation Service, April 1979,
9 describes general soil properties expected for the project site. Soils on site are classified as Acuff -Urban
' land complex.
Acuff -urban land complex is described as deep, nearly level to gently sloping on uplands and made up of SS
percent Acuff soils, 35 percent Urban land, and 10 percent other soils. The surface layer is friable, neutral,
brown loam about 12 inches thick. From 12 to 28 inches is friable, mildly alkaline, reddish brown sandy
clay loam. From 28 to 38 inches is friable, moderately alkaline, yellowish red sandy clay loam. From 38 to
58 inches is friable, moderately alkaline, pink sandy clay loam that is about 40 percent by volume calcium
carbonate. From 58 to 80 inches is friable, moderately alkaline, light reddish brown sandy clay loam that is
about 15 percent by volume calcium.
Urban land consists of residential and commercial buildings, driveways, streets, sidewalks, and parking
lots. The Acuff type soils on the remainder of the site are high in natural fertility. Permeability is moderate
and available water capacity is high, therefore, surface runoff is low.
These soils are used for lawn grasses, ornamental trees and shrubs, and flower and vegetable gardens. The
potential is high for urban and residential use. They are corrosive to uncoated steel and have low strength,
but these limitations can be overcome by good design and careful installation. The potentials are high for
recreational use and low for cropland and rangeland.
SWPPP Site Plan:
The SWPPP Site Plan is included in the construction plans as sheet 12 of 12 herein. The plan indicates
SWPPP features including existing and proposed grading/drainage patterns, structural and non-structural
controls, stabilization areas, and locations where storm water will be discharged from the site.
Receiving Water Information:
Storm water discharged from the site will be collected and conveyed via city streets, and State highway
right-of-way. All of the storm flow associated with this project will eventually reach playa lake #17 as
designated by the City of Lubbock. Playa Lake #17 is located southeast of the project site. Situated east of
I-27, both north and south of Loop 289. No wetland areas exist at the site of proposed construction.
IL CONTROLS
A. Erosion and Sediment Controls:
Primary means for controlling erosion and sediment transport during project construction are indicated do
the SWPPP Site Plan.
1. Stabilization Methods:
I'
a. It is not anticipated that there will be any periods of no construction activity exceeding 21
days from the time utility construction is begun through final stabilization. If unforeseen
delays occur which exceed 21 days, stabilization methods will be instituted within 14 days.
b. Stabilized construction vehicle ingress -egress and staging areas will be provided as indicated
SW -2
i.
on the SWPPP Site Plan. To the extent practicable, construction employees will be directed
to park their personal vehicles on side -streets adjacent to the project to help prevent tracking
of sediments off-site, particularly during wet periods. Contractor -operators will be required to
j clean up any significant amounts of mud tracked off-site onto adjacent streets on an as -needed
basis. Additionally, it is expected that normal City of Lubbock street cleaning operations will
continue to be implemented according to the City's schedule for same.
C. Final stabilization will include the drill application of annual -rye grass to the entire site,
excluding rock dust infield areas and any paved areas.
2. Structural Methods:
a. The subject property is situated topographically such that there is minimal opportunity for off-
site overland flows to enter the site. Prevailing slopes are generally to the east, as well as for
most of the adjacent property. The subject property is bounded on the north and south sides
by fully developed and paved apartments and homes. A business complex occupies the west
side of the street, and a Super 8 motel is adjacent to the southeast comer of the site. The east
side of the project site is undeveloped -
b. The entire perimeter of the project site shall be controlled by staked silt fencing and also by
sand bag barricades at the point of discharge. Staked silt fencing shall also be utilized along
the perimeter of the project where the proposed curb grades will be above the prevailing
ground elevations to prevent any discharge of silt onto adjacent developments or highways.
Additionally, sand bag barricades shall be utilized at all storm inlets or any other points of
concentrated flows as necessary. The barricades, and silt fencing shall be removed when the
construction has been completed and immediately prior to final stabilization of the site.
C. Excess earth spoil will be temporarily stockpiled at the locations indicated on the plans prior
to being either incorporated into the project or properly disposed of by the contractor.
d. No storm sewer inlets currently exist on the site. Several trees exist on the project site. Most
of which will need to be removed in order to construct the ballfields.
B. Storm Water Management:
... 1. Storm water management during construction shall be accomplished through implementation of the
erosion and sedimentation controls previously detailed and as indicated on the SWPPP Site Plan.
�. 2. As discussed previously, final use of the property will be an athletic ballfield. Per normal practice in
the area, it is expected that the project site shall eventually be seeded with additional bermuda
grasses as moisture conditions allow.
3. Longitudinal street slopes will very from 0.2-1.5%. Cross -slopes for paved street area will likely
average 1-3%. These relatively gentle prevailing slopes combined with the expected landscaping
` indicate that there will be need for velocity dissipation control at the street drainage inlets located
approximately 300 feet east of the project site at 54th street and Ave. 11 This will be accomplished
by sand bag barricades.
7
F,
SW -3
C. Waste Collection and Disposal:
All solid and liquid waste materials generated on-site will be collected, temporarily stored, and finally
disposed of as necessary to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. No waste materials will be
buried or otherwise disposed of on-site. Burning of waste materials on-site is prolu'bited.
D. State and/or Local Plan Approvals:
At the time of preparation of this SWPPP, there are no known existing state or local plan preparation or
approval requirements for erosion and sediment control.
11L MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTIONS
A. Maintenance:
Maintenance and repair of all erosion, sedimentation, and stabilization methods identified in the SWPPP or
its amendments shall be performed in a timely manner on an as -needed basis. All controls shall be kept in
good operating condition to assure their effective implementation. The site operator(s) responsible for
implementation of specific measures shall also be responsible for their maintenance and repair.
B. Inspections:
1. The site operator(s) responsible for implementation and maintenance of specific measures shall
provide a qualified person or persons to perform regular inspections of the measures and to complete
appropriate inspection reports.
2. Inspections shall be performed on the following:
a. Disturbed areas and storage areas exposed to precipitation shall be checked for evidence of
and the possibility for discharge of pollutants.
b. Erosion and sediment control measures identified in the SWPPP and its amendments shall be
checked to assure they are performing the intended function, including the perimeter silt
fence, and all stabilized ingress and egress locations.
C. Storm water discharge locations shall be checked to determine if erosion control measures
implemented are effective in the prevention of significant impacts upon the receiving waters
identified in the SWPPP, including sand bag barricades at street drainage inlets..
d. Vehicle ingress -egress areas shall be checked to determine if off-site tracking of sediment is
being effectively controlled.
3. Inspections shall be performed at least once every seven (7) calendar days and within twenty-four
(24) hours after a rain event totaling one-half inch (0.5") or more. However, for portions of the site
which have been finally stabilized or during seasonal dry periods, these inspections may be
performed at least once each month.
4. If warranted based on inspection reports identifying specific needs, the site description information
and the pollution prevention practices specified in the SWPPP shall be revised as appropriate.
SW -4
In no instance shall the required revisions be implemented later than seven (T) calendar days beyond
the date of the inspection.
S. Inspection reports shall be made for each inspection performed and shall be retained as part of the
SWPPP for a minimum period of three (3) Years following the date of final stabilization of the site.
Inspection reports shall contain the following information:
a. Summary of scope of the inspection
b. Name(s) and qualifications of person(s) performing the inspection
C. Date(s) of the inspection
d. Major observations with respect to the implementation of the various measures detailed in the
SWPPP and its amendments
C. Actions taken in accordance with Item 4 above
6. Where an inspection report does not identify any incidents of non-compliance, the report shall
contain a certification that the facility is in compliance with the SWPPP and the published NPDES
General Permit for Storm Water Discharges From Construction Activities that are classified as
"Associated With Industrial Activity."
7. All inspection reports shall be signed in accordance with requirements of the referenced General
Permit including certification provisions therein.
IV. NON -STORM WATER DISCHARGES
A. Anticipated Sources of Non -Storm Water:
1. Fire hydrant and potable water line flushings
2. Water used for soil or base conditioning
3. Water used for vehicle washing or dust control
4. Water used for trench backfill consolidation
S. Pavement washwater (non -detergent) where spills of toxic or hazardous materials have not occurred
(or have been completely removed)
B. Pollution Prevention Measures:
1. All vehicles on-site shall be monitored for leaks.
2. Concrete trucks shall be required to discharge surplus concrete or drum wash at a single designated
spot. These waste materials shall be removed from the site at least once per week during dry periods
and more often during expected wet periods. These materials shall be legally disposed of off-site..
Alternatively, concrete trucks shall not be allowed to discharge waste materials on-site.
SW -5
r
i 3. All products kept on-site shall be stored in their original containers with manufacturer's labels intact..
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) shall be kept if applicable. All products shall be used according
to manufacturer's instructions, and all spills shall be cleaned up immediately. Containers shall not
rbe exposed to precipitation.
4. Final disposal of all excess product and product containers shall be accomplished according to the
manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with all applicable rules, regulations, and laws.
V. CERTIFICATION STATEMENTS
A. Signatory Requirements:
Any person required to sign documents necessary under paragraph VI.G of the General Permit shall make
the certification stated in paragraph VI.G.2.d of the General Permit.
B. Contractor's and Subcontractor's Certification:
All contractors and subcontractors identified in the SWPPP or its amendments shall sign a copy of the
certification statement shown in paragraph IV.E.2 of the General Permit before conducting any professional
service identified in the SWPPP. This certification must include the name and title of the person providing
the signature; the name, address and telephone number of the contracting firm; location and identifying
description of the site; and the date of the certification.
(THIS SPACE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY)
SW -6
APPENDIX A:
NPDES General Permit
Wednesday
September 9. 1992
Construction
Permit Language
Part 11
Environmental
Protection Agency
Final NPDES General Permits For Storm
Water Discharges From Construction
Sites; Permit Language
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices 41209
"ndlx B—NPGES General Permits
for Storm Water Discharges From
Construction Activities That Are
Classified as "Associated With
Industrial Activity"
Authorisation to Disdarger Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. NHJZIOOOOWI
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". for Indian Tribes located in
the State of New Hampshire. are
authorized to it
with the conditions and requirements
set forth herein.
t
7
41210 federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 /. Wealnesday. September 9. I!1!t21 / Notices
per.atorx of storm water ahsc:liarges Authorixatinn to Oischar}1a Under Ifi
t 1 e
from imnstriachon activahes within the National Pollutant Discharge Eliminatiun
general permit ari.-a who inh-fid to he System
.eiithurizvd by these permits most submit II'� rout %.I Al 1Ktixitiit IFI
a Nutu:c of Intent in .af.rordance with In compliance with the provistiins of
Part II of this permit. Operaaturs of storm the Clean Water Act. as amended. (:13
water discharges associated with U.S.C. 1':51 et. seq: the Act). except as
industrial activity who) fail to submit a provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
Notice. of Intent in accordance with Part operaturs of storm water discharges
It of this permit are not authorized under from construction activities that are
this general permit. classified as "associated with industrial
This permit shall become effective on activity*% fur Indian Tribes located in
September 9. 1992. the State of Massachusetts. are
This permit and the authorization to authorized to discharge in accordance
discharge shall expire at midnight. with the conditions and requirements
September 9. 1997. set forth herein.
Signed and issued this 26th day of August. Operators of storm water discharges
1992. from construction activities within the
Ronald Manfredonia. general permit area who intend to be
Acting Director. WaterManogement Division. authorized by these permits must submit
This signature is for the permit conditions a Notice of Intent in accordance with
in Parts I through IX and for any additional Part if of this permit. Operators of storm
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities water discharges associated with
with stormwater discharges. for Indian Tribes industrial activity who fail to submit a
located in the State of New Hampshire. Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
it of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 26th day of August.
1992.
Ronald Manfredonia.
Acting Director. Water Management Division.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
with stormwater discharges. for Indian Tribes
located in the State of Massachusetts.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
!Permit No. MER10000IF1
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
Classified as "associated with industrial
activity". for Indian Tribes located in
the State of New Hampshire. are
authorized to discharge in accordance
with the conditions and requirements
set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part 11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
It of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this :6th day of August.
1992.
Ronald Manfredonia.
Acting Director. Water.wanagement Division.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts t through IX and for an) additional
canditioms in Part X which apply to facilities
with stormwater disrharges. fur Indian Tribes
located in the State of M.nne.
f his permit shall become effective on
Sc•ptettil ler !t.
This permit and the .uithurization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
Septenther 9. liN7.
Signed .and issued this 281h day of August.
1992.
Ronald Manfr:doma.
Ac:tttr,iij Director. Water.k1unugement Division.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Maine.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. hfER100000 IFI
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et. seq: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the State of Maine.
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part 11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
!Permit No. VIR100001
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C.1251 et. seq: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity', located in the State of New
Hampshire. are authorized to discharge
in accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part 11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 26th day of August.
1992. .
Ronald Manfredonia.
Acting Director. Water,wariagement Division.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts t through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of New Hampshire.
Authorization To Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
I`'PDES Permit :dumber PRR100000)
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq. the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity." located in the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico are authorized to
a
feet
i�
Federal Register / Val. 57. No. 175 / We 1108cltty. Septi -i11114-1. 9. 194.12, f Notices 41211
discharge in accordance with the
Conditions .end requirements set forth
herein.
Operators of storm water dishcarges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part it of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
Ii of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992. •
Kevin Bricke.
Acting Director. Water Management Division.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Region 11.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
Region IV
Authorization To Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(General Permit Number MSRID=F)
tiiKnrd and vrsued: Atistust :H. 1492.
Robert F McGhee.
:irt:rr,�thrvvt"r. tt'atvr %hinut.•rtn•nlVIVvilent
1'hir signature- is for the permot ciondtuons
in Parts I through IX .out fur .tnv addition sl
rnndtthons to Part X which apply to famlittes
located within thea ganeral percent arta.
Region IV
lCenerat Permit Number Fl.RIMMIF1
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seg.. the "Act") except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located on Indian land in
Florida belonging to the Miccosukee
Indian Tribe of Florida are authorized to
discharge in accordance with the
conditions and requirements set forth
herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fall to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized tinder
this general permit.
In compliance with the provisions of This permit shall become effective on
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33 September 9. 1992.
U.S.C. 1251 et seq. the "Act") except as This permit and the authorization to
provided in Part LB.3 of this permit, discharge shall expire at midnight.
operators of storm water discharges September 9. 1997.
from construction activities that are Signed and issued: August 28.1992.
classified as "associated with industrial Robert F. McGhee.
activity." located on Indian land in Acting Director. water management Division.
Mississippi belonging to the Mississippi This signature is for the permit conditions
Band of Choctaw Indians are authorized in Parts I through IX and for any additional
to discharge in accordance with the conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
conditions and requirements set r- OL located within the general permit area.
herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
ti of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with.Part
it of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit arca who intend to be
.1whorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued: August 28. 1992.
Robert F. McGhee.
Acting Director. Water Manogement Division.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through 1X and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located within the general permit area.
lGeneral Permit Number NCR10000171
Region IV
(General Permit Number FLR1o0ooFl
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.. the "Act") except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located on Indian land in
Florida belonging to the Seminole Tribe
of Florida are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Region IV
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.. the "Act") except as
provided in Part I.B. 3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located on Indian land in
North Carolina belonging to the Eastern
Band of Cherokee Indians in the State of
North Carolina are authorized to
discharge in accordance with the
conditions and requirements set forth
herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who Intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
It of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit are not authorized unde
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued: August 28. 1992.
Robert F. McChee.
Acting Director Water Management Divisio
This signature is for the permit conditions
to Parts l through IX and for any ac facilities
ditional
conditions in Part X which apply
loraied within the general permit area-
1:
7
41212 Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices
(Permit No. T X R1000001
Under the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act), except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of stormwater discharges from
construction activities that are classified
as "associated with industrial activity".
located in the State of Texas. are
authorized to discharge in accordance
with the conditions and requirements
set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who Intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part II of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 27th day of August.
1992.
Myron O. Knudson. P.E.
WaterManogement Director. Region VL
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Texas.
[Permit No. O K R100000I
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 27th day of August.
1992.
Myron O. Knudson,
Water Management Director, Region V1
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Oklahoma.
[Permit No. NMR1000001
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided In Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the State of New
Mexico. are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part H of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
Authorization to Discharge Under the This permit and the authorization to
National Pollutant Discharge MI-Ination discharge shall expire at midnight.
System September 9. 1997.
In compliance with the provisions of Signed and issued this 27th day of August.
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33 1992.
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as Myron O. Knudson.
provided In Part I.B.3 of this permit. Water Management Director, Region W.
operators of storm water discharges This signature is for the permit condidons
from construction activities that are in Parts I through IX and for any additional
classified as "associated with industrial conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
ac#*" located in the State of located in the State of New Mexico.
Oklahoma. are authorized to discharge
in accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part It of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
[Permit No. LAR10000oj
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part 11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
It of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 27th day of Aogwt.
1992.
Myron O. Knudson.
Water Management Director. Region VZ
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Louisiana.
(Permit No. WYR10000F)
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act as amended (33
U.S.C.1251 et seq: the Act). except as
provided In Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the State of
Louisiana. are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
in compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended 133
U.S.C. 2251 et seq: the Act). except as
provided In Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from eonatrnction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the Wind River
Indian Reservation In the State of
Wyoming. are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm waters
charges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part lI of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Kerrigan Clough.
Acting Regional Administrator.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts f through M and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the States of Wyoming_
P10
i
fel
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices 41213
Authorization to Discharge Under the Traverse Reservation located in North
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Dakota
System
lPermit No. UTR10000F1
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et. seq: the Act). except as
provided in Part 1.8.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the following Indian
Reservations in Utah (except for the
portions of the Navajo Reservation and
Coshute Reservation located in Utah)
Northern Shoshoni Reservation:
Paiute Reservations—several very small
reservations located in the southwest
quarter of Utah:
Skull Valley Reservation: and Uintah 8
Ouray Reservation.
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part II of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992
Kerrigan Clough.
Acting Regional Administrator.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Utah.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. SDR1000001
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act, as amended. (33
U.S,C.1251 et. seq: the Act). except as
provided in Part 1.8.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity", located in the entire State of
South Dakota including the Indian
reservations noted below (with the
exception of the portion of the Standing
Rock Reservation located in South
Dakota), and the portion of the Lake
Cheyenne River Reservation. Crow
Creek Reservation:
Flandreau Reservation: Lake Traverse
Reservation—Also known as the
Sisseton Reservation. Includes the
entire Reservation. which is located in
North Dakota and South Dakota:
Lower Brule Reservation:
Pine Ridge Reservation—Includes only
the portion of the Reservation located
in South Dakota. Rosebud
Reservation: and. Yankton
Reservation.
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part Il of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Kerrigan Clough.
Acting Regional Administrator.
This signature is for the permit conditions
In Parts 1 through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
looted in the State of South Dakota and the
portion of the Lake Traverse Reservation
located in the State of North Dakota.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. NDR10000Fj
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act, as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 at. seq: the Act), except as
provided In Part I.B.3 of this permit
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with Industrial
activity", in all the Indian Reservations
located in the State of North Dakota
Including the following (with the
exception of the portion of the Lake
Traverse Reservation. also known as the
Sisseton Reservation, located in North
Dakota)
Fort Totten Reservation—Also known
as Devils Lake Reservation:
Fort Berthold Reservation:
Standing Rock Reservation—includes
the entire Reservation. which is
located in both North Dakota and
South Dakota: and.
Turtle Mountain Reservation.
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part 11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
It of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992..
Kerrigan Clough.
Acting Regional Administmlar.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located to the State of North Dakota and the
portion of the Standing Rock Reservation
located in the State of South Dakota.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. MTR10000Fj
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et. seq: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity", in all Indian Reservations in
Montana including the following
Reservations:
Blackfeet Reservation:
Crow Reservation:
Flathead Reservation:
Fort Belknap Reservation;
Fort Peck Reservation:
Northern Cheyenne Reservation: and.
Rocky Boys Reservation.
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with
Part 1I of this permit. Operators of storm
41214 Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 J Wednesday. Septenther 9, 1993 J Notices
Storm Water General Permit for
Construction Activities
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
ipermit No. AZR%0OOIFi
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act, as amended (33
U.S.C.1251 et. seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located on
Indian Lands in the State of Arizona.
Including Navajo Territory in the
States of New Mexico and Utah
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
[Permit No. COR10000171
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended (33
U.S.C.1251 et. seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with Industrial
activity" in applicable federal facilities
located in the State of Colorado, and in
the following Indian Reservations
Southern Ute Reservation: and.
Ute Mountain Reservation—includes the
entire Reservation. which is located in
Colorado and New Mexico
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with .
Part II of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of intent in accordance with Part
fI of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Kerrigan Clough.
Acting Regional administrator.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Colorado and the
portion of the Ute Mountain Reservation
located in the State of New Mexico.
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Daniel W. McGovern.
Regional Administrator. Region A
This signature Is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located on the Indian lands specified above.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
911-111-Iritl permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit. Operators of Storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
It of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Authorization To Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. AZR1000001
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended.
(U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided In Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the
State of Arizona (Excluding Indian
Lands)
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Daniel W. McGovern.
Regional Administrator. Region 9.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Arizona (excluding
Indian lands).
Authorization To Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. NVRit100IF1 .
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended.
(U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located on
Indian Lands in the State of Nevada.
Including Goshute Territory in the
State of Utah. and the Duck Valley
Reservation in Nevada and Idaho
are authorized to discharge In
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
;Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
U of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
�+
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight
l
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
}�
1992.
i
Kerrigan Clough.
`
Acting Regional Administrator.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts t through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Montana.
Storm Water General Permit for
Construction Activities
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
ipermit No. AZR%0OOIFi
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act, as amended (33
U.S.C.1251 et. seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located on
Indian Lands in the State of Arizona.
Including Navajo Territory in the
States of New Mexico and Utah
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
[Permit No. COR10000171
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended (33
U.S.C.1251 et. seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with Industrial
activity" in applicable federal facilities
located in the State of Colorado, and in
the following Indian Reservations
Southern Ute Reservation: and.
Ute Mountain Reservation—includes the
entire Reservation. which is located in
Colorado and New Mexico
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
a Notice of Intent in accordance with .
Part II of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of intent in accordance with Part
fI of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Kerrigan Clough.
Acting Regional administrator.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Colorado and the
portion of the Ute Mountain Reservation
located in the State of New Mexico.
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Daniel W. McGovern.
Regional Administrator. Region A
This signature Is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located on the Indian lands specified above.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
911-111-Iritl permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit. Operators of Storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
It of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Authorization To Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. AZR1000001
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended.
(U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided In Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the
State of Arizona (Excluding Indian
Lands)
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Daniel W. McGovern.
Regional Administrator. Region 9.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of Arizona (excluding
Indian lands).
Authorization To Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. NVRit100IF1 .
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended.
(U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located on
Indian Lands in the State of Nevada.
Including Goshute Territory in the
State of Utah. and the Duck Valley
Reservation in Nevada and Idaho
are authorized to discharge In
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
;Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
U of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
r
71
71,
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 199'S / Notices 41215
Signed and issued this 26th day of August.
OWL
Daniel W McGovern.
Regimiul At/too III ntrotur. Revcun 9.
This stgn.tture is for the permit conditions
in Parts 1 through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located on the Indian lands specified above.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
[Permit No. CAR10001171
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act, as amended.
(U.S.C.... 1251 et. seq.: the Act).
except as provided in Part I.B.3 of this
permit, operators of storm water
discharges from construction activities
that are classified as "associated with
industrial activity". located on
Indian Lands In the State of California
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Daniel W. McGovern.
Regional Administrotor. Region 0.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through EX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located on Indian lands in the State of
California.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System
(Permit No. MWR100000I
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act, as amended.
(U.S.C.... 1251 et. seq.: the Act). .
except as provided in Part I.B.3 of this
permit, operators of storm water
discharges from construction activities
that are classified as "associated with
industrial activity". located on
Midway Island or Wake Island
are authorized to discharge in
,te:cardance with the conditions .Ind
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
H of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August.
1992.
Daniel W. McGovern.
Regional Administrator. Region R
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located on Midway Island or Wake Island.
Authorization To Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Mli-lnation
System
[Permit No. JARI00000I
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act, as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act), except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located on
Johnston Atoll
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who Intend to be
authorized by this permit must submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
H of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this 28th day of August
1992.
Daniel W. McGovern.
Regional Administrator. Region 9
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X whu:h apply to facilities
hn:ated on Johnston Atoll.
Authorization To Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System for Storm Water Discharges
From Construction Activities That Ara
Classified as Associated With Industrial
Activity
(General Permit No.: ID -R -10 -=Fl
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. (33 U.S.C. 1251 et
seq.), as amended by the Water Quality
Act of 1987. Pub. L 100-4. the "Act".
Owners and operators engaged in
discharging storm water from
construction activities that are classified
as "associated with industrial activity"
which are located on Indian lands In the
State of Idaho. except for those sites
identified in Part I hereof, are authorized
to discharge to waters of the United
States, in accordance with effluent
limitations. monitoring requirements.
and other conditions set forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where the discharges
occur..
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed this 27th day of August 1992.
Harold L Geren.
Acting Directar. Water Division. Region IA
U.S. Environmental Protection Agenry.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to activities
located on Iridian lands in the State of Idaho.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System for Storm Water Discharges
From Construction Activities That Are
Classified as Associated With Industrial
Activity
(General Permit No.: AK-R-I0-0OOF
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. 33 U.S.C. 1251 et
se -q- as amended by the Water Quality
Act of 1987. P.L 1004. the "Act".
Owners and operators engaged in
discharging storm water from
construction activities that are classified
as "associated with industrial activity"
which are located on Indian lands in the
State of Alaska. except for those sites
identified in Part I hereof. are authorized
to discharge to waters of the United
States. in accordance with effluent
limitations. monitoring requirements.
and other conditions set forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where the discharges
occur.
r
r
41216 Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices
This permit shall become effective
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight. on
September 9. 1997.
Signed this 27 day of August 1992.
Harold F- Ceren.
Acting Director: Water Division. Region to
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to activities
located on Indian lands in the State of
Alaska.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System for Storm Water Discharges
From Construction Activities That Are
Classified as Associated With Industrial
Activity
(Ceneral Permit No.: WA -R -10-=F1
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. 33 U.S.C. 1251 et
seq.. as amended by the Water Quality
Act of 1987. P.L. 100-4. the "Act".
Owners and operators engaged in
discharging storm water from
construction activities that are classified
as "associated with industrial activity'
which are located on Indian lands in the
State of Washington. except for those
sites identified in Part I hereof are
authorized to discharge to waters of the
United States. in accordance with
effluent limitations. monitoring
requirements. and other conditions set
forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where the discharges
occur.
This permit shall become effective
September 9.1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight. on
September 9. 1997.
Signed this 27 day of August 1992.
Harold E Ceren.
Acting Director. Water Division. Region is
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts l through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to activities
located on Indian lands in the State of
Washington.
Owners and operators of federal
facilities in the State of Washington
engaged in discharging storm water from
construction activities that are classified
as "associated with industrial activity".
except for those sites identified in Part 1
hereof and except those sites located on
Indian lands within the State of
Washington. are authorized to discharge
to waters of the State of Washington
and waters of the United States
adjacent to State waters. in accordance
with effluent limitations. monitoring
requirements. and other conditions set
forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where the discharges
occur.
This permit shall become effective
September 9.1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight. on
September 9. 1997.
SIgned this 27th day of August 1992.
Harold E. Ceren.
Acting Director. Water Division. Region la
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
This signature is for the permit conditions
In Parts I through IX and any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to federal
facilities in the State of Washington.
Authorisation to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System for Storm Water Discharges
from Construction Activities That Are
Classified as Associated with Industrial
Activity
[General Permit No.:1D-R-10-0000)
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. 33 U.S.C. 1251 et
seq.. as amended by the Water Quality
Act of 1987. P.L 100-(. the "Act".
Owners and operators engaged in
discharging storm water from
construction activities that are classified
as "associated with Industrial activity'.
except for those sites identified in Part I
hereof and except those sites located on
Indian lands within the State of Idaho.
are authorized to discharge to waters of
the State of Idaho and waters of the
United States adjacent to State waters.
in accordance with effluent limitations.
monitoring requirements. and other
conditions set forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where the discharges
occur.
This permit shall become effective
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight. on
September 9. 1997.
Signed this 27th day of August 1992.
Herold F. Ceren.
Acting Director. Water Division. Region to.
U.S Environmental Protection Agency.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts i through IX and any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to federal
facilities in the State of Idaho.
Authartmtlon to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System for Storm Water
Discharges From Construction
Activities That Are Classified as
Associated With Industrial Activity
(Ceneral Permit Nos AK -11-104=01
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. 33 U.S.C. 1251 el
seq.. as amended by the Water Quality
Act of 1987. P.L 10a-4. the "Act".
Owners and operators engaged In
discharging storm water associated with
construction activities that are classified
as associated with Industrial activities.
except those sites identified in Part I
hereof and except those sites located on
Indian lands within the State of Alaska
and waters of the United States
adjacent to State waters. in accordance
with effluent limitations. monitoring
requirements. and other conditions set
forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where discharges occur.
This permit shall become effective
September 9. 1997.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight. on
September 9. 1997.
Signed this 27 day of August 1992.
Harold E. Ceren.
Acting Director. WaterDivisioa Region lA
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to activities
located in the State of Alaska.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System
(Permit No. _ R1OWW or _R10000F (for
only Indian lands and/or Fed. facl
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the State(s) of
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System for Storm Water Discharges
from Construction Activities That Are
Classified as Associated with Industrial
Activity
(General Permit No.: WA-R-104=Fl
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. 33 U.S.C. 1251 et
seq.. as amended by the Water Quality
Act of 1987. P.L. 100-4, the "Act".
Owners and operators of federal
facilities in the State of Washington
engaged in discharging storm water from
construction activities that are classified
as "associated with industrial activity".
except for those sites identified in Part 1
hereof and except those sites located on
Indian lands within the State of
Washington. are authorized to discharge
to waters of the State of Washington
and waters of the United States
adjacent to State waters. in accordance
with effluent limitations. monitoring
requirements. and other conditions set
forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where the discharges
occur.
This permit shall become effective
September 9.1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight. on
September 9. 1997.
SIgned this 27th day of August 1992.
Harold E. Ceren.
Acting Director. Water Division. Region la
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
This signature is for the permit conditions
In Parts I through IX and any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to federal
facilities in the State of Washington.
Authorisation to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System for Storm Water Discharges
from Construction Activities That Are
Classified as Associated with Industrial
Activity
[General Permit No.:1D-R-10-0000)
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. 33 U.S.C. 1251 et
seq.. as amended by the Water Quality
Act of 1987. P.L 100-(. the "Act".
Owners and operators engaged in
discharging storm water from
construction activities that are classified
as "associated with Industrial activity'.
except for those sites identified in Part I
hereof and except those sites located on
Indian lands within the State of Idaho.
are authorized to discharge to waters of
the State of Idaho and waters of the
United States adjacent to State waters.
in accordance with effluent limitations.
monitoring requirements. and other
conditions set forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where the discharges
occur.
This permit shall become effective
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight. on
September 9. 1997.
Signed this 27th day of August 1992.
Herold F. Ceren.
Acting Director. Water Division. Region to.
U.S Environmental Protection Agency.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts i through IX and any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to federal
facilities in the State of Idaho.
Authartmtlon to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System for Storm Water
Discharges From Construction
Activities That Are Classified as
Associated With Industrial Activity
(Ceneral Permit Nos AK -11-104=01
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. 33 U.S.C. 1251 el
seq.. as amended by the Water Quality
Act of 1987. P.L 10a-4. the "Act".
Owners and operators engaged In
discharging storm water associated with
construction activities that are classified
as associated with Industrial activities.
except those sites identified in Part I
hereof and except those sites located on
Indian lands within the State of Alaska
and waters of the United States
adjacent to State waters. in accordance
with effluent limitations. monitoring
requirements. and other conditions set
forth herein.
A copy of this general permit must be
kept at the site where discharges occur.
This permit shall become effective
September 9. 1997.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight. on
September 9. 1997.
Signed this 27 day of August 1992.
Harold E. Ceren.
Acting Director. WaterDivisioa Region lA
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts I through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to activities
located in the State of Alaska.
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System
(Permit No. _ R1OWW or _R10000F (for
only Indian lands and/or Fed. facl
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act. as amended. (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.: the Act). except as
provided in Part I.B.3 of this permit.
operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities that are
classified as "associated with industrial
activity". located in the State(s) of
are authorized to discharge in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
Operators of storm water discharges
from construction activities within the
general permit area who intend to be
authorized by these permits must submit
7
r
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices 41217
a Notice of intent in accordance with
Part II of this permit. Operators of storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity who fail to submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
11 of this permit are not authorized under
this general permit.
This permit shall become effective on
September 9. 1992.
This permit and the authorization to
discharge shall expire at midnight.
September 9. 1997.
Signed and issued this _ day of
1992.
M. State Laws.
N. Proper Operatiun and Maintenance.
O. Inspection and Entry.
P. Permit Actions.
PART VII. REOPENER CLAUSE
PART Vlll. NOTICE OF TERMINATION
A. Notice of Termination.
B. Addresses.
PART 0L DEFINITIONS
PART X. STATE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
A. Puerto Rico.
B. Colorado (Federal facilities and Indian
lands).
C. Arizona.
D. Alaska.
E Idaho.
F. Washington (Federal facilities and Indian
lands).
Preface
The Clean Water Act (CWA) provides
that storm water discharges associated
with industrial activity from a point
source (including discharges through a
municipal separate storm sewer system)
to waters of the United States are
unlawful. unless authorized by a
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permit. The
terms "storm water discharge
associated with industrial activity".
"point source" and "waters of the
United States" are critical to
determining whether a facility is subject
to this requirement. Complete
definitions of these terms are found in
the definition section (Part IX) of this
permit.
The United States Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) has
established the Storm Water Hotline at
(703) 821-48M to assist the Regional
Offices In distributing notice of intent
forms and storm water pollution
prevention plan guidance, and to
provide Information pertaining to the
storm water regulations.
Part 1. Coverage Under This Permit
A. Permit Area
The permit covers all areas of-
Region
fRegion [—for the States of Maine and
New Hampshire: for Indian lands
located in Massachusetts. New
Hampshire. and Maine.
Region Il—for the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico.
Region IV—for Indian lands located in
Florida (two tribes). Mississippi. and
North Carolina.
Region VI—for the States of
Louisiana. New Mexico, Oklahoma. and
Texas: and frir Indian lands located in
Louisiana. New Mexico (except Navajo
lands and Ute Mountain Reservation
lands). Oklahoma, and Texas.
Region Vlll—for the State of South
Dakota: for Indian lands located in
Colorado (including the Ute Mountain
Reservation in Colorado). Montana..
North Dakota. Utah (except Coshute
Reservation and Navajo Reservation
lands). and Wyoming: for Federal
facilities in Colorado: and for the Ute
Mountain Reservation New Mexico.
Region IX—tor the State of Arizona:
for the Territories of Johnston Atoll. and
Midway and Wake Island: and for
Indian lands located in California, and
Nevada: and for the Coshute
Reservation in Utah and Nevada. the
Navajo Reservation in Utah. New
Mexico, and Arizona. the Duck Valley
Reservation in Nevada and Idaho.
Region X—for the State of Alaska.
and Idaho: for Indian lands located in
Alaska. Idaho (except Duck Valley
Reservation lands). and Washington:
and for Federal facilities in Washington.
B. Eligibility
1. This permit may authorize all
discharges of storm water associated
with industrial activity from
construction sites. (those sites or
common plans of development or sale
that will result in the disturbance of five
or more acres total land area t).
(henceforth referred to as storm water
discharges from construction activities)
occurring after the effective date of this
permit (including discharges occurring
after the effective date of this permit
where the construction activity was
initiated before the effective date of this
permit). except for discharges identified
under paragraph I.B.3.
2. This permit may only authorize a
storm water discharge associated with
industrial activity from a construction
site that is mixed with a storm water
discharge from an Industrial source
other than construction. where:
A. the industrial source other than
construction is located on the same site
as the construction activity:
b. storm water discharges associated
with industrial activity from the areas of
the site where construction activities are
occurring are in compliance with the
terms of this permit: and
c. storm water discharges associated
with Industrial activity from the areas of
the site where industrial activity other
than construction are occurring
(including storm water discharges from
dedicated asphalt plants and dedicated
concrete plants) are covered by a
different NPDES general permit or
On June 4.1997- the United States Court of
Appeals for the Ninth Circuit remanded the
exemption for construction sites of less than five
acres to the FPA for further rulemaking. INas• 90-
70571 and 91-702001.
(Signature of Water Management Director or
Regional Administrator)
This signature is for the permit conditions
in Parts 1 through IX and for any additional
conditions in Part X which apply to facilities
located in the State of
NPDES General Permits for Storm
Water Discharges From Construction
Activities That are Classified as
"Associated With Industrial Activity"
Table of Contents
PART L COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT
A. Permit Area.
B. Eligibility.
C. Authorization.
PART 11. NOTICE OF INTENT
REQUIREMENTS
A. Deadlines for Notification.
B. Contents of Notice of Intent.
*
C. Where to Submit.
D. Additional Notification.
E. Renotification.
PART 111. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
A. Prohibition on non -storm water
discharges.
B. Releases in excess of Reportable
Quantities.
"^
PART IV. STORM WATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION PLANS
"
A. Deadlines for Plan Preparation and
Compliance.
r*+
B. Signature and Plan Review.
C. Keeping Plans Current.
D. Contents of Plan.
E. Contractors.
PART V. RETENTION OF RECORDS
PART VI. STANDARD PERMIT CONDITIONS
A. Duty to Comply.
B. Continuation of the Expired Ceneral
r "
Permit.
C. Need to halt or reduce activity not a
i,
defense.
D. Duty to Mitigate.
E. Duty to Provide Information.
F. Other Information.
C. Signatory Requirements.
H. Penalties for Falsification of Reports.
I. Oil and Hazardous Substance Liability.
I. Property Rights.
K. Severability.
L. Requiring an individual permit or an
alternative general permit.
M. State Laws.
N. Proper Operatiun and Maintenance.
O. Inspection and Entry.
P. Permit Actions.
PART VII. REOPENER CLAUSE
PART Vlll. NOTICE OF TERMINATION
A. Notice of Termination.
B. Addresses.
PART 0L DEFINITIONS
PART X. STATE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
A. Puerto Rico.
B. Colorado (Federal facilities and Indian
lands).
C. Arizona.
D. Alaska.
E Idaho.
F. Washington (Federal facilities and Indian
lands).
Preface
The Clean Water Act (CWA) provides
that storm water discharges associated
with industrial activity from a point
source (including discharges through a
municipal separate storm sewer system)
to waters of the United States are
unlawful. unless authorized by a
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permit. The
terms "storm water discharge
associated with industrial activity".
"point source" and "waters of the
United States" are critical to
determining whether a facility is subject
to this requirement. Complete
definitions of these terms are found in
the definition section (Part IX) of this
permit.
The United States Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) has
established the Storm Water Hotline at
(703) 821-48M to assist the Regional
Offices In distributing notice of intent
forms and storm water pollution
prevention plan guidance, and to
provide Information pertaining to the
storm water regulations.
Part 1. Coverage Under This Permit
A. Permit Area
The permit covers all areas of-
Region
fRegion [—for the States of Maine and
New Hampshire: for Indian lands
located in Massachusetts. New
Hampshire. and Maine.
Region Il—for the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico.
Region IV—for Indian lands located in
Florida (two tribes). Mississippi. and
North Carolina.
Region VI—for the States of
Louisiana. New Mexico, Oklahoma. and
Texas: and frir Indian lands located in
Louisiana. New Mexico (except Navajo
lands and Ute Mountain Reservation
lands). Oklahoma, and Texas.
Region Vlll—for the State of South
Dakota: for Indian lands located in
Colorado (including the Ute Mountain
Reservation in Colorado). Montana..
North Dakota. Utah (except Coshute
Reservation and Navajo Reservation
lands). and Wyoming: for Federal
facilities in Colorado: and for the Ute
Mountain Reservation New Mexico.
Region IX—tor the State of Arizona:
for the Territories of Johnston Atoll. and
Midway and Wake Island: and for
Indian lands located in California, and
Nevada: and for the Coshute
Reservation in Utah and Nevada. the
Navajo Reservation in Utah. New
Mexico, and Arizona. the Duck Valley
Reservation in Nevada and Idaho.
Region X—for the State of Alaska.
and Idaho: for Indian lands located in
Alaska. Idaho (except Duck Valley
Reservation lands). and Washington:
and for Federal facilities in Washington.
B. Eligibility
1. This permit may authorize all
discharges of storm water associated
with industrial activity from
construction sites. (those sites or
common plans of development or sale
that will result in the disturbance of five
or more acres total land area t).
(henceforth referred to as storm water
discharges from construction activities)
occurring after the effective date of this
permit (including discharges occurring
after the effective date of this permit
where the construction activity was
initiated before the effective date of this
permit). except for discharges identified
under paragraph I.B.3.
2. This permit may only authorize a
storm water discharge associated with
industrial activity from a construction
site that is mixed with a storm water
discharge from an Industrial source
other than construction. where:
A. the industrial source other than
construction is located on the same site
as the construction activity:
b. storm water discharges associated
with industrial activity from the areas of
the site where construction activities are
occurring are in compliance with the
terms of this permit: and
c. storm water discharges associated
with Industrial activity from the areas of
the site where industrial activity other
than construction are occurring
(including storm water discharges from
dedicated asphalt plants and dedicated
concrete plants) are covered by a
different NPDES general permit or
On June 4.1997- the United States Court of
Appeals for the Ninth Circuit remanded the
exemption for construction sites of less than five
acres to the FPA for further rulemaking. INas• 90-
70571 and 91-702001.
t�
41218 Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September Vit-+nmL /Notices
catclrvtrlual pernut authorizing such
tbsch.arges.
.l. t.1uc1tritlems fill Cn•c•ruW.
The following storm water discharges
from construction sites eri! not
authorized by this permit:
it. storm water discharges associated
with industrial activity that originate
from the site after construction activities
have been completed and the site has
undergone final stabilization.
b. discharges that are mixed with
sources of non -storm water other than
discharges which are identified in Part
III -A of this permit and which are in
compliance with Part IV.D.S (non -storm
water discharges) of this permit.
c. storm water discharges associated
with industrial activity that are subject
to an existing NPOES individual or
general permit or which are issued a
permit in accordance with paragraph
VI.L (requiring an individual permit or
an alternative general permit) of this
permit. Such discharges may be
authorized under this permit after an
existing permit expires provided the
existing permit did not establish
numeric limitations for such discharges;
d. storm water discharges from
construction sites that the Director
(EPA) has determined to be or may
reasonably be expected to be
contributing to a violation of a water
quality standard: and
e. storm water discharges from
construction sites if the discharges may
adversely affect a listed or proposed to
be listed endangered or threatened
species or its critical habitat.
C. Authorization
coverage under this permit and require
submittal of an application furan
individual NPUF.S permit based tin a
review of the NO[ or tither information
(see Part V1.L of this permit).
Part 11. Notice of Intent Requirements
A. Deadlities for Nuti jicatiun
1. Except as provided in paragraphs
II.A.2. II.A.3. and II.A.4. individuals who
intend to obtain coverage for storm
water discharges from a construction
site (where disturbances associated
with the construction project commence
before October 1. 1992). under this
general permit shall submit a Notice of
Intent (NOI) in accordance with the
requirements of this Part on or before
October 1.1992:
2. Individuals who intend to obtain
coverage under this general permit for
storm water discharges from a
construction site where disturbances
associated with the construction project
commence after October 1. 1992. shall
submit a Notice of Intent (NO[) in
accordance with the requirements of
this Part at least 2 days prior to the
commencement of construction
activities (e.g. the initial disturbance of
soils associated with clearing. grading.
excavation activities. or other
construction activities):
3. For storm water discharges from
construction sites where the operator
changes. (including projects where an
operator is selected after a NOI has
been submitted under Parts IlA.1 or
II.A.2) a NOI in accordance with the
requirements of this Part shall be
submitted at least 2 days prior to when
the operator commences work at the
1. A discharger must submit a Notice site; and
of Intent (NOI) in accordance with the 4. EPA will accept an NOI in
requirements of Part II of this permit. accordance with the requirements of
using a NO[ form provided by the this part after the dates provided in
Director (or a photocopy thereon. in Parts I1.A.1.2 or 3 of this permit. In such
order for storm water discharges from instances. EPA may bring appropriate
construction sites to be authorized to enforcement actions.
discharge under this general permit -2
2. Where a new operator is selected
after the submittal of an NOI under Part
Il, a new Notice of Intent (NO[) must be
submitted by the operator in accordance
with Part II, using a NOI form provided
by the Director (or a photocopy thereon.
3. Unless notified by the Director to
the contrary. dischargers who submit an
NOI in accordance with the
requirements of this permit are
authorized to discharge storm water
from construction sites under the terms
and conditions of this permit 2 days
after the date that the NO( is
postmarked. The Director may deny
NI 2 A copy of the approved *401 form is provided in
Appends; Cat this n.amr..
i
E
B. Contents of Notice Of Intent
clay uperattonal control that have been
identified it the! time of the NOI
sutbmittal. and operator status as a
Federal. State. private. public or other
entity. Where multiple! operators have
been selected at the time of the initial
NOI submittal. NOLs must be attached
and submitted in the same envelope.
When an additional operator submits an
NO! for a site with a preexisting NPDES
permit. the NOI for the additional
operator must indicate the number for
the preexisting NPDES permit:
3. The name of the receiving water(s).
or if the discharge is through a municipal
separate storm sewer. the name of the
municipal operator of the storm sewer
and the ultimate receiving water(s):
4. The permit number of any NPDES
permit(s) for any discharge(s) (including
any storm water discharges or any non -
storm water discharges) from the site:
5. An indication of whether the
operator has existing quantitative data
which describes the concentration of
pollutants in storm water discharges
(existing data should not be included as
part of the NOI); and
6. An estimate of project start date
and completion dates. estimates of the
number of acres of the site on which soil
will be disturbed. and a certification
that a storm water pollution prevention
plan has been prepared for the site in
accordance with Part IV of this permit.
and such plan provides compliance with
approved State and/or local sediment
and erosion plans or permits and/or
storm water management plans or
permits in accordance with Part IV.D.2.d
of this permit. (A copy of the plans or
permits should not be included with the
NO[ submission).
The Notice(s) of Intent shall be signed
in accordance with Part Vic of this
permit by all of the entities identified in
Part II.B.2 and shall include the
following information:
1. The mailing address of the
construction site for which the
notification is submitted. Where a
mailing address for the site is not
available. the location of the
approximate center of the site must be
described in terms of the latitude and
longitude to the nearest 15 seconds. or
the section. township and range to the
nearest quarter section;
2. The name. address and telephone
number of the operators) with day to
C Where to Submit
i. Facilities which discharge storm
water associated with industrial activity
must use a NO[ fortis provided on. The
Tthe
he
(or photocopy the
form in the Federal Register notice in
which this permit was published may be
photocopied and used. Forms are also
available by calling (703) 621-4823. NOls
must be signed in accordance with Part
VI.0 of this permit. NO[s are to be
submitted to the Director of the NPDES
program in care of the following
address: Storm Water Notice of Intent.
PO Box 1215. Newington. VA 22122•
Z. A copy of the NO[ or other
indication that storm water discharges
from the site are covered under an
NPDES permit, and a brief description of
the project shall be posted at the
construction site in a prominent place
for public viewing (such as alongside a
building permit).
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 17S / 1Netilncsday. Septamt,er i1_ wi1_-/ N�ttt�:t', 41219
1). Adifiltrurtul rVutifi utitut
Facilities which are operating under
approved State; or local sediment and
erosion plans. grading plans. or storm
water management plans shall submit
signed copies or the Notice of Intent to
the State or local agency approving such
plans in accordance with the deadlines
in Part ILA of this permit (or sooner
where required by State or local rules).
in addition to submitting the Notice of
Intent to EPA in accordance with
paragraph II.C.
E. Renotijication
Upon issuance of a new general
permit. the permittee is required to
notify the Director of his intent to be
covered by the new general permit.
,if 40 CER part t 17 and 411 CFH part 302.
When: a release containing .t hazarebtus
substance in an amount equal to or in
excess of a reporting quantity
estitblished under either 40 CFR 117 or
40 CFR J0'S. occurs during it 24-hour
period:
a. The permittee is required to notify
the National Response Center (NRC)
(800-424-8802: in the Washington. DC
metropolitan area 202-426-26751 in
accordance with the requirements of 40
CFR 117 and 40 CFR 302 as soon as he
or she has knowledge of the discharge:
b. The permittee shall submit within
14 calendar days of knowledge of the
release a written description of: the
release (including the type and estimate
of the amount of material released), the
Part III. Special Conditions, date that such release occurred. the
Management Practices. and Other Non- circumstances leading to the release.
Numeric Imitations and steps to be taken in accordance
with Part II1.0.3 of this permit to the
appropriate EPA Regional office at the
address provided in Part V.0
(addresses) of this permit; and
c. The storm water pollution
prevention plan required under Part IV
of this permit must be modified within
14 calendar days of knowledge of the
release to: Provide a description of the
release, the circumstances leading to the
release. and the date of the release. In
addition. the plan must be reviewed to
identify measures to prevent the
reoccurrence of such releases and to
respond to such releases, and the plan
must be modified where appropriate.
2. Spills. This permit does not
authorize the discharge of hazardous
substances or oil. resulting from an on-
site spill.
A. Prohibition on Non -Storm Water
Discharges
1. Except as provided in paragraph
I.B.2 and III.A.2. all discharges covered
by this permit shall be composed
entirely of storm water.
2. a. Except as provided in paragraph
III.A.2.(b). discharges of material other
than storm water must be incompliance
with a NPDFS permit (other than this
permit) issued for the discharge.
b. The following non -store water
discharges may be authorized by this
permit provided the non -storm water
component of the discharge is in
compliance with paragraph IV.D.5:
discharges from fire fighting activities;
fire hydrant flushings: waters used to
wash vehicles or control dust in
accordance with Part IV.D.2.c.(2);
potable water sources including
waterline flushings: irrigation drainage:
routine external building washdown
which does not use detergents;
pavement washwaters where spills or
leaks of toxic or hazardous materials
have not occurred (unless all spilled
material has been removed) and where
detergents are not used: air conditioning
condensate; springs: uncontaminated
groundwater and foundation or footing
drains where flows are not
contaminated with process materials
such as solvents.
L' B. Releases in Excess of Reportable
• Quantities
1. The discharge of hazardous
substances or oil in the storm water
discharge(s) from a facility shall be
prevented or minimized in accordance
r• with the applicable storm water
pollution prevention plan for the facility.
This permit does not relieve the
permittee of the reporting requirements
7
Part IV. Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plans
:l. 1)rrralltnr. litr Phan 1'regntraharrt mul
(.r rltel)irrvtnr'e.
The plan shall:
1.13e completed (including
certifications required under Part IV -E)
priur tip the submittal of an NO[ to be
covered under this permit and updated
as appropriate:
2. For construction activities that have
begun on or before October 1. 1992.
except for sediment basins required
under Part IV.D.2.a(2) (structural
practices) of this permit. the plan shall
provide for compliance with the terms
and schedule of the plan beginning on
October 1. 1992. The plan shall provide
for compliance with sediment basins
required under Part IV.D.2.a.(a) of this
permit by no later than December 1.
1992:
3. For construction activities that have
begun after October 1. 1992. the plan
shall provide for compliance with the
terms and schedule of the plan
beginning with the initiation of
construction activities.
A storm water pollution prevention .
plan shall be developed for each
construction site covered by this permit -
Storm water pollution prevention plans
shall be prepared in accordance with
goodengineering practices. The plan
shall identify potential sources of
Pollution which may reasonably be
expected to affect the quality of storm
water discharges from the construction
site. In addition. the plan shall describe
and ensure the implementation of
practices which will be used to reduce
the pollutants In storm water discharges
associated with industrial activity at the
construction site and to assure
compliance with the terms and
conditions of this permit. Facilities must
implement the provisions of the storm
water pollution prevention plan required
under this part as a condition of this
permit.
B. Signature and Plan Review
1. Tice plan shall be signed in
accordance with Part VI.G. and be
retained on-site at the facility which
generates the storm water discharge in
accordance with Part V (retention of
records) of this permit. -
2. The permittee shall make plans
available upon request to the Director. a
State or local agency approving
sediment and erosion plans. grading
plans, or storm water management
plans; or in the case of a storm water
discharge associated with industrial
activity which discharges through a
municipal separate storm sewer system
with an NPDES permit. to the municipal
operator of the system.
3. The Director, or authorized
representative. may notify the permittee
at any time that the plan does not meet
one or more of the minimum
requirements of this part. Such
notification shall identify those
provisions of the permit which are not
being met by the plan, and identify which
provisions of the plan requires
modifications in order to meet the
minimum requirements of this part.
Within 7 days of such notification from
the Director. (or as otherwise provided
by the Director), or authorized
representative, the permittee shalt make
the required changes to the plan and
shall submit to the Director a written
certification that the requested changes
have been made.
C Keeping Plans Current
The permittee shall amend the plan
whenever there is a change in design.
r
r
41220 Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices
e:einstructum. uperaliun. or maintenance.
which has a significant effect on the
potential for the: discharge of pollutants
to the waters of the United States and
which has nut otherwise been addressed
in the plan or if the storm water
pollution prevention plan proves to be
ineffective in eliminating or significantly
minimizing pollutants from sources
identified under Part IV.0.2 of this
permit, or in otherwise achieving the
general objectives of controlling
pollutants in storm water discharges
associated with industrial activity. In
addition. the plan shall be amended to
identify any new contractor and/or
subcontractor that will implement a
measure of the storm water pollution
prevention plan (see Part 1V.E).
Amendments to the plan may be
reviewed by EPA in the same manner as
Part IV.B above.
D. Contents of Plan
The storm water pollution prevention
plan shall include the following items:
I. Site description. Each plan shall.
provide a description of pollutant
sources and other information as
indicated:
a. A description of the nature of the
construction activity.
b. A description of the intended
sequence of major activities which
disturb soils for major portions of the
site (e.g. grubbing, excavation. grading):
c. Estimates of the total area of the
site and the total area of the site that is
expected to be disturbed by excavation.
grading, or other activities:
d. An estimate of the runoff coefficient
of the site after construction activities
are completed and existing data
describing the soil or the quality of any
discharge from the site:
e. A site map indicating drainage
patterns and approximate slopes
anticipated after major grading
activities. areas of soil disturbance. an
outline of areas which not be disturbed.
the location of major structural and
nonstructural controls identified in the
plan, the location of areas where
stabilization practices are expected to
occur, surface waters (including
wetlands), and locations where storm
water is discharged to a surface water,
and
L The name of the receiving water(s).
and areal extent of wetland acreage at
the site.
2. Controls. Each plan shall include a
description of appropriate controls and
measures that will be implemented at
the construction site. The plan will
clearly describe for each major activity
identified in Part IV.D.l.b appropriate
control measures and the timing during
the construction process that the
measures will be implemented. lFur
example. perimeter controls for tine
portion of the site will be installed after
the clearing and grubbing necessary for
installation of the measure. but before
the clearing and grubbing for the
remaining portions of the site. Perimeter
controls will be actively maintained
until final stabilization of those portions
of the site upward of the perimeter
control. Temporary perimeter controls
will be removed after final
stabilization). The description and
implementation of controls shall address
the following minimum components:
a. Erosion and sediment controls—(1).
stabilization practices. A description of
interim and permanent stabilization
practices, including site-specific
scheduling of the implementation of the
practices. Site plans should ensure that
existing vegetation is preserved where
attainable and that disturbed portions of
the site are stabilized. Stabilization
practices may include: temporary
seeding, permanent seeding. mulch
in.
sod stabilization. vegetative
buffer strips. protection of trees.
preservation of mature vegetation. and
other appropriate measures. A record of
the dates when major grading activities
occur, when construction activities
temporarily or permanently cease on a
portion of the site. and when
stabilization measures are initiated shall
be included in the plan. Except as
provided in paragraphs IV.D.2.(a).(1L).(a).
(b), and (c) below. stabilization
measures shall be initiated as soon as
practicable In portions of the site where
construction activities have temporarily
or permanently ceased. but in no case
more than 14 days after the construction
activity in that portion of the site has
temporarily or permanently ceased.
(a). Where the initiation of
stabilization measures by the 14th day
after construction activity temporary or
permanently cease is precluded by snow
cover. stabilization measures shall be
initiated as soon as practicable.
(b). Where construction activity will
resume on a portion of the site within 21
days from when activities ceased. (e.g.
the total time period that construction
activity is temporarily ceased is less
than 21 days) then stabilization
measures do not have to be initiated on
that portion of site by the 14th day after
construction activity temporarily
ceased.
(c). In and areas (areas with an
average annual rainfall of 0 to 10 Inches)
and semi -arid areas (areas with an
average annual rainfall of 10 to 20
inches), where the initiation of
stabilization measures by the 14th day
after construction activity has
temporarily or permanently ceased is
prrrluded by seasonal .►nd conditions.
stabilization measures .4hall be initiated
as soon as practicable.
(21. Structural practices. A description
of structural practices to divert flows
from exposed soils. store flows or
otherwise limit runoff and the discharge
of pollutants from exposed areas of the
site to the degree attainable. Such
practices may include silt fences, earth
dikes, drainage swales. sediment traps.
check dams. subsurface drains. pipe
slope drains. level spreaders, storm
drain inlet protection. rock outlet
protection. reinforced soil retaining
systems, gabions. and temporary or
permanent sediment basins. Structural
practices should be placed on upland
soils to the degree attainable. The
installation of these devices may be
subject to Section 404 of the CWA.
(a) For common drainage locations
that serve an area with 10 or more
disturbed acres at one time, a temporary
(or permanent) sediment basin providing
3,800 cubic feet of storage per acre
drained. or equivalent control measures.
shall be provided where attainable until
final stabilization of the site. The 3.800
cubic feet of storage area per acre
drained does not apply to flows from
offsite areas and flows from onsite areas
that are either undisturbed or have
undergone final stabilization where such
flows are diverted around both the
disturbed area and the sediment basin.
For drainage locations which serve 10 or
more disturbed acres at one time and
where a temporary sediment basin
providing 3.800 cubic feet of storage per
acre drained. or equivalent controls is
not attainable, smaller sediment basins
anis/or sediment traps should be used.
At a minimum silt fences. or equivalent
sediment controls are required for all
sideslope and downslope boundaries of
the construction area.
(b) For drainage locations serving less
than 10 acres, sediment basins and/or
sediment traps should be used. At a
minimum. silt fences or equivalent
sediment controls are required for all
sideslope and downslope boundaries of
the! construction area unless a sediment
basin 3,80
providing storage for 0 cubic
feet of storage per acre drained is
provided.
b. Storm water management A
description of measures that will be
installed during the construction process
to control pollutants in storm water
discharges that will occur after
construction operations have been
completed. Structural measures should
be placed on upland soils to the degree
attainable. The installation of these
devices may be subject to Section 404 of
the! CWA. This permit only addresses
Federal Register / Vol. 5:. No. 175 / Wednesday. Septenther 11. 16 ml / Notices 41
the installation of storm water
management measures. and not the
ultimate operation and maintenance of
such structures after the construction
.tc:tivities have been completed and the
site hits undergone final stabilization.
Permittees are only responsible for the
installation and maintenance of storm
water management measures prior to
final stabilization of the site. and are not
responsible for maintenance after storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity have been eliminated
from the site.
(1). Such practices may include: storm
water detention structures (including
wet ponds): storm water retention
structures: flow attenuation by use of
open vegetated swales and natural
depressions: infiltration of runoff onsite:
and sequential systems (which combine
several practices). The pollution
prevention plan shall include an
explanation of the technical basis used
to select the practices to control
pollution where flows exceed
predevelopment levels.
(2). Velocity dissipation devices shall
be placed at discharge locations and
along the length of any outfall channel
for the purpose of providing a non-
erosive velocity flow from the structure
to a water course so that the natural
physical and biological characteristics
and functions are maintained and
protected (e.g.. no significant changes in
the hydrological regime of the receiving
water).
c. Other controls—(1) waste disposal.
No solid materials. including building
materials. shall be discharged to waters
of the United States. except as
authorized by a Section 404 permit.
(2) Off-site vehicle tracking of
sediments and the generation of dust
shall be minimized.
(3) The plan shall ensure and
demonstrate compliance with applicable
State and/or local waste disposal.
sanitary sewer or septic system
regulations.
d. Approved State or local plans. (i)
Permittees which discharge storm water
associated with industrial activity from
construction activities must include in
their storm water pollution prevention
plan procedures and requirements
specified in applicable sediment and
erosion site plans or site permits. or
storm water management site plans or
site permits approved by State or local
officials. Permittees shall provide a
certification in their storm water
pollution prevention plan that their
storm water pollution prevention plan
reflects requirements applicable to
protecting surface water resources in
sediment and erosion site plans or site
permits. or storm water management
F
site plans or sole permits approved by
State or local officials. Permittees shall
comply with any such requirements
during the term of the permit. This
provision does not apply to provisions
of master plans. comprehensive plans.
non -enforceable guidelines or technical
guidance documents that are not
identified in a specific plan or permit
that is issued for the construction site.
(2) Storm water pollution prevention
plans must be amended to reflect any
change applicable to protecting surface
water resources in sediment and erosion
site plans or site permits. or storm water
management site plans or site permits
approved by State or local officials for
which the permittee receives written
notice. Where the permittee receives
such written notice of a change. the
permittee shall provide a recertification
in the storm water pollution plan that
the storm water pollution prevention
plan has been modified to address such
changes.
(3) Dischargers seeking alternative
permit requirements shall submit an
individual permit application in
accordance with Part VLL of the permit
at the address indicated in Part V.0 of
this permit for the appropriate Regional
Office. along with a description of why
requirements in approved State or local
plans or permits. or changes to such
plans or permits. should not be
applicable as a condition of an NPOES
permit.
3. Maintenance. A description of
procedures to ensure the timely
maintenance of vegetation. erosion and
sediment control measures and other
protective measures identified In the site
plan in good and effective operating
condition.
4. Inspections. Qualified personnel
(provided by the discharger) shall
Inspect disturbed areas of the
construction site that have not been
finally stabilized, areas used for storage
of materials that are exposed to
precipitation. structural control
measures. and locations where vehicles
enter or exit the site at least once every
seven calendar days and within 24
hours of the end of a storm that is 0.5
inches or greater. Where sites have been
finally stabilized. or during seasonal
and periods in and areas (areas with an
average annual rainfall of 0 to 10 inches)
and semi -arid areas (areas with an
average annual rainfall of 10 to 20
inches) such inspection shall be
conducted at least once every month.
a. Disturbed areas and areas used for
storage of materials that are exposed to
precipitation shall be inspected for
evidence of. or the potential for.
pollutants entering the drainage~ system.
Erosion and sediment control measures
identified in the! plan shall be obsery
to ensure that they are operating
correctly. Where discharge locations
points are accessible, they shall be
inspected to ascertain whether erosic
control measures are effective in
preventing significant impacts to
receiving waters. Locations where
vehicles enter or exit the site shall be
inspected for evidence of offsite
sediment tracking.
b. Based on the results of the
inspection. the site description identi
in the plan in accordance with
paragraph 1V.D.1 of this permit and
pollution prevention measures identil
in the plan in accordance with
paragraph IV.D.2 of this permit shall'
revised as appropriate. but in no case
later than 7 calendar days following t
inspection. Such modifications shall
provide for timely implementation of
any changes to the plan within 7
calendar days following the inspectic
c. A report summarizing the scope
the inspection. name(s) and
qualifications of personnel making th
inspection. the date(s) of the inspectii
major observations relating to the
implementation of the storm water
pollution prevention plan. and action
taken in accordance with paragraph
IV.D.4.b of the permit shall be made i
retained as part of the storm water
pollution prevention plan for at least
three years from the date that the sitt
finally stabilized. Such reports shall
identify any incidents of non-
compliance. Where a report does not
identify any incidents of non-
compliance. the report shall contain E
certification that the facility is in
compliance with the storm water
pollution prevention plan and this
permit. The report shall be signed in
accordance with Part VLG of this
permit.
5. Noir-Storm Water Discharges.
Except for flows from fire fighting
activities. sources of non -storm water
listed in Part III.A2 of this permit tha
are combined with storm water
discharges associated with industrial
activity must be identified in the plate
The plan shall identify and ensure the
implementation of appropriate polluti
prevention measures for the non-stor
water component(s) of the discharge.
E. Contractor
1. The storm water pollution
prevention plan must clearly identify
each measure identified in the plan. t
contractor(s) and/or subcontractor(s;
that will implement the measure. All
contractors and subcontractors
identified in the plan must sign a cop
the certification statement in Part IV-
Pon
I. 1.
A
w
s
51222 Federal Register / Vul. 57. No. In / Wedne-itchy. Septertilier ti. 1992, / Notices
Of this percnU in accordance with Part
VI.(; of this permit. All certifications
ctiust he included in the storm water
pollution prevention plan.
2. Certification Statement. All
contractors and subcontractors
identified in a storm water pollution
prevention plan in accordance with Part
IV.E.1 of this permit shall sign a copy of
the following certification statement
before conducting any professional
service identified in the storm water
pollution prevention plan:
I certify under penalty of law that I
understand the terms and conditions of the
general National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permit that
authorizes the storm water discharges
associated with industrial activity from the
construction site identified as part of this
certification.
The certification must include the
name and title of the person providing
the signature in accordance with Part
VLG of this permit: the name. address
and telephone number of the contracting
firm: the address (or other identifying
description) of the site: and the date the
certification is made.
Part V. Retention of Records
A. The permittee shall retain copies of
storm water pollution prevention plans
and all reports required by this permit.
and records of all data used to complete
the Notice of Intent to be covered by
this permit, for a period of at least three
years from the date that the site is
finally stabilized. This period may be
extended by request of the Director at
any time.
B. The permittee shall retain a copy of
the storm water pollution prevention
required by this permit at the
construction site from the date of project
initiation to the date of final
stabilization.
C. Addresses. Except for the submittal
of NOLs (see Part ILC of this permit). all
written correspondence concerning
discharges in any State. Indian land or
from any Federal Facility covered under
this permit and directed to the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
including the submittal of individual
permit applications. shall be sent to the
address of the appropriate Regional
Office listed below:
I. CT. MA. ME. NX. RL VT
United States EPA. Region 1. Water
Management Division (WCP-2109).
Storm Water Staff. John F. Kennedy
Federal Building. Room 2209. Boston.
MA 02203.
j 3. N/. NY. PR. Vi
14 United States EPA. Region 11. Water
Management Division (2w%4 -WPC).
7
Sturm Water Staff. '4i Federal Plaza.
New York. NY 10278.
3. UE. DC. P.•1. V.4. ;VV
United Slates EPA. Region Ill. Witter
Management Division (3Wb1551.
Storm Water Staff. 841 Chestnut
Building. Philadelphia. PA 19107.
4. AL. FL. GA. KY. MS. NC. SC. TN
United States EPA. Region IV. Water
Management Division (FPB -3). Storm
Water Staff. 345 Courtland Street.
N.E.. Atlanta. CA 30365.
S. iL. iN. Ml. MN. OK. WI
United States EPA. Region V: Water
Quality Branch (SWQP). Storm Water
Staff. 77 West Jackson Boulevard.
Chicago. IL 60604.
6. AR. LA. NM (Except See Region iX
for Nava%o Lands. and See Region Vll!
for Ute Mountain Reservation Lands).
OK TX
United States EPA. Region VI. Water
Management Division (6W -EA).
Storm Water Staff. First Interstate
Bank Tower at Fountain Place. 1445
Ross Avenue.12th Floor. Suite 1200.
Dallas, TX 75202
7. IA. KS MO. NE
United States EPA. Region VII. Water
Management Division. Compliance
Branch. Storm Water Staff. 726
Minnesota Avenue. Kansas City. KS
66101.
8. CO. MT. ND. SD. WY. UT (Except See
Region iX for Goshute Reservation and
Navajo Reservation Landsj
United States EPA. Region VIII. Water
Management Division. NPDES Branch
(8WM-C). Storm Water Staff. 99918th
Street. Denver. CO 60202-2466.
Note -For Montano Indian Lands,
please use the following address:
United States EPA. Region Vlll.
Montana Operations Office. Federal
Office Building, Drawer 10096.301
South Park. Helena. MT 59620-0026.
9. AZ. CA. NI. NV. Guam. American
Samoa. the Goshute Reservation in UT
and NV. the Navajo Reservation in UT.
NM. and AZ the Duck Valley
Reservation in NV and iD
United States EPA. Region IX. Water
Management Division (W-5-1). Storm
Water Staff. 75 Hawthorne Street. San
Francisco. CA 94105.
Io. AX iD (Except See Region IX for
Duck Valley Reservation Lands). OR.
WA
United States EPA. Region X. Water
Management Division (WD -134).
Storm Water Staff. 1200 Sixth Street.
Seattle WA 98101.
Part V1. Standard Permit Conditions
.1 lhrty to C11111p4.
t. The permittee must comply with :fill
conditions of this permit. Any permit
noncompliance constitutes a violation of
CWA and is grounds for enforcement
action: for permit termination.
revocation and reissuance. or
modification: or for denial of a permit
renewal application.
Penalties for Violations of Permit
Conditions
a. Criminal
(1). Negligent Violations The CWA
provides that any person who
negligently violates permit conditions
implementing Sections 301.302 306.307.
308.318. or 405 of the Act is subject to a
fine of not less than $2,500 nor more
than $25.000 per day of violation. or by
imprisonment for not more than i year.
or both.
(2). Knowing Violations The CWA
provides that any person who
knowingly violates permit conditions
implementing Sections 301.302.3M 307.
308.318. or 405 of the Act is subject to a
fine of not less than 55.000 nor more
than $50.000 per day of violation. or by
imprisonment for not more than 3 years.
or both.
(3). Knowing Endangerment The CWA
provides that any person who
knowingly violates permit conditions
implementing Sections 301. 302. 306. 307.
306.318. or 405 of the Act and who
knows at that time that he is placing
another person in imminent danger of
death or serious bodily injury is subject
to a fine of not more than s250.000. or by
imprisonment for not more than 15
years. or both.
(4). False Statement The CWA
provides that any person who
knowingly makes any false material
statement, representation. or
certification in any application. record.
report. plan. or other document filed or
required to be maintained under the Act
or who knowingly falsifies. tampers
with. or renders inaccurate. any
monitoring device or method required to
be maintained under the Act. shall upon
conviction. be punished by a fine of not
more than $10.000 or by imprisonment
for not more than 2 years. or by both. If
a conviction is for a violation committed
after a first conviction of such person
under this paragraph. punishment shall
be by a fine of not more than $20.000 per
day of violation. or by imprisonment of
not more than 4 years. or by both. (See
Section 309.c.4 of the Clean Water Act).
b. Civil Penolties-The CWA
provides that any person who violates a
i.
r
Federal Register / Vul. 5:. Nu. 175 / Wcjlntrsd;ty. September 9. Notices 41223
permtt ronebtton implementing Sections
aQl.:►p2.:►(xi.:It)-.:11)8. 316, or 405 of the
Ata is subit:ct to it civil penalty not to
ex1:#9!d S25.txx) per day for each
violation.
c.: l(lnitnistrativr. Peaulties. The
CWA provides that any person who
violates a permit condition
implementing Sections 301. 302. 3013.307.
308. 318. or 405 of the Act is subject to
an administrative penalty. as follows'-
(11.
ollows:(1). Class I penalty Not to exceed
$10.000 per violation nor shall the
maximum amount exceed $25.000.
(2). Class 11 penalty Not to exceed
S10.000 per day for each day during
which the violation continues nor shall
the maximum amount exceed $125.000.
B. Continuation of the Expired General
Permit
This permit expires on October 1.
1997. However. an expired general
permit continues in force and effect until
a new general permit is issued.
Permittees must submit a new NOI in
accordance with the requirements of
Part It of this permit. using a NO[ form
provided by the Director (or photocopy
thereof) between August 1. 1997 and
September 29.1997 to remain covered
under the continued permit after
October 1. 1997. Facilities that had not
obtained coverage under the permit by
October 1. 1997 cannot become
authorized to discharge under the
continued permit.
C. Need to Halt or Reduce Activity Not
a Defense
It shall not be a defense for a
permittee in an enforcement action that
it would have been necessary to halt or
reduce the permitted activity in order to
maintain compliance with the condition:
of this permit.
D. Duty to Mitigate
The permittee shall take all
reasonable steps to minimize or prevent
any discharge in violation of this permit
which has a reasonable likelihood of
adversely affecting human health or the
environment.
determine compti.,nce with this permit
or other information.
F Other Infurntutiurt
When the permittee brcotnes awitre
that he or she failed to submit any
relevant facts or submitted incorrect
information in the Notice of Intent or in
any other report to the Director. he or
she shall promptly submit such facts or
information.
G. Signatory Requirements
All Notices of Intent. storm water
pollution prevention plans. reports.
certifications or information either
submitted to the Director or the operator
of a large or medium municipal separate
storm sewer system. or that this permit
requires be maintained by the permittee.
shall be signed as follows:
1. All Notices of Intent shall be signed
as follows:
a. For corporation: By a responsible
corporate officer. For the purpose of this
section. a responsible corporate officer
means: (1) A president. secretary.
treasurer. or vice-president of the
corporation in charge of a principal
business function. or any other person
who performs similar policy or decision-
making functions for the corporation: or
(2) the manager of one or more
manufacturing, production or operating
facilities employing more than 250
persons or having gross annual sales or
expenditures exceeding $25.000.000 (in
second-quarter 1980 dollars) if authority
to sign documents has been assigned or
delegated to the manager in accordance
with corporate procedures:
b. For a partnership or sole
proprietorship: by a general partner or
the proprietor. respectively: or
c. For a municipality. State. Federal.
or other public agency: by either a
principal executive officer or ranking
elected official. For purposes of this
section. a principal executive officer of a
Federal agency includes (1) the chief
executive officer of the agency. or (2) a
senior executive officer having
responsibility for the overall operations
of a principal geographic unit of the
agency (e.g.. Regional Administrators of
E. Duty to Provide Information EPA)
The permittee shall furnish to the
Director. an authorized representative of
the Director. a State or local agency
approving sediment and erosion plans.
grading plans. or storm water
management plans: or in the case of a
storm water discharge associated with
industrial activity which discharges
through a municipal separate storm
�.. sewer system with an NPDES permit. to
the municipal operator of the system.
any information which is requested to
2. All reports required by the permit
and other information requested by the
Director or authorized representative of
the Director shall be signed by a person
described above or by a duly authorized
representative of that person. A person
is a duly authorized representative only
if:
a. The authorization is made in
writing by a person described above
and submitted to the Director.
b. The authorization specifies either
an individual or a position having
rsponsebiltty fur the overall operation
f the regulated facility ur .tctivity. such
s the position of manager. operator.
etpertntendent. or position of equivalent
cspunstbility or an individual or
tusittun having )verall responsibility fat
!nvirunmental matters for the company.
A duly authorized representative may
hus be either a named individual or an)
ndividual occupying a named position).
c. Changes to authorization. If an
authorization under paragraph II.B.3. is
no longer accurate because a different
operator has responsibility for the
overall operation of the construction
site. a new notice of intent satisfying th4
requirements of paragraph II.B must be
submitted to the Director prior to or
together with any reports. information.
or applications to be signed by an
authorized representative.
d. Certification. Any person signing
documents under paragraph V1.G shall
make the following certifications
I certify under penalty of law that this
document and all attachments were prepare
under my direction or supervision in
accordance with a system designed to assur
that qualified personnel properly gathered
and evaluated the information submitted
Based on my inquiry of the person or person
who manage the system. or those persons
directly respotlsible for gathering the
information. the information submitted is. to
the best of my knowledge and belief. true.
accurate. and complete. I am aware that tine
are significant penalties for submitting false
information. including the possibility of fuze
and imprisonment for knowing violations.
H. Penalties for Falsification of Repon
Section 309(c)(4) of the Clean Water
Act provides that any person who
knowingly makes any false material
statement. representation. or
certification in any record or other
document submitted or required to be
maintained under this permit. Includir
reports of compliance or moncompliar
shall, upon conviction. be punished by
fine of not more than $10.000. or by
imprisonment for not more than 2 yea.
or by both.
L Oil and Hazardous Substance
Liability
Nothing in this permit shall be
construed to preclude the institution c
any legal action or relieve the permitt
from any responsibilities. liabilities. c
penalties to which the permittee is or
may be subject under section 311 of d
CWA or section 106 of the
Comprehensive Environmental
Response. Compensation and Liabilit
Act of 1980 (CERCLA).
J. Property Rights
The issuance ofthi'permit f any so
convey any property 8
41224 Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices
nor any exclusive privilieges. nor does it
i authorize any injury to private property
nor any invasion of personal rights. nor
any infringement of Federal. State of
local laws or regulations.
K. Severability
The provisions of this permit are
severable. and if any provision of this
permit. or the application of any
provision of this permit to any
circumstance. is held invalid. the
application of such provision to other
circumstances, and the remainder of this
permit shall not be affected thereby.
L Requiring an Individual Permit or an
Alternative General Permit
1. The Director may require any
person authorized by this permit to
apply for and/or obtain either an
individual NPDES permit or an
alternative NPDES general permit. Any
interested person may petition the
Director to take action under this
" paragraph. Where the Director requires
a discharger authorized to discharge
under this permit to apply for an
individual NPDES permit. the Director
shall notify the discharger in writing
that a permit application is required.
This notification shall include a brief
statement of the reasons for this
decision. an application form. a
statement setting a deadline for the
discharger to file the application. and a
statement that on the effective date of
issuance or denial of the Individual
NPDES permit or the alternative general
permit as it applies to the individual
permittee. coverage under this general
permit shall automatically terminate.
Applications shall be submitted to the
appropriate Regional Office indicated in
Part V.0 of this permit. The Director
may grant additional time to submit the
applciation upon request of the
applicant. If a discharger fails to submit
in a timely manner an individual NPDES
permit application P PF cation as required by the
Director under this paragraph. then the
applicability of this permit to the
individual NPDES permittee is
automatically terminated at the end of
the day specified by the Director for
application submittal.
2. Any discharger authorized by this
permit may request to be excluded from
the coverage of this permit applying
8 P by FP YinB
for an individual permit. In such cases.
the permittee shall submit an individual
application in accordance with the
., requirements of 40 CFR 122.26(c)(1)(ii).
with reasons supporting the request. to
the Director at the address for the
appropriate Regional Office indicated in
part V.0 of this permit. The request may
be granted by issuance of any individual
permit or an alternative general if the
A
reasons cited by the permittee are
adequate to support the request.
3. When an individual NPOES permit
is issued to a discharger otherwise
subject to this permit. or the discharger
is authorized to discharge under an
alternative NPDES general permit. the
applicability of this permit to the
individual NPDES permittee Is
automatically terminated on the
effective date of the individual permit or
the date of authorization of coverage
under the alternative general permit.
whichever the case may be. When an
individual NPDES permit is denied to an
owner or operator otherwise subject to
this permit. or the owner or operator is
denied for coverage under an alternative
NPDES general permit. the applicability
of this permit to the individual NPDES
permittee is automatically terminated an
the date of such denial. unless otherwise
specified by the Director.
M. State/Environmental Lows
1. Nothing in this permit shall be
construed to preclude the institution of
any legal action or relieve the permittee
from any responsibilities. liabilities. or
penalties established pursuant to any
applicable State law or regulation under
authority preserved by section 510 of the
Act.
2. No condition of this permit shall
release the permittee from any
responsibility or requirements under
other environmental statutes or
regulations.
N. Proper Operation and Maintenance
The permittee shall at all times
properly operate and maintain all
facilities and systems of treatment and
control (and related appurtenances)
which are installed or used by the
permittee to achieve compliance with
the conditions of this permit and with
the requirements of storm water
pollution prevention plans. Proper
operation and maintenance also
Includes adequate laboratory controls
and appropriate quality assurance
procedures. Proper operation and
maintenance requires the operation of
backup or auxiliary facilities or similar
systems, installed by a permittee only
when necessary to achieve compliance
with the conditions of the permit.
O. Inspection and Entry
The permittee shall allow the Director
or an authorized representative of EPA.
the State. or. in the case of a
construction site which discharges
through a municipal separate storm
sewer. an authorized representative of
the municipal operator or the separate
storm sewer receiving the discharge.
upon the presentation of credentials and
other documents as may be required by
law. to:
I. Enter upon the permittee's premises
where a regulated facility or activity is
located or conducted or where records
must be kept under the conditions of this
permit;
2. Have access to and copy at
reasonable times. any records that must
be kept under the conditions of this
permit; and
3. Inspect at reasonable times any
facilities or equipment (including
monitoring and control equipment).
A Permit Actions
This permit may be modified. revoked
and reissued. or terminated for cause.
The Cling of a request by the permittee
for a permit modification. revocation
and reissuance. or termination. or a
notification of planned changes or
anticipated noncompliance does not
stay any permit condition.
Part VII. Reopener Clause
A. If there Is evidence indicating
potential or realized impacts on water
quality due to any storm water
discharge associated with industrial
activity covered by this permit. the
discharger may be required to obtain
individual permit or an alternative
general permit in accordance with Part
LC of this permit or the permit may be
modified to Include different limitations
and/or requirements.
B. Permit modification or revocation
will be conducted according to 40 CFR
122.6Z 122.53. 122.64 and 124.5.
Part VIII. Termination of Coverage
A. Notice of Termination
Where a site has been finally
stabilized and all storm water
discharges from construction activities
that are authorized by this permit are
eliminated. or where the operator of all
storm water discharges at a facility
changes. the operator of the facility may
submit a Notice of Termination that is
signed in accordance with Part VLG of
this permit. The Notice of Termination
shall include the following information:
1. The mailing address of the
construction site for which the
notification is submitted. Where a
mailing address for the site is not
available. the location of the
approximate center of the site must be
described in terms of the latitude and
longitude to the nearest 15 seconds. or
the section. township and range to the
nearest quarter section:
2. The name. address and telephone
number of the operator addressed by the
Notice of Termination:
r
r
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices 41225
3. The NPDES permit number for the
storm water discharge identified by the
Notice of Termination.
4. An indication of whether the storm
water discharges associated with .
industrial activity have been eliminated
or the operator of the discharges has
changed;and
S. The following certification signed in
accordance with Part VI.0 (signatory
requirements) of this permit:
I certify under penalty of law that all storm
water discharges associated with industrial
activity from the identified facility that are
authorized by an NPDES general permit have
been eliminated or that I am no longer the
operator of the facility or construction site. I
understand that by submitting this notice of
termination. I am no longer authorized to
discharge storm water associated with
industrial activity under this general permit.
and that discharging pollutants in storm
water associated with industrial activity to
waters of the United States is unlawful under
the Clean Water Act where the discharge is
not authorized by a NPDES permit. I also
understand that the submittal of this notice of
termination does not release an operator
from liability for any violations of this permit
or the Clean Water Act.
For the purposes of this certification.
elimination of storm water discharges
associated with industrial activity
means that all disturbed soils at the
identified facility have been finally
stabilized and temporary erosion and
sediment control measures have been
removed or will be removed at an
appropriate time, or that all storm water
discharges associated with construction
activities from the Identified site that
are authorized by a NPDES general
permit have otherwise been eliminated.
B. Addresses
All Notices of Termination are to be
sent. using the form provided by the
Director (or a photocopy thereon.s to
the following address: Storm Water
Notice of Termination. PO Box 1185.
Newington. VA 22122
Part /X. Definitions
Best Management Practices ("BMPs")
means schedules of activities.
prohibitions of practices. maintenance
procedures. and other management
practices to prevent or reduce the
pollution of waters of the United States.
BMPs also include treatment
requirements. operating procedures, and
practices to control plant site runoff.
spillage or leaks. sludge or waste
disposal. or drainage from raw material
storage.
Commencement of Construction—The
initial disturbance of soils associated
A copy of the approved NOT forth is provided in
Appendix o of this notice.
with clearing. grading. or excavating
activities or other construction
activities.
CWA means the Clean Water Act or
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act.
Dedicated portable asphalt plant—A
portable asphalt plant that is located on
or contiguous to a construction site and
that provides asphalt only to the
construction site that the plant is
located on or adjacent to. The term
dedicated portable asphalt plant does
not include facilities that are subject to
the asphalt emulsion effluent limitation
guideline at 40 CFR 443.
Dedicated portable concrete plant—A
portable concrete plant that is located
on or contiguous to a construction site
and that provides concrete only to the
construction site that the plant is
located on or adjacent to.
Director means the Regional
Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency or an authorized
representative.
Final Stabilization means that all soil
disturbing activities at the site have
been completed. and that a uniform
perennial vegetative cover with a
density of 70% of the cover for unpaved
areas and areas not covered by
permanent structures has been
established or equivalent permanent
stabilization measures (such as the use
of riprap. gabions, or geotextiles) have
been employed.
Flow. weighted composite sample
means a composite sample consisting of
a mixture of aliquots collected at a
constant time interval. where the
volume of each aliquot is proportional to
the now rate of the discharge.
Large and Medium municipal
separate storm sewer system means all
municipal separate storm sewers that
are either. (i) Located in an incorporated
place (city) with a population of 100.000
or more as determined by the latest
Decennial Census by the Bureau of
Census (these cities are listed in
Appendices F and G of 40 CFR part 12Zr.
or (ii) located in the counties with
unincorporated urbanized populations
of 100.000 or more. except municipal
separate storm sewers that are located
in the incorporated places, townships or
towns within such counties (these
counties are listed in appendices H and I
of 40 CFR part 122); or (iii) owned or
operated by a municipality other than
those described in paragraph (1) or (Ii)
and that are designated by the Director
as part of the large or medium municipal
separate storm sewer system.
NOl means notice of intent to be
covered by this permit (see Part p of this
permit.)
NOT means notice of termination (see
Part Vlll of this permit).
Point Source means any discernible.
confined, and discrete conveyance.
including but not limited to. any pipe.
ditch, channel. tunnel. conduit, well.
discrete fissure. container. rolling stock.
concentrated animal feeding operation.
landfill leachate collection system.
vessel or other floating craft from which
pollutants are or may be discharges.
This term does not include return flows
from irrigated agriculture or agricultural
storm water runoff.
Runoff coefficient means the fraction
of total rainfall that will appear at the
conveyance as runoff.
Storm Water means storm water
runoff. snow melt runoff. and surface
runoff and drainage.
Storm Water Associated with
Industrial Activity means the discharge
from any conveyance which is used for
collecting and conveying storm water
and which is directly related to
manufacturing, processing or raw
materials storage areas at an industrial
plant. The term does not include
discharges from facilities or activities
excluded from the NPDES program. For
the categories of industries identified in
paragraphs (i) through (x) of this
definition. the term includes. but is not
limited to, storm water discharges from
Industrial plant yards: immediate access
roads and rail lines used or traveled by
carriers of raw materials, manufactured
products, waste material. or by-products
used or created by the facility, material
handling sites; refuse sites; sites used for
the application or disposal of process
wastewaters (as defined at 40 CFR 401):
sites used for the storage and
maintenance of material handling
equipment; sites used for residual
treatment. storage. or disposal; shipping
and receiving areas; manufacturing
buildings; storage areas (including tank
farms) for raw materials. and
intermediate and finished products; and
areas where industrial activity has
taken place in the past and significant
materials remain and are exposed to
storm water. For the categories of
industries Identified in paragraph (xi) of
this definition, the term includes only
storm water discharges from all areas
(except access roads and rail lines)
listed in the previous sentence where
material handling equipment or
activities, raw materials. Intermediate
products. final products. waste
materials, by-products, or industrial
machinery are exposed to storm water.
For the purposes of this paragraph.
material handling activities include the:
storage. loading and unloading.
transportation, or conveyance of any
raw material, intermediate product.
finished product. by-product or waste
41226 Federal Register / Vol. 57. Nis. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices
protluc:l. The term excludes arcus
lot:aled on plata (ands separate from the
plant's industrial activities. such as
affil ! buildings and accompanying
parking lots as long as the drainage from
the excluded areas is not mixed with
storm water drained from the above
described areas. Industrial facilities
(including industrial facilities that are
Federally. State or municipally owned or
operated that meet the description of the
facilities listed in this paragraph (i) -(xi)
of this definition) include those facilities
designated under 122.26(a)(1)(v). The
following categories of facilities are
considered to be engaging in "industrial
activity" for purposes of this subsection:
(i) Facilities subject to storm water
effluent limitations guidelines. new
source performance standards, or toxic
pollutant effluent standards under 40
CFR subchapter N (except facilities with
toxic pollutant effluent standards which
are exempted under category (xi) of this
definition):
(ii) Facilities classified as Standard
Industrial Classifications 24 (except
2434). 26 (except 265 and 267). 28 (except
283). 29.311.32 (except 323). 33: 3441.
373:
(iii) Facilities classified as Standard
Industrial Classifications 10 through 14
(mineral industry) including active or
inactive mining operations (except for'
areas of coal mining operations no
longer meeting the definition of a
reclamation area under 40 CFR 434.11(1)
because the performance bond issued to
the facility by the appropriate SMCRA
authority has been released. or except
for areas of non -coal mining operations
which have been released from
applicable State or Federal reclamation
requirements after December 17.1990)
and oil and gas exploration, production.
processing, or treatment operations. or
transmission facilities that discharge
storm water contaminated by contact
with or that has come into contact with.
any overburden, raw material.
intermediate products, finished
products. byproducts or waste products
located on the site of such operations.
inactive mining operations are mining
sites that are not being actively mined.
but which have an identifiable owner/
operator.
(iv) Hazardous waste treatment.
storage, or disposal facilities. including
those that are operating under interim
status or a permit under Subtitle C of
RCRA:
(v) Landfills. land application sites.
and open dumps that have received any
industrial wastes (waste that is received
from any of the facilities described
under this subsection) including those
that are subject to regulation under
Subtitle D of RCRA:
r
(vi) Facilities involved in the recycling
of materials. including metal scrap
yards. battery reclaimers. salvage yards.
and automobile junkyards. including but
limited to those classified as Standard
Industrial Classification 5015 and 5093:
(vii) Steam electric power generating
facilities. including coal handling sites:
arc Subject Its the ebb and now of the
tile:
(b) All interstate waters. including
interstate "wetlands":
(c:) All other waters such as interstate
lakes. rivers. streams (including
intermittent streams). mudflats.
sandflats, wetlands. sloughs. praire
(viii) Transportation facilities potholes. wet meadows. playa lakes, or
classified as Standard Industrial natural ponds the use. degradation. or
Classifications 40.41.42 (except 4221- destruction of which would affect or
25). 43. 44.45 and 5171 which have could affect interstate or foreign
vehicle maintenance shops. equipment commerce including any such waters:
cleaning operations. or airport deicing (1) Which are or could be used by
operations. Only those portions of the interstate or foreign travelers for
facility that are either involved in recreational or other purposes:
vehicle maintenance (including vehicle (2) From which fish or shellfish are or
rehabilitation. mechanical repairs. could be taken -and sold in interstate or
painting. fueling. and lubrication). foreign commerce: or
equipment cleaning operations. airport (3) Which are used or could be used
deicing operations. or which are for industrial purposes by industries In
otherwise identified under paragraphs interstate commerce:
(i)-(vil) or (ix) -(xi) of this subsection are (d) All impoundments of waters
associated with industrial activity: otherwise defined as waters of the
(ix) Treatment works treating United States under this definition:
domestic sewage or any other sewage (e) Tributaries of waters identified in
sludge or wastewater treatment device paragraphs (a) through (d) of this
or system, used in the storage treatment, definition:
recycling, and reclamation of municipal (f) The territorial sea. and
or domestic sewage. including land (g) Wetlands adjacent to waters
dedicated to the disposal of sewage (other than waters that are themselves
sludge that are located within the wetlands) identified in paragraphs (a)
confines of the facility, with a design through (f) of this definition.
now of 1.0 mgd or more. or required to Waste treatment systems, including
have an approved pretreatment program treatment ponds or lagoons designed to
under 40 CFR 403. Not included are farm meet the requirements of CWA are not
lands. domestic gardens or lands used waters of the United States.
for sludge management where sludge is
beneficially reused and which are not
physically located in the confuses of the
facility. or areas that are in compliance
with 40 CFR 503:
(x) Construction activity including
clearing, grading and excavation
activities except: operations that result
in the disturbance of less than five acres
of total land area which are not part of a
larger common plan of development or
sale:.
(xi) Facilities under Standard
Industrial Classifications 20. 21L. 22. 23.
2434, 25, 265, 267. 27. 263. 285.30.31
(except 311). 323. 34 37 (except(except
373) 38. 39. 4221 25 (a 36.
(and
which are not otherwise included within
categories (i) -(x)).'
Waters of the United States means:
(a) All waters which are currently used.
were used in the past, or may be
susceptible to use in interstate or foreign
commerce. including all waters which
• On June 4. 199Z. the United states Court of
Appeals for the Ninth Circuit remanded the
exclusion for manufacturing facilittes in category
Intl which do not have matenals or activities
eapused to storm water to the EPA for further
rulemaktnil.INus. gt)-,M71 and 91 -,
Part X. State Specific Conditions
The: provisions of this Part provide
modifications or additions to the
applicable conditions of Parts I through
1X of this permit to reflect specific
additional conditions identified as part
of the. State section 401 certification
process. The additional revisions and
requirements listed below are set forth
in connection with particular State.
Indian lands and Federal facilities and
only apply to the States. Indian lands
and Federal facilities specifically
referenced.
Region H
A. Puerto Rico. Puerto Rico 401
certification special permit conditions
revise the permit as follows:
1. Part I.A of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part L Coverage Under This Permit
A. Permit Area. The permit covers all
areas administered by EPA Region 2 in
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
2. Part Ill of the permit are revised to
read as follows:
7
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September y. 145)' / Noticei 41227
Part 111. Special Conditions.
Management Practices, Commonwealth
Special Conditions. and Narrative
Effluent limitations.
C. Commonwealth Special Conditions
1. Prior to the construction of any
treatment system of waters compose
entirely of storm water. the permittee
shall obtain the approval of the
engineering report. plans and
specifications from the Environment
Quality Board (EQB) of Puerto Rico.
2. The permittee shall submit to EQB
with copy to the Regional Office the
following information regarding its
storm water discharge(s) associated
with industrial activity: The number of
storm water discharges associated with
industrial activity covered by this permit
and a drawing indicating the drainage
area of each storm water outfalls:
a. For construction activities that have
begun on or before October 1. 199Z the
permittee is required to submit the
information listed above no later than
November 15. 1992.
b. For construction activities that have
begun after October 1. 199Z the
permittee is required to submit the
information listed above within forty
five (45) days of submission of the NOI.
D. Narrative Effluent Limitations
I. All discharges covered by this
Permit shall be free of oil sheen at all
times.
2. The storm water discharges
associated with industrial activity from
construction activities covered by this
permit will not cause violation to the
applicable water quality standards.
3. Part IV of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part IV. Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plans
A. Deadlines for Plan Preparation and
Compliance
The plan shall: I. Be completed prior
to the submittal of an NOl to be covered
under this permit and updated as
appropriate:
2. For construction activities that have
begun on or before October 1. 1992. the
plan shall provide for compliance with
the terms and schedule of the plan
beginning on October 1.1992.On or
before November 1. 1992. the permittee
shall submit to EQB with copy to the
Regional Office. a certification stating
that the Plan has been developed and
implemented in accordance with the
requirements established in this permit.
The certification should be signed by the
person who fulfills the signatory
requirements in -iccurdance with Part
VI.G of this permit.
3. For construction activities that have
begun after October 1. 1992. the plan
shall provide for compliance with the
terms and schedule of the plan
beginning with the initiation of
construction activities. Within thirty (30)
days of submission of the NOL the
permittee shall submit to EQ8 with copy
to the Regional Office. a certification
stating that the Plan has been developed
and implemented in accordance with the
requirements established in this permit.
This certification should be signed by
the person who fulfills the signatory
requirements in accordance with Part
VI.G of this permit.
C. Keeping Plans Current. The
permittee shall amend the plan
whenever there is a change in design.
construction. operation. or maintenance.
which has a significant effect on the
potential for the discharge of pollutants
to the waters of the United States and
which has not otherwise been addressed
in the plan or if the storm water
pollution prevention plan proves to be
ineffective in eliminating or significantly
minimizing pollutants from sources
Identified under Part 1V.D.2 of this
permit. or in otherwise achieving the
general objectives of controlling
pollutants in storm water discharges
associated with industrial activity.
Amendments to the plan may be
reviewed by EPA in the same manner as
Part IV.B above. If events have occurred
which require the modification of the
Plan. the engineer who performs the
corresponding revision must submit to
EQB with copy to the Regional Office. a
certification stating the modifications
performed to the plan. As soon as the
modifications performed to the Plan are
implemented. the person who fulfills the
signatory requirements in accordance
with Part VI.G of this permit shall
submit to EQB with copy to the Regional
Office. a certification stating that the
modifications of the Plan have been
implemented.
D. Contents of Plan
2. Controls.
d. Approved State or Local Plans
(4) Compliance with the Plan
requirements does not relieve the
permittee of his responsibility to comply
with the provisions of the Sediment ind
F.rtmon Cuntrul Plan (flan CF.ST. as
referred to in Spanishl required by EQB.
i. fart VLN of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part VI. Standard Permit Conditions
N. Proper Operation and
Maintenance. The permittee shall at all
times properly operate and maintain all
facilities and systems of treatment and
control (and related appurtenances)
which are installed or used by the
permittee to achieve compliance with
the conditions of this permit and with
the requirements of storm water
pollution prevention plans. Proper
operation and maintenance also
includes adequate laboratory controls
and appropriate quality assurance
procedures. Proper operation and
maintenance requires the operation of
backup or auxiliary facilities or similar
systems. installed by a permittee only
when necessary to achieve compliance
with the conditions of the permit. Also.
proper operation and maintenance
includes. but is not limited to. the
effective performance based on
designed facility removals. adequate
funding. effective management. qualified
operator staffing. adequate training.
adequate laboratory and process
controls including appropriate quality
assurance procedures.
Region Vlll
B. Colorado (Federal facilities and
Indian lands). There are no special
conditions pursuant to Colorado 401
certification in this permit for storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity from construction
activities located on Indian lands in
Colorado. Colorado 401 certification
special permit conditions for storm
water discharges associated with
industrial activity from construction
activities from Federal facilities is
revised as follows:
1. Part LA of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part 1. Coverage Under This Permit
A. Permit Area. The permit coven all
Federal Facilities and Indian Lands
administered by EPA Region 8 in the
State of Colorado.
2. Part Ill of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part Ill. Special Conditions
A. Prohibition on non -storm water
discharges..
l
41228 Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices
r,
h.'The following nun -storm water
discharges may be authorized by this
permit provided the non -storm water
component of the discharge is in
compliance with paragraph IV.D.S:
Discharges from fire fighting activities:
fire hydrant flushings; waters used to
wash vehicles or control dust in
accordance with Part IV.D.2.c.(2):
potable water sources including
waterline flushings: irrigation drainage:
routine external building washdown
which does not use detergents or other
compounds: pavement washwaters
where spills or leaks of toxic or
hazardous materials have not occurred
(unless all spilled material has been
removed) and where detergents are not
used: air conditioning condensate that
has not been contaminated by industrial
activity and no chemicals have been
added to it: naturally occurring springs
which have not been altered by the
industrial activity: uncontaminated
ground water and foundation or footing
drains where flows are not
contaminated with process materials
such as solvents.
B. Releases in Excess of Reportable
Quantities
1.
b. The permittee shall submit within
14 calendar days of knowledge of the
release a written description of. the
release (including the type and estimate
of the amount of material released). the
date that such release occurred. the
circumstances leading to the release.
and steps to be taken in accordance
with paragraph III.B.3 of this permit to
the appropriate EPA Regional Office at
the address provided in Part V.0
(addresses) of this permit and to the
Colorado Water Quality Control
Division at the following address:
Colorado Department of Health. Water
Quality Control Division. 4300 Cherry
Creek Drive South. Denver. Colorado
80222-1530. Attention: Permits and
Enforcement.
• 3. Part IV.B.2 of the permit is revised
to read as follows:
or authorized representative. or in the
case of a storm water discharge
:associated with industrial activity which
discharges through a municipal separate
storm sewer system. to the operator of
the municipal system. Federal Facilities
located on non -Indian lands in Colorado
shall make plans available upon request
to the Colorado Water Quality Control
Division.
4. Part VILA of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part VII. Reopener Clause
A. If there is evidence indicating
potential or realized Impacts on water
quality due to any storm water
discharge associated with Industrial
activity covered by this permit. the
discharger may be required to obtain
Individual permit or an alternative
general permit in accordance with Part
LC of this permit or the permit may be
modified to Include different limitations
and/or requirements. If EPA develops
new regulations which specifically
Impact storm water permit requirements
or there is a change in statute which
Imposes additional requirements. this
permit may be reopened and modified
(following administrative procedures) to
include the appropriate requirements.
Region 1X
C. Arizona. Arizona 401 certification
special permit conditions revise the
permit as follows:
1. Part LA of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part I. Coverage Under This Permit
A. Permit Area. The permit coven all
areas administered by EPA Region 9 in
the State of Arizona. excluding all
Indian lands.
2. Part It of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part 1I. Notice of Intent Requirements
F. Special NOI Requirements for the
State of Arizona. NOls shall also be
submitted to the State of Arizona
Department of Environmental Quality at
the following address: Storm Water
Coordinator. Arizona Department of
Environmental Quality P.O. Box 800.
Phoenix. Arizona 85001-0800.
NOLs submitted to the State of
Arizona shall include the well
registration number if storm water
associated with industrial activity Is
discharged to a dry well or an injection
well.
3. Part Ill of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part III. Special Conditions
C. Compliance with Water Quality
Standards of the State of Arizona.
Discharges authorized by this permit
shall not cause or contribute to a
violation of any applicable water quality
standards of the State of Arizona (A.G.
Rule No. R92 -M).
4. Part VIII of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part VUL Termination of Coverage
C. Special NOT Requirement for the
State of Arizona. NOTs shall also be
submitted to the State of Arizona
Department of Environmental Quality at
the following address: -
Storm Water Coordinator. Arizona
Department of Environmental Quality.
P.O. Box 800. Phoenix. Arizona 850-
0600.
5. The following definition has been
added to Part IX of the permit:
Part IX. Definitions
Significant sources of non -storm
water includes. but Is not limited to:
Discharges which could cause or
contribute to violations of water quality
standards of the State of Arizona. and
discharges which could include releases
of oil or hazardous substances In excess
of reportable quantities under section
311 of the Clean Water Act (see 40 CFR
110.10 and 40 CFR 117.21) or section 102
of CERCLA (see 40 CFR 302.41.
Region X
D. Alaska. Alaska 401 certification
special permit conditions revise the
permit as follows:
1. Part LA of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part I. Coverage Under Tbls Permit
A. Permit Area. The permit covers all
areas administered by EPA Region 10 in
the State of Alaska.
2. Part I1.0 of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part 1I. Notice of Intent Requirements
Part IV. Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plans .
B. Signature and Plan Review
2. The permittee shall make plans
available upon request to the Director.
or authorized representative. or in the
case of a storm water discharge
:associated with industrial activity which
discharges through a municipal separate
storm sewer system. to the operator of
the municipal system. Federal Facilities
located on non -Indian lands in Colorado
shall make plans available upon request
to the Colorado Water Quality Control
Division.
4. Part VILA of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part VII. Reopener Clause
A. If there is evidence indicating
potential or realized Impacts on water
quality due to any storm water
discharge associated with Industrial
activity covered by this permit. the
discharger may be required to obtain
Individual permit or an alternative
general permit in accordance with Part
LC of this permit or the permit may be
modified to Include different limitations
and/or requirements. If EPA develops
new regulations which specifically
Impact storm water permit requirements
or there is a change in statute which
Imposes additional requirements. this
permit may be reopened and modified
(following administrative procedures) to
include the appropriate requirements.
Region 1X
C. Arizona. Arizona 401 certification
special permit conditions revise the
permit as follows:
1. Part LA of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part I. Coverage Under This Permit
A. Permit Area. The permit coven all
areas administered by EPA Region 9 in
the State of Arizona. excluding all
Indian lands.
2. Part It of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part 1I. Notice of Intent Requirements
F. Special NOI Requirements for the
State of Arizona. NOls shall also be
submitted to the State of Arizona
Department of Environmental Quality at
the following address: Storm Water
Coordinator. Arizona Department of
Environmental Quality P.O. Box 800.
Phoenix. Arizona 85001-0800.
NOLs submitted to the State of
Arizona shall include the well
registration number if storm water
associated with industrial activity Is
discharged to a dry well or an injection
well.
3. Part Ill of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part III. Special Conditions
C. Compliance with Water Quality
Standards of the State of Arizona.
Discharges authorized by this permit
shall not cause or contribute to a
violation of any applicable water quality
standards of the State of Arizona (A.G.
Rule No. R92 -M).
4. Part VIII of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part VUL Termination of Coverage
C. Special NOT Requirement for the
State of Arizona. NOTs shall also be
submitted to the State of Arizona
Department of Environmental Quality at
the following address: -
Storm Water Coordinator. Arizona
Department of Environmental Quality.
P.O. Box 800. Phoenix. Arizona 850-
0600.
5. The following definition has been
added to Part IX of the permit:
Part IX. Definitions
Significant sources of non -storm
water includes. but Is not limited to:
Discharges which could cause or
contribute to violations of water quality
standards of the State of Arizona. and
discharges which could include releases
of oil or hazardous substances In excess
of reportable quantities under section
311 of the Clean Water Act (see 40 CFR
110.10 and 40 CFR 117.21) or section 102
of CERCLA (see 40 CFR 302.41.
Region X
D. Alaska. Alaska 401 certification
special permit conditions revise the
permit as follows:
1. Part LA of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part I. Coverage Under Tbls Permit
A. Permit Area. The permit covers all
areas administered by EPA Region 10 in
the State of Alaska.
2. Part I1.0 of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part 1I. Notice of Intent Requirements
D
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. t75 / Wednesday. September 9. 14%, / Notices 41229
C. Where to Submit.
3. A copy of initial Notice of Intent
(NO[). any NO[ for the continuation of
the general permit. and any Notice of
Termination shall be submitted to the
appropriate State regional office.
attention Storm Water Coordinator. as
follows:
Alaska Department of Environmental
Conservation. Northern Regional
Office. 1001 Noble Street. suite 350.
Fairbanks. Alaska 99701. (907) 452-
1714. Fax: 451-2187.
Alaska Department of Environmental
Conservation. Southeastern Regional
Office. 410 W. Willoughby. suite 105.
Juneau. Alaska 99801. (9071465-5350.
Fax: 485-5362.
Alaska Department of Environmental
Conservation. Southcentral Regional
Office. 36M "C" Street. suite 1334.
Anchorage. Alaska 99503. (907) 563-
8529. Fax: 562-4026.
Alaska Department of Environmental
Conservation. Pipeline Corridor
Regional Office. 411 W. 4th Ave.. suite
2C. Anchorage. Alaska 99502. (907)
278-8594. Fax: 272-0890.
4. With the NOI to the State. a brief
description of the activities to be
covered shall be submitted. This shall
be on a single sheet and shall describe
the area to be disturbed to the nearest
acre. the primary pollutants expected
from the activities and the type of
treatment to be provided.
3. Part III.B.i.b Is revised to read as
follows:
Part III. Special Conditions.
Management Practices, and Other Non -
Numeric Limitations
B. Releases in excess of Reportable
Quantities.
1.
b. The permittee shall submit within
14 calendar days of knowledge of the
release a written description of: the
release (including the type and estimate
of the amount of material released), the
date that such release occurred. the
circumstances leading to the release.
and steps to be taken in accordance
with Part III.B.3 of this permit to the
appropriate EPA Regional Office at the
address provided in Part V.0
(addresses) of this permit and to the
appropriate State regional office (see
section ILC for :addresses:
4. Part IV.D.4 of the permit is revised
to read as follows:
Part IV. Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plans
D. Contents of Plan.
4. Inspections. Qualified personnel
(provided by the discharger) shall
inspect disturbed areas of the
construction site that have not been
finally stabilized. areas used for storage
of materials that are exposed to
precipitation. structural control
measures, and locations where vehicles
enter or exit the site at least once every
seven calendar days and within 24
hours of the end of a storm that Is 0.5
inches or greater. Where sites have been
finally stabilized, or during seasonal
and periods in and areas (areas with an
average annual rainfall of 0 to 10 inches)
and semi -arid areas (areas with an
average annual rainfall of 10 to 20
inches) such inspection shall be
conducted at least once every month.
Monthly inspections shall be conducted
for areas finally until a Notice of
Termination (NOT) has been submitted
for the area.
E. Idaho. Idaho 401 certification
special permit conditions revise the
permit as follows:
1. Part IA of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part L Coverage Under This Permit
A. Permit Area. The permit coven all
areas administered by EPA Region 10 in
the State of Idaho.
2. Part III of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part III. Special Conditions
C. All storm water shall be treated
and disposed of in such a manner that
the ground water standards of Idaho are
not violated. Such standards are
specified in Section 1.02299 of the
"Idaho Water Quality Standards and
Wastewater Treatment Requirements. -
F. Washington (Federal facilities and
Indian landsl. Washington 401
certification special permit conditions
revise the permit as follows:
t. hart LA of the permat is revised to
re.ut .ks follOWS:
Part 1. Coverage Under This Permit
A. Permit Area. The permit covers all
Federal Facilities administered by EPA
Region 10 in the State of Washington.
2. Part Ili of the permit is revised to
read as follows:
Part III. Special Conditions
C. Washington State Standards
1. This permit does not authorize the
violation of ground water standards
(Chapter 173-200 WAC). surface water
standards (Chapter 173-201 WAC), or
sediment management standards
(Chapter 173-204 WAC) of the State of
Washington. The point of compliance
with surface water standards shall be
determined after consideration of the
assignment of a dilution zone as allowed
under Chapter 173-201 WAC. The point
of compliance with ground water
standards shall be determined by
applying the provisions of Chapter 173-
200 WAC. The point of compliance with
sediment management standards shall
be determined in accordance with
Chapter 173-204 WAG
2. Diversion of storm water discharges
to ground water from existing
discharges to surface water shall not be
authorized by this permit if this causes a
violation or the potential for violation of
ground water standards (Chapter 173-
200 WAC). Such discharges below the
surface of the ground are also regulated
by,the Underground Injection Control
Program (Chapter 173-218 WAC).
3. Washington Department of Ecology
(WDOE) is currently developing a
"Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan" which will require facilities to
assess the potential of their storm water
discharges to violate the Washington
State: surface water, ground water. or
sediment management standards. Those
discharges with a high potential to
violate standards will be required to
develop and implement a monitoring
program.
Upon issuance of the "Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan" by WDOE.
EPA may reopen this permit to require
facilities to assess their storm water
discharges and to require additional
monitoring.
aILUOIG CODE 6366-sb-Y
i?
v
8
APPENDIX B:
Notice of Intent/Terminate Forms
r
4 1213 Federal Register / Vul. 57. No. 175 / Wininesday. September 9. 1992 / Notices
Appendix C — N01 Form Instructions
Selo Reverse for Instructions Form Approved am me. Sao"
A
""'dstat" Enwtorrnenal Proteafon Agency
Waslulpbn, DC 2UW
WOES
FORM
E
Noticeof Intent (N01) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with industrial
PA
`14w
Activity Under the NPOES General Permit
Sutxnwkx+ of N Noes of Intent oo *ILAN nm m - hat M party Ider,flAed h Sec9on 1 of hia Ionil htenda b be autt0UW try a NPDES perfrtlt lesued for flour
wow We w9es asaaciated *1111 hdusti'ttI SMMV In he Stase Ider,dlied h Seeeon It of r" form. aeaorttMio a penTtr» o0ilpsees suchelsdterpM b oanpty 9Ah
NECESSARY INFORMATION MUST BE PROVIDED ON THIS FORM.
ew tenrla end c000Morleof M WnwL ALL
1. Faoty Operatt t lnfonnabw
Name: I . I Pttow.I I t it oil 1 1 1
I Stars of a
• , , • , t . t , t , 0wner,0wator-
Ad&*": t . . . . . t t , , t ' • t , • t '
l t e t t t t t t t t t e t t t 1 Stell: Ly,) ZIP tilde: l
City: t t t t t j
It. Faotliy)Srts Lo=tion InIonnatton
Is M Foordy Located an a
Narne: , • • • • , , , , , , • , • t , , , ' ' t ' t I Irdian Lands? (Y or N)
Address: I , r, e. t n. I
City; I t , e t t t t t t r, t t t t t t t t t t t I Stile: L_L_J ZIP Cade: 1 t t t , t - t t t t I
La=A e- ( 1 1 1 1 1 1 L*Vttuds:l r r l r l r l t7trarter: L�._.1 section: W To-wNp: I I Range: I r r r l
III. Site AahAty htomlatlon
MSt Operator Name: I t t t
ReceMrV water Body: I • , • I
It You are MV as a Co-pw itee. ( Are There Exist—is is to Fadaly Rwp*W b SuWit a
N) Montorhg Dam? 2. s)
Enter Stam Water General Pwrr4 Number: L. Ouantl M DauT? (Y or (t, or
SIC or Designated
Aunty Code: Prir Ary: . . I 2nd: 3(d: 11tt:
If This Facility is a Member of a Group , 1
Number:
AcOla0w. Enter Group Application
If You Hove Dow Existing NPOES I I (I
1 l .
Poems. Enter Permit Numbers: • • , , t • ,
IV Additional fnformazon Required for Construction Advises Only
sopa Compefot
Start Dose: Date: Is to Storm water Pokom PmmlSon Plan
l l l l l i 1 1 EsQrnated Arria b b ( 1 „Seaini arr d Erosion nP or Disttfrbed gel Acres): t t . t ❑
V. C.ertflcs*M: I corely under penalty of law hat ow dom"wit and sd OwNt.,sn% ware propend under fly dfrtactieon or penion h a=rdwm MR+ a
rwis
of t» or persons to
system designed b assure hat qualiRvd persanral properly gaoler end akaLM ft information submNted. Based on my qury person
manage he system. or tow persons directly responsible fo r patTwuV he wormatift irforms*m wtxnded 4. b M best of fry and bow. tree.
lfrw ar+d'e kx
accurate. av oompels. I am swan hat two an sgndleant pww6ee for subrniuu+p Fates morel %w. WckxwV he pmmbft of vnwrow+t
ttrrowhg vow".
Print Name: Date:
I, t t „ t i I t t t t t --I--, t t t t t t, t t t I t II I, I, i j
$tgrlatXe : ,
EPA Farm 3510.6 Is -92)
7
i
Federal Register / Vul. 5:. Nu. 175 / Ir1 itlttesday. September 11. ISM, / Nulu:es 41231
VWnw Ions . EPA Ferret 1310
atetoe O(h1•m p1m Fr stem Wmar 018charges AaeoCiNed WHIN tndu•111141 Aahumy
To Be Covered Under TM NPOES commut P~
who mum nm A *Aim Or tenant p" Form
Fodaal tar W 40 CFR Pert 122 POP PN% sown• dseorges of s10rm sr
aaooaa0d WM ndusta! sM.VY a a w&W boay(es) of h U.S. m*0A a N MO W
poWUM *WWge Onwmson Sp nt POVES) PrM The 000180 of an WOAVW
eet►.y frt Stas ewe" a owns war deenarso wort subma a Na to obasn No- we
trnaer
to NPOES Swam Wer G~ PwwtL 9 You haw 4vm$*m sbmt.ants~
Yew rwd s Puma Sudo M WMS Swum war PrOV g srd year mo•d ada vaSon
sa tM etrtW a Pseaetla PnOnm N Gdntnabred by EPA or a sbr agent'. GOMwO
h Stomt waw Nadine at (MM 8214871
when To Fes NOI Farts
Nota nwet be sent a to btawng ad&-&:
Sam WOW "Quo of Otw t
PO Taos 1215
If•vrrngin VA 22122
ComptrtM TM Poem
Von wart Ops or PAM veno upper -0a" 1eOrt, in h eppeaV410 arses only. pbtw
pwo, each afaracnr between M mous. Aabrovra0 f MOCIG cry a Say m to M
rurrbr W cpwwlsra &sowed br sad+ ler++. Use one apace for broslts beftim Wada
but not b► POCIUMNdn MUM wnl•es fey w resected b dr+fY your aapame. E IN
have any Oueassns on Ma bunt, sat the Sean War Raine at (70M 8214CM
footbh 1 Facur CP•rstor lnm mwbn
C." M ygat norm of M Poem Arm Pubic oepant:ator, ler any oter •My ht
operates M W*y Or Giro d•ao60 n fes top OMIOn The none of to Oprabr may
or way not be M Gama AG M nano Of h bait. Ttno taporsbla prat is M toed
onllt Mat ca, ada M balve operation. Nfnr tut+ h Ptus ler Gig mems. Oo not
wos a CC6oani rums. Enter OWmnptor address and 10400090 amber Of M
operator.
Err M ayproprur rev W w4mv M too saes of N oporawr of to rdret.
F . Fed" Y . Pubic (oho Man f•dorw or Sat)
S • Sar P • Private
Secdon a F&dltrU4 Lareadon information
Enr to bait'& or air's &fide! or boat turns and wndar vett addrm i+L+0
oy. acus. and ZF' coda. 8 M bciy or w rdu a amw mddrm idcaa M mule.
ow aotrOt and tonauds Of to bit b M nearest is secor" or h ♦cruor.
ow"% oweewc, and move to M nearest worr macro of M oppnar ab swim
of M Gtr.
hdea0 einetw M root is locsetd en tva'on Sonde.
SoCdon ■ Us AetMky lnkw mmdw
If to swm war died we" 10 a wutniop41 esperaw dram awrar "Vem per6 onto
to nonto of to "Wow of M NSd (e.g.. ffwvmaabr nor". m#* roma) oM M
NCO vrng wow of re dvimrgo tom h MS4. (A MSd is de6nsd as a wnviyarm
a oye0m of oteroyenooe (hdudnq Nods w1M dsrup• /ystamo ttyrregal stra•fa
eats+ Wena aures. P+ms• dtdma won wtrle dwrWA. or berm dt*f ) 9141 is
a.red or Operated by a saw. CAy, auto% bWO4% County. PmdK dsvL% aawaaton
W ehr pubrre body vAWJ a dmg-md or wad be Cotaeting Or so^v+lnmg Gamin Wart.)
■ h hair fawrpw etonn Sem dreCfy 10 Nerving eatar(s). raet h noir of M
NMMO uta.
8 you ars tang as a sovorn es and a storm ON g•norai prrrit number Sas boon
Issued, 0 0 tat A~ into @pow pow
frndrar Wre9w r rot M swrw r opeaa of h ltdit tole 4rde9ng 4Manstatra
dee fat Npessrt M 41anacrnaca end moons -No of po"Wa h nom+ Waw
a•erWrgoa
hater ut~ h osolty a repaired 10 subma m or"W" dna by orwtnng ora of M
betmv
1 • Not Naaed In subnut orm verng dale:
2 . Aoarred In subnvt rrrbrrone0 tlsa:
3 • Not ►axed a sub" wwrrlarng eaa.' submung wA6aaban br monbrhg
owuson
Tfwe verses hl nuat artrM w+a+nrrtg dsa (e.g.. Craw 2) are: Socoon 313
EPCAA Mco Mea: pnerary weal rrdue"es; toad dw oos41 ~ranratorr&F#. wood
rwrnom bomw: rotefa wtM Coal Pis nrreft and. Oalery a eanwa
LrL in doeandng Oda of 61FACutoa. sup 10 four 4491 aandnd idusavd
doaw6atern (SSC) cad" fat twat Oa , I M pevmW pose rcts r aarvwa prorded
of fv relay, or sub domosdd in SKSM M of MM aponmoon
For hduWW GCYvnNa dined In 40 CFR 12246 OXtaX9tN Mt do not Save Sr -
Codes that tacvnby desatbf h Pur+ *d Preducti Produced or woe" pvodK M
blown2dwwW Cod" oro b be VOOM
NZ . Notrdous Saab Irmo No+L saxepe, a tiapoW Iaditee ineudng fuse Mt
are epeatng m do 1000" s01We Or a iterrnt under wbsse C of F%NM ICO
CFR 122.28 (b)(14XIM
tf • LarOY4, Sand appratan 4108.Od •pen OWM04 Mt team • or have Nce
any ndushst waa0a inducing Show got ars oubtoct In NguOwn under
subtle 0 of RCAA 1.0 CFR 12226 (b)(IAXv)t
SE Steam docflC ltdwo grnara*V tsalitw. rndudrp Cat handing aiba tag CFR
122.28 IM14Xvr)t
TW . Tnarwit •►Sotto Hatng domsele sewage or ON O91w •swage dodge or
wsawSW VmVnw% dweee ler tyaW% used in M storage. OeunrwL
r cydM and mdamatan of mtrraps! or aonesoc steag• 140 CFR 12229
ceX14Xig)t W.
Co . Conafucion amines 140 CFR 12226 (b)tUXafi.
E M edit 6swd in Secoon 8 hw pandpat d in Pot 1 of an oPaoved elm waw
gaup spptoaoon Ord a group ambo hu been assignee. •mr M group apOfmkm
nurnbor in he spew PrOrded
If two are orw NPOES Perms proseney issued for M tseriy or aro fisted in Seeodn
IL Est M powrrt nrmberL 8 an appicaton for t» rosy has Wan oubnvled but no
pemvt number has been aasipned. ono M appicuton mumbler.
s•eoon IV Addkk na) bfonnxdm RagwUed for Cohomalon AeelvkNa Onfy
CorarkCson a *vftg must Campton Socllon N in addition 10 SOCWM I trona+ SL
ori Ctretrua$W ACVview reed in Compl•b Saecwn N.
Ener M project OUR osis ord M Mtrtesd C09 *Dan ase for h "to
d"OloPr rant Pb -
p
rovide an palmar of M 1001 amber of acres of M aro M Srti sal Wit be
disturbed (round 10 M FILUM 004
h5cam whatw M elm war PONNOn Prewnton Ptah brew tit* in cornprlana
wi1h approved ebb ardor bra! sedn0 and 0MOn Pena Pwm,'- Of harem war
namegorr PWC.
Section V COMISCatltm
Faded saubs POOL do be 60mv prat N- br-bmrtong W" inbmmtdm onMia
appscason k mt Fedo roVistiom 4owcO fes appicaion b bs Signed ea btowa:
For a mPoragon: M a POWM01e serge— •f6Cr, Strut towns: Fl Prss '-
soer•ary. fossurv, or vto• w-dws of to OMX"MM n 0"" of a 0
buwwos %moor. or any atm Pons+ Who pw%-% arniar Wky or "cow Aobro
Wneoora. or (s) M nw*CW of One or mon mrxdaeurng . prodtreUM or ap•raWng
faetiW onptoyrng mora Man 250 parsons or h -M grow smut! ea10e r'mp OW10a
•acoodng 425 ration (in o•cadauanv 1880 dOM). it auVW410 sqn 4100~48
hoe been waupnod Or doWgard 10 M manager in aaordst" anti 40fMar
Fps.
fr o Parteraftp r sd• Petiprletalvnjp: Oy a gsrwat Oso=+sr r M propre10r, r
fr a w WW4,dof. sats fodarat or Oreo rAk Gay: W ortw tt PnncVOI •tocutvo
OMW or truing otected OMCGL
paporwort Rsdwetbn Act NOON
Pubk ramong burden Ior Mie appkalton is wtnaied to avango 0.5 Nowa Pr
appiea5m% including Om br Nvbuhg ifn&auCOM mw dwV'mm*V dna • -"m
tyaYar*ng and nahar+ing M dm teGaGd. and txmdatittg and r•v,avnng 9e tloi•cton
of inbrmasom. Sud Cal relW ?*QL9* g M burden *$%maw. tory ef+r aapea M
Coaecbon of WA=M rl. or arggOSSbno be i 1000v g fes toms, includep any
sugg•oson tAVCh mry Inaaaea or re0uoe Mia burden 0: Chat. hb"UWA Ptity
&wxt% PM-= U.S. Entero "W"Bl Prorctbn AQaKT. 401 M Sten SW.
Waahngw % OC 20480. or DhVCW. orkm of htrmabon and RoVaw y Aram. Oflba
of Usnagerent and 6+dyet W"'AMQtxL OC MS=
1
41232 Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 1:5 ; Wednesday. September 9. 199L J Notices
Appendix 0 — NOT Form instructions
4
Ptesso Sot Instructions Before ComptotIng This Fenn Farm a ail�a
t wbwfoes for Compe ft Notice of Tontine on (NOT) Forth
Who Meq F1M a lioeos of Twmhwelsn (NCM Fara
PWMMON retro we pnw+fr aorarea odds► ttt► EPA Mold Ndit d Paadru
*WhWpe Elbe na*m */sum MPOEs) Gerwd Pema tar Storm Wow
01cft sa Assodmd wah Marm Aorta mW tetra a Nola a Ter&"m
(Noon lira wtwt ewtr blades M law h" wy aunt wow atectttefInto sMmwMwo%WAeftrs
ea
CF1!230 (bX1 <�). w wAwtw r" ars m b -q N o; m► d M bd@UN.st f0
rt
For wwWwWat 60#10as, *WrAd Aw of ad sham craw d dwrpa nsodood
With b&XI a sooty ocean wtwn dstebw saes at td earntReMM dw lose
ban w wy stotsed and tdxlvarery ereaom udd aamstdt sealed maatsaa
hwe bon owrand or w be owrand at an 1, 41 - ten. or fief ON start
Wow dadw+4ss assolamd wMr Nutria 6" t om h aww wo m seta int
an Whartmd b a NPOES prwsl pant here a1wMM ban eaeWmA.
FkW mbaartad mem tat d aotdaubtnp @*AW at ri go ft" bean
oandww. end int a wr1*ft iwwstd w>psbt>va satyr MN a derufb of M d
tr aa
over br w0w#W ants end ane rot coverW tY Pnttnwret umsalt Ms
boon embkhed. ar apurel m Polio NMI staoaa M rwuss (axn as an
ON Of .prep, taolorda, or oeotesaeat Mire been ertpbred.
EPA Fenn 9610.7 (1-att
Whom to Me NOT Forst
Swdd tis toren O to tw W000ft a *qty
Stora waw Na R m o Tamtknaat
PA. sox 1115
1MMtptoed. VA 221=2
Coffloselnp ve Per=
Type ar PAtt. umv ,rpoereaa ran. in tr apM t e arty orty. Ptaaa
Pisa eaef+Qdendsr wiser tr maria. AteterMss. t nsoaevy n wtywt7an
ew ase0er r elwomm aadaad tor soon Mm. Uw arty ww Weals br tt.eow
lesadrsen rudk but not lr purdcud*n mats wises twy we rwsdsd d tarty
lean wapaw. t you hm any 0nsfotw scout tlta brm, All ti storm wa17r
Hollis at CM 12148=
PLiAK on FKVEMZ OF TIaS FOltY MR FURT "•aTnualOw
tjnatw Stara ErtAadeewn>sl P1gaGIa1 AQsnoy
� 00 ZM
RMNPOM
��
E
PA �lotka of Termination (NOT) Cove Q Under the NPOES General Permit
for Storm wet 00 Assactnted with tndustriat Activity
Sutmftsla of fdit NO$= of TOM*U on oantbetn no** tW M MV bft- Md h Sacbat p of N1 torn Is no brXW exhaind to �scl�arpa 1110111WAWaasodatrd wren ktduarrtal ar4.Ry lyder tta NPOES peo¢sm ALL�NECESSARY INFOAMATION ML)ST BE PRO IOEO ON THIS FOR1rt.
_
L Pow. hformaGM
NPOES Storm WawChs*Foes r You an No Lwow Chat Hers K to S1orm WsW
Fxa
Gwent Pay. une.c t , , l tta Cv«s x d tea Flraty: Gaotdxrps a My Termirwat
II. Felty Opadtx k*xmstion
Now i 1 1
Addrm:1 1, t t t t. 1 1 t 1 1 t i 1 1., t,. 1 1 t t. 1. t. l
coy; ( . 1 , . t , , . . . , . , , , . , I attar: i r l ZIP doer
Ill. Fs*2y/Slla Locator k,loreseton
No,p• Iy , t f t t , t . , , t , 1 . , t , t . 1 t , t 1 . 1 !
Addrsa: I 1 i • , , 1 1 t . , , f 1 t 1 1 , , . . , 1 . 1 , 1 v I
car.i 1 r f 1 . e 1 ! 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 . 1 t ! . 1 ! soft: ! t ( ZIP CI�. I , 1 , 1 , r t 1 . !
Laeerde: ( a( 1 i I J Lwoude:l r 1 I r 1 *Anw- L_,_! weir,: LTJ Towd t*- :.J New. 1 1 f 1
114. Car losS= t cagy under pw oftr of bw ttd d dont wrieraadtarQss ssomkied with kKkabld a*#*/ tan to kI IM, d hd� to ars &*wtmd kV a
bV WNW qb. 1 tial 1* Fbea d
NPOES rn permt ham eskAkw rd or tot am no r tw qqZ d t* ar aoraftaeon urtdpaectatWid ssttatd�trtlf�rkp
W obv a
wxla�.d wAtd swty d its LktYd tNw ttr gears Jtet�wtw a er��sd aria it:ra=z
WDQs;r tr
NPOES peretdR I also undwswid tad to submltrst d tde !ilio d Tormkwfal does not eriaaae an !om for arpr v cress d tdY parmR ar
Own Warr Aix.
Print Nern: l 1 t t S I 1 1 t T S t f _ ! Cal: I t ! I
SigrMMM:
t wbwfoes for Compe ft Notice of Tontine on (NOT) Forth
Who Meq F1M a lioeos of Twmhwelsn (NCM Fara
PWMMON retro we pnw+fr aorarea odds► ttt► EPA Mold Ndit d Paadru
*WhWpe Elbe na*m */sum MPOEs) Gerwd Pema tar Storm Wow
01cft sa Assodmd wah Marm Aorta mW tetra a Nola a Ter&"m
(Noon lira wtwt ewtr blades M law h" wy aunt wow atectttefInto sMmwMwo%WAeftrs
ea
CF1!230 (bX1 <�). w wAwtw r" ars m b -q N o; m► d M bd@UN.st f0
rt
For wwWwWat 60#10as, *WrAd Aw of ad sham craw d dwrpa nsodood
With b&XI a sooty ocean wtwn dstebw saes at td earntReMM dw lose
ban w wy stotsed and tdxlvarery ereaom udd aamstdt sealed maatsaa
hwe bon owrand or w be owrand at an 1, 41 - ten. or fief ON start
Wow dadw+4ss assolamd wMr Nutria 6" t om h aww wo m seta int
an Whartmd b a NPOES prwsl pant here a1wMM ban eaeWmA.
FkW mbaartad mem tat d aotdaubtnp @*AW at ri go ft" bean
oandww. end int a wr1*ft iwwstd w>psbt>va satyr MN a derufb of M d
tr aa
over br w0w#W ants end ane rot coverW tY Pnttnwret umsalt Ms
boon embkhed. ar apurel m Polio NMI staoaa M rwuss (axn as an
ON Of .prep, taolorda, or oeotesaeat Mire been ertpbred.
EPA Fenn 9610.7 (1-att
Whom to Me NOT Forst
Swdd tis toren O to tw W000ft a *qty
Stora waw Na R m o Tamtknaat
PA. sox 1115
1MMtptoed. VA 221=2
Coffloselnp ve Per=
Type ar PAtt. umv ,rpoereaa ran. in tr apM t e arty orty. Ptaaa
Pisa eaef+Qdendsr wiser tr maria. AteterMss. t nsoaevy n wtywt7an
ew ase0er r elwomm aadaad tor soon Mm. Uw arty ww Weals br tt.eow
lesadrsen rudk but not lr purdcud*n mats wises twy we rwsdsd d tarty
lean wapaw. t you hm any 0nsfotw scout tlta brm, All ti storm wa17r
Hollis at CM 12148=
PLiAK on FKVEMZ OF TIaS FOltY MR FURT "•aTnualOw
Pon
Federal Register / Vol. 57. No. 175 / Wednesday. Septendwr si. t!K1' / Notices 41233
kWr. WM • EPA Fwm U16-7
Naha rK TrwMatbn (NOT) of Coverage Undw The WM Oer ant Peemt
br !lona Waw Ob"Ves Am-ckWd Wkh bdurolat Ad"y
section t onewt b+fawrl$on
Ener Me "*v NPOES stoma W6w f3rwd POmd 0~ aadprrd 10 9w
ratter or ate t WAW h Secten tl. t pu do rot turorr ter p+mit #ranter.
4040+#4040 er S>xm tlHasr /buns, sc [7�1 t2t�t2S. •
hdoW Voir ween br wEmtdnO tie NWw of Tov*m n by dwd*V to
Noroprhda b=
I two herr bss,n a dwge d Wrtor 40'14 Vou are no bW M eperaw
d to bC tlr r ab tdrAb4 h fedora 0. do* to mrraeordnp bot
t dt •orm wum ras,etwpa a to %gig r aha tdensW h Sedon ht hrwe been
A1enMrM4 do* ter corm 19 1n1 boa.
$do n t Fas,ttV Orec"ar bdasartisn
cWS to 1pd name or td pwm,%Mn. Rdie rpriado % or any at- wft fm
o wow M ibWr or aMe dow6w in tit apo wulom rm name d to aorator
mq or mW not be Me aerate time a Me bdIV. The oprser Of Me bdb M
ter Mod aMr elicit aaraM Me tags apra- m wtw ton M Ora r dM
monapr. 00 not un a aAm" mme, Ener to mnpMy addra.a wd
es,hph0rr lu1 bu d to operator.
Samdon • Feo yM@ 6osdkn MIOesatII '
Ener tM b Ar11 r We'a diel r Meal name oed s,er+rptete addrss,a. kdrdnp
dr..er W4 2)P mde. N Me 01c" lda a a1raK address. "CON M mm.
M W&40 and bnowde of b b eft b it nwrat is as,mnda. or ter ass w,
.#cion, OW.". and rrge (w ns, ftw" curer s,s,dogt of t» spomshum
ertMr d h acs,.
lFR Doc. 92-21305 Filed 9-"2: 8:45 aml
att.tula coot asw-to-c
71,
feoom N CeRhfioetbn
Federal atatme provide for movere oenataee for .uhmlmnp twee womwm on
twe wokekn berm. Federal hpdamm mgws Ns ep knun w be "nod n
bkerc
for a wwrston: by a ro wwwbte corporate dlioar. arhleh mane () paddra.
amewy. taxa m. or v "resident of tie wmomftn In enarge of s ptncipd
budrru Motor% r err MOW perwrt ORO Perlorms dadar poOq a decision
MOWV hs+etona. or 00 ter marrpr of or* or nnn raw vbmrhp . prodlx"%
or ovrarrV Aeettbs omolol'h0 mors fun, 250 vermis or haft 9mas amjg
a" or .wand Lwu s,sos,edtq 825 mike (h s,s,mnbaurer OW doeav, it
wt*" d dpn d mrwas ha been aaa0mad r dsWgmd ID Me marrpw In
a000rdanr aAM meaorala /rooaduree:
Per a o mwltr(p or aob pgo&wsw- by a 9--d Pamwr or M poph>or: or
For a a j*oa rf. Smk F+rJa or 06W ou0le IWAY by ettw a pbx*d
Papu m Pledualon Ad Nabs,
PubAe wportrn Orrds,n br trM appfafon M s,sdrruMd m average OS hays yr
wocdmt, Mudb *w br mV,"* p b+wudona. warding atwang data
raorroK Odwbv and anahtahhp ter dam rded4 and mrtpWi q and
pvwak to s,OAeeton of IrA mrakm trig aomms,nts f"Mc rap to budm
aatamt--. any 40tm aspea of to mnecson of bdomra ^ r wowfona br
pawl fit bran, tiducir>0 ar+y aupps,nFx+a aRicfti may braaase r wduos, tie
bads im Chief. bdormdon POAq &wck Pik=. U.S. EJa Wwv w W
Prowft Aprcy. 401 Y 3vwt. SW. Wadi VW4 DC ZW. or 06 *=. OIAos,
of aibiwon and PAguk q Man. (Oce of Mmprewnt aid r+ OK
WmhkVM OC AMM
!p,
APPENDIX C:
Certificate Statement Forms
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN CERTIFICATION
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in
accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information
submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for
gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief; true, accurate, and
complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine
and imprisonment for knowing violations.
Signature
Typed or printed name
Company
Date signed
Title
INSPECTOR CERTIFICATION
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in
accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information
submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for
gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and
complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine
and imprisonment for knowing violations.
Signature
Typed or printed name Title
Company
Date signed
CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION
Proiect: Lewis Park Athletic Field Renovation
Location: 54th Street and Avenue L.
Certification: I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with
industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification.
Signatures:
Signature and Title
Company Name
Address
Company Telephone Number
Company's Proiect Responsibility:
APPENDIX D:
Inspection Forms
SWPPP INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE REPORT
P_l._•
Date:
In or:
Name
Company
Maior Observations Regarding SWPPP Measures:
Action(s) Required:
L
Changes Needed to SWPPP Based on Inspection:
i l If no incidents of non-compliance are identified in the Inspection Report, then the following certification shall be made:
I certify that on this date and as a result of an inspection(s) made by me or under my supervision that the named project is
in compliance with the SWPPP for the project and with provisions of the published NPDES General Permit for Storm
C Water Discharges From Construction Activities.
Signature Date
,., Comby
i.
r
0
BID SUBMITTAL
LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT
PLACE:
DATE:
PROJECT NUMBER: 13633 - LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
I'
Bid of
(hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
l The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related
contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the
construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor,
materials, and supplies; and to construct the project In accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents,
within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the
0
work required under the contract documents.
ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION TOTAL
NO. AMOUNT
Base Bid
1. DEMOLITION Removal and legal disposal of two existing concession
ENTIRE SITE stands, concrete, existing trees, fencing, and all obstructions
as shown on the plans or where directed by owner. shall
Include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, incidentals, and barricades complete in place.
MATERIALS: �$
SERVICES: ($
TOTAL ITEM 1: ($
61 ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION TOTAL
NO. AMOUNT
Base Bid
2. EARTHWORK
Approved earthwork and grading. shall Include all cut and
AND GRADING
and fill material approximately 317 cu./yds cut 3,261 cu./yds.
fill, preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools, supervision,
!"
E
all Incidentals, and barricades complete in place as shown
MATERIALS:
on the plans or where directed by owner.
MATERIALS:
($ )
(
SERVICES:
($ )
TOTAL ITEM 2:
($ )
3. SITEWORK
Install scoreboards, PA system, conduit and wiring, water line,
sewer line, trenching, fill, existing bleachers, and owner supplied
drinking
fountains, complete In place as shown on the plans and
specifications, or where directed by owner, Shall Include all materials,
preparation, equipment, labor, tools, supervision, incidentals, and
�*barricades
complete in place.
l
MATERIALS:
($ )
SERVICES:
($ )
4
TOTAL ITEM 3:
($ )
4. CONCESSION
Concession stand, Including all work associated with electrical,
STAND
mechanical, plumbing, masonry, metals, doors, windows, wood,
furnishings, equipment, finishes, preparation, equipment, labor,
tools, supervision, incidentals, and barricades complete in place
as shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
MATERIALS:
($ )
SERVICES:
($ )
TOTAL ITEM 4:
($ �
5. CONCRETE WORK
Furnish and install all concrete as shown on the plans and
specifications, or where directed by owner. shall include all
preparation, material, equipment, labor tools, supervision,
!"
E
incidentals, and barricades complete in place.
MATERIALS:
($ )
SERVICES:
($ )
TOTAL ITEM 5:
($ )
r
7. LIGHTING Furnish and Install all light fixtures, poles, conduit and wiring,
trenching, fill, electrical, and all associated work as shown on
the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner. Shall
include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, and Incidentals complete in place.
MATERIALS: �� )
SERVICES: �$ )
TOTAL ITEM 7: �$ )
8. IRRIGATION Furnish and Install all Irrigation conduits, heads, controllers, valves
wiring, trenching, backfill, incidentals, and all associated work as
shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
Shall include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools, and
supervision, complete in place.
MATERIALS: �$ )
SERVICES: �$ )
TOTAL ITEM 8: �$ )
TOTAL BID Items 1-8. Furnish and install demolition, earthwork and grading,
sitework, concession stand, concrete work, fencing, lighting, and Irrigation.
MATERIALS: �$ )
SERVICES: �$ )
TOTAL BID ITEMS 1-8: �$ )
r
i
ITEM
NO.
ITEM DESCRIPTION TOTAL
AMOUNT
Base Bid
6. FENCING
Furnish and install all chain link fencing as shown on the
plans and specifications, or where directed by owner. Shall
Include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, and incidentals complete in place.
MATERIALS:
A. )
SERVICES:
TOTAL ITEM 6:
�$ )
7. LIGHTING Furnish and Install all light fixtures, poles, conduit and wiring,
trenching, fill, electrical, and all associated work as shown on
the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner. Shall
include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, and Incidentals complete in place.
MATERIALS: �� )
SERVICES: �$ )
TOTAL ITEM 7: �$ )
8. IRRIGATION Furnish and Install all Irrigation conduits, heads, controllers, valves
wiring, trenching, backfill, incidentals, and all associated work as
shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
Shall include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools, and
supervision, complete in place.
MATERIALS: �$ )
SERVICES: �$ )
TOTAL ITEM 8: �$ )
TOTAL BID Items 1-8. Furnish and install demolition, earthwork and grading,
sitework, concession stand, concrete work, fencing, lighting, and Irrigation.
MATERIALS: �$ )
SERVICES: �$ )
TOTAL BID ITEMS 1-8: �$ )
r
i
DEDUCT Deduct of the concretelcmu seat wall along the south side
ALTERNATE #1 of the concession stand. Continuation of the decorative
1 x 1 hollow tube security fence to ground level, with
additional horizontal mid -rail.
MATERIALS: ($
SERVICES: �$
TOTAL ITEM ALTERNATE 1: �$
DEDUCT Deduct Zone A17 from the irrigation plans in the bid package.
ALTERNATE #2
MATERIALS: �$
SERVICES: �$
TOTAL ITEM ALTERNATE 2: �$
DEDUCT - 30 day extension of the time required for construction from
ALTERNATE #3 150 days to 180 days.
MATERIALS: ,
SERVICES: ($
TOTAL ITEM ALTERNATE 3: �$
Unit cost for cut as per bid Item #2, Earthwork and Grading: acv
Unit cost for fill as per bid Item #2, Earthwork and Grading: /CV
(Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govem.)
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified In a written
"Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 150 (one hundred fifty) consecutive calendar
days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to
Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $200.00 (two hundred dollars) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of
the time set forth hereinabove for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the
contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted In accordance with
instruction number 21 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
bidding. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the
a
t;
k The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days
�^ after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
f; The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the
plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to
commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work
on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company,
payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5% ) of the total
amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if
required) within (ten) 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him.
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for
Dollars ($ 1 or a Bid Bond in the sum of Dollars
which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by
the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the
Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check
or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract
documents made available to him for his inspection In accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
Authorized Signature
(Printed or Typed Name)
Company
Address
City, County
State Zip Code
Telephone:
�j Fax:
1 l (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
7 ATTEST:
Secretary
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Minority Owned
Yes
No
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
CTTY OF L mom
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
LEVM PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
ADDENDUM #1
BID 13633
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
BOB -767-2167
MAILED TO VENDOR July 23, 1996
CLOSE DATE: August 1, 1996 @ 3:80 P.M.
TIB 013633 - LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
Office of
Purchasing
ADDENDUM #1
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named 11B. Where any item called for in
the PTB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in
effect.
1. Please find enclosed Division 8, Section 08665 through Division 16, Section 16510 of
the specifications.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Laura Ritchie
Buyer
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
Questions may be faxed to : (806)767-2164
THANK YOU,
4vte�' L-e�c a--Az�
LAURA RTTCH E
BUYER
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WrM YOUR BID.
LR/ca
Enclosure
rpudmMauWAw7M%2:MrM
7
I6
r
y
r
ALUMINUM SLIVIN& YKINVOY4 UNIT
SECTION 06665
PART 1. GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Drawing5, General Provisions including General Conditions, Supplementary
General Conditions and Vivision 1 - beneral Requirements apply to the work of
this Section.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Aluminum sliding window, frame and glazing or insect screening per application.
Work to be installed in a hollow metal window frame.
B. Anchors, brackets, and attachments.
C. Hardware.
D. Perimeter sealant.
E. Dissimilar metal separation and protection.
1.08 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
A. Section 08150 - Hollow Metal Window Frame
1.04 RELATED WORK
A. Section 06100 - Carpentry Work: Framed blocking and wood perimeter shims for
the hollow metal frame.
B. Section 0"1 q00 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back-up materials.
C. Section 06150 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
D. Section 08800 -Glass and &lazing.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/ASTM A86 - Structural Steel
B. AN51/ASTM A886 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.
C. ANSI/ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip
Process, Structural (Physical) Quality.
D. ANSI/ASTM 8221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, shape, and Tube.
F Section 06665
7
PACPE 1
ALUMINUM SLIDING ViINDOW UNIT
SECTION, 08665
E. ANSI/ASTM E265 - Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls
and Doors.
F. ANSI/ASTM Esso - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
G. ASTM 8209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate.
H. FS TT -P -51 -Paint, Oil: Iron Oxide, Ready Mixed, Red and Brown.
1. FS TT -P-641 - Primer coating; Zinc Dust -Zinc Oxide (for Galvanized Surfaces).
J. FS TT -P-645 - Primer, Paint, Zinc chromate, Alkyd Type.
1.06 PERFORMANCE
A. System to provide for expansion and contraction within system components
caused by a cycling temperature range of 170 F degrees without causing
detrimental effects to system or components.
B. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by
pressure and suction of wind to a design pressure of 20 Ib/sq ft and a suction of
20 Ib/sq ft as measured In accordance with ANSI/ASTM ES 50.
C. . Limit mullion deflection to 1/200, or flexure limit of glass with full recovery of
glazing materials, whichever is less.
D. Drain water entering Joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or
migrating moisture occurring within system, to exterior.
E. Limit air infiltration through assembly to 0.06 cu ft/min/sq ft of assembly surface
area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of as inches
water gage as measured in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E265.
F. System to accommodate, without damage to system or components, or --
deterioration of perimeter seal: Movement within system; movement between
system and perimeter framing components; dynamic loading and release of loads;
and deflection of structural support framing. _
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section O 1500.
B. Include system and component dimensions; components within assembly; framed
opening requirements and tolerances; anchorage and fasteners; glass and infills;
door hardware requirements; and affected related work.
Section 08 6 6 5 PAC -7E 2
ALUMINUM SLIDING WINPOIN UNIT
" SECTION 08665
I
x.
c. submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section
01500.
4 D. Submit samples under provisions of section 01800.
E. Submit one samples illustrating prefinished aluminum surface.
t
1.06 DELIVERY. 5TORA6E, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and handle system components under provisions of Section 01600.
II
,,.. B. Store and protect system components under provisions of Section 01600.
G. Provide strippable coating to protect prefinished aluminum surfaces.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section O 1 TOO.
B. Warranty: cover complete system for failure to meet specified requirements.
PART 2. PRODUCT5
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Aluminum Sliding Window and Framing
€r^ 1. Nissen and company, Inc. - Series 16, window with screen.
2. L jasifk ja - Model eM 1 100
5 substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
a
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Extruded Aluminum: ANSI/ASTM 5221; 6065-T5 alloy.
B. Sheet Steel: ANSI/ASTM A446; galvanized in accordance with ASTM 5655.
c C. Steel Sections: ANSI/ASTM A86; shapes to suit mullion see-tions.
jD. Primer: F5 TT -P-51; red, for shop application and field touch-up.
E. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: FS TT -P-641. TT -P-645.
p F. Fasteners: Stainless steel
7, section 086 6 5 PAGE 5
ALUMINUM SLIDING NINVOYX UNIT
SECTION 08665
2.05 FABRICATED COMPONENTS
A. Frames: Opening size as indicated on the Drawings and to be verified with the
Hollow Metal supplier. Frame sizes to be approximately 2- 1/4 inch to S-5/4 inch
width and 5/4 Inch to 1-1 /4 inch in height.
B. Rolling Panels: Corners of rolling panels shall be coped and lapped and fastened
with screws to form a weathertight joint. Two ball bearing wheels in the railing
system shall be lubricated and sealed, and shall be easily adjustable after
Installation.
2.04 GLASS AND &LAZING MATERIALS
A. Glass and Glazing Materials:
1. Sliding units at the Concession Area shall be plastic or wire screening - Equal
to an insect screening of black vinyl coated 18/ 16 mesh fiberglass screen cloth
complying with F5 L -S-1258 and ANSI -SMA -1004, set in an aluminum frame fitted
to hollow metal frame opening and held In place by a 5/4" X 5/4" hollow metal
glazing stop. Contractors option to provide In lieu of fiberglass screen an
aluminum or steel mesh Insect screening complying with the same requirements.
2. Sliding units at the Press Box Areas shall be equal to &E Plastics LEXAN, 1/4"
LEXAN MRS with the insect screening on the outside of the unit.
2.05 HARDWARE
A. Manufacturers standard pulls, keepers and locks.
B. Weatherstripping: Wool pile, continuous.
2.06 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate sliding units allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around
perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation. -
B. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners with screw and spline. Make joints and
connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. ._
C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior.
D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage Items.
E. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view.
F. Unit to be surface mounted to a cased opening designed hollow metal frame.
section 08665 PAGE 4
�l
F
ALUMINUM SLIPIN6 WINVOY4 UNIT
SECTION 05665
2.0*7 FINISHES
A. Exterior Extruded Aluminum Surfaces: AA -M 12C22A41 clear anodized.
B. Interior Exposed Aluminum Surfaces: AA -M 12C22A41 clear anodized.
G. Concealed Steel Items: Galvanized in accordance with ANSI/ASTM A566 to 2.0
oz/sq ft.
V. Apply two coats of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in
contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials.
PART S. EXECUTION _
5.01 INSPECTION
A. verify frame openings are ready to receive work of this Section.
B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
8.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install sliding window unit, glazing and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
B. use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure.
C. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional
tolerances, aligning with adjacent work.
V. Install flashings as required.
E. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain
continuity of thermal barrier.
F. Install hardware using templates provided.
6. Install glazing or insect screening in accordance with Section 05500, Section
06600, and this Section.
H. Install perimeter type sealant, backing materials, and installation requirements in
accordance with Section 01 900.
I. Adjust operating hardware.
7 Section 05665
PA6E 5
ALUMINUM SLIVING Y41NVCJN UNIT
SECTION 05665
5.05 TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plane: 0.05 inches per foot maximum or 0.25 inches per 50 feet,
whichever is less.
Q. Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members abutting in Plane: 0.015 inches. -"
5.04 CLEANIN&
A. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces.
S. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water,
applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners.
Wipe surfaces clean.
G. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent
acceptable to sealant manufacturer.
P. wash and polish glass on both faces not more than. 4 days prior to Owner's -'
acceptance of the Work in each area. Comply with glass manufacturer's
recommendations.
1. Plastic blazing shall be cleaned with manufacturer's approved cleaning products.
End of Section
Section 08665 PAGE 6 ~
FINISH HA R-17NAR-E
SECTION 08 17 00
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including beneral Conditions,
Supplementary beneral Conditions, Special Conditions and beneral Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of finish hardware is scheduled at the end of this section. The required
types of finish hardware Include (but are not necessarily limited to) the following:
1.5utts and hinges, lock and latch sets, closers, trim units, kick plates, eilencers,
and exit devices.
B. Certain manufactured items which have hardware furnished as an integral part of
their assembly are not required under this heading.
C. Note that hardware for this project must be lever style to meet with compliance
with the Americans with disabilities Act of 19 ctO (ADA).
1.05 RELATED WORK
A. Section 08150 Hollow Metal Moors and Frames.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI A 1 15.1 - Door and Frame Preparation for Mortise Door Locks for 1-5/4
Inch Poore.
B. AN51 A 1 15.2 - Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for
1-5/4 inch Doors.
C. ANSI A 1 15.4 - Poor and Frame Preparation for Lever Extension Flush Bolts.
D. ANSI A 1 15.5 Frame Preparation for 181 4 1 90 Series Deadlock strikes.
E. ANSI A 1 15.4 - Door and Frame Preparation for Closer, Offset Hung, Single
Acting.
F. ANSI A 156.1 - Butts and Hinges.
G. ANSI A 156.2 - Locks and Lock Trim
H. ANSI A 156.5 -Exit Devices.
SECTION 08 i 00
r
PAGE 1
FINISH HARMNARE
SECTION 08 0100
I. ANSI A 156.4 - Poor Controls (Closers).
J. ANSI A 156.6 - Architectural Poor Trim.
K. AN51 A 156.9 - Template Hinges.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. As soon as practicable and not later than 20 days after award of General _
Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval, six copies
of the finish hardware schedule complete with all details and a sample of each
individual item as may be requested. The General Contractor shall not award
contract for finish hardware until samples and schedules have been approved by
the Architect.
B. Finish Hardware Schedule shall be a complete detailed list of hardware required to --
meet requirements of the drawings and specifications.
C. Provide Architect with manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for
each type of hardware supplied and necessary wrenches and tools required for
proper maintenance of hardware.
P. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The furnishing of finish hardware shall be sub -contracted only to recognized and
experienced supplier and who has in his employment an experienced hardware —
consultant who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work,
for project hardware consultation to the Owner. Architect and contractor.
1.09 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES REQUIREMENTS
A. All hardware for openings requiring a UL label shall be furnished and installed in _
strict accordance with the requirements of Underwriter's Laboratories.
1.06 TEMPLATES
A. Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames, and other work
to be factory -prepared for the installation of hardware. check the shop drawings
of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the
proper installation of hardware.
1.09 COORPINATION —
SECTION 06700 PAGE 2
FINISH HARDNARE
SECTION 08'700
A. Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with
identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation
instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use of
doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and slmilar requirements
indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of
omissions or conflicts_ in the information in the contract documents. Deliver
individually packaged hardware items at the times and to the locations (shop or
field) for installation, as directed by the contractor.
1.10 SECURITY
A. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet
*�* installed. control the handling and installation of hardware items which are not
Immediately replaceable, so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by
hardware losses, both before and after installation
1.11 QUANTITIES
A. contractor shall verify the number of doors and other parts requiring hardware
listed under an item and make his own quantities in making his quotation, as he will
be required to furnish hardware in accordance with the actual requirements of the
drawings. In case of any omission or error in the hardware as scheduled, furnish
hardware identical to that required for similar openings, as approved by the
Architect.
1.12 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. The Hardware Schedule is not complete with respect to the thickness of doors,
hand and backset of hardware items, method of fastening and other detail
requirements.
Thoroughly check the drawings and door schedules and provide all required
hardware for all openings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Material manufactured by any of the following manufacturers is acceptable,
provided it complies with the contract Documents.
1. L.00KSETS AND L.ATCHSETS
Sargent 6000 Series
SECTION 08'7 00
l
PAGE 5
FINISH HAROWARE
SECTION 08 07 00
2. HINGES
McKinney
5tanely
S. CLOSERS
Sargent 1250 Series
4. WALL STOPS
Rockwood
S. PULLS, PLATES, STOPS, BOLTS AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS, Triangle
Brass, Cheakmark, Trimao, Ives
2.02 HAFZP^ARE
A. Provide items as listed in schedule at end of this section, complete to function as
Intended.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware
onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way,
install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the
finish application. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. vo not
Install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate.
B. Adjust and check each operating items of hardware and each door, to ensure
proper operation or function of every unit. Lubricate moving parts with type
lubrication recommended by manufacturer (graphite -type if no other
reaommended). Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate
freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. --
G. Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance
or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to --
acceptance or occupancy, and make a final check and adjustment of all hardware
Items in such space or area. Gean.and re -lubricate operating items as necessary
to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door .-
control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating
equipment.
SECTION 05'700 PAGE 4
r
FINISH HRRPY4ARE
SECTION 0$'700
5.02 &ENERAI. RMOUiREMENTS
A. Provide all required hardware although not specifically mentioned; trim such
openings with hardware of equal quality and design to that specified for similar
openings. No claims for extras will be allowed for any services or materials which,
In the Architect's opinion, should have been foreseen by the Contractor and
included in his Proposal.
D. If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so
that from an open position of "To degrees, the door will take at least s seconds
-
to move to a point s inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the
door.
E. The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall comply with this
,.�
paragraph. For hinged doors, the force shall be applied perpendicular to the door
f
at the door opener or s0 inches from the hinged side, whichever is farther from
the hinge.
increases in force
i .Exterior hinged doors shall not exceed 6.5 lbs. Slight opening
shall be allowed where 6.5 lbs is insufficient to compensate for air pressure
differentials.
2.Interior hinged doors shall not require a force exceeding 51ba.
s.Fire doors shall be adjusted to meet the minimum opening force permitted by
governing fire safety standards.
I
F. Door closers shall be mounted parallel arm.
6. Unless directed otherwise, all hardware shall be mounted at heights as
recommended by the hardware industry. The hardware schedule submitted to the
Architect shall show proposed mounting heights or locations of each hardware
item.
5.02 &ENERAI. RMOUiREMENTS
A. Provide all required hardware although not specifically mentioned; trim such
openings with hardware of equal quality and design to that specified for similar
openings. No claims for extras will be allowed for any services or materials which,
In the Architect's opinion, should have been foreseen by the Contractor and
included in his Proposal.
5.05 FA5TENIN65
A. Furnish hardware complete with all necessary screws, through -bolts and other
SECTION 05100 PAGE 5
S. where the exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to the finished
shape or size of members requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having as
nearly as_practicable the same operation and quality as the types specified.
C. Hardware supplier shall make an inspection of each items, and after completion,
notify the Contractor, in writing, with a copy to the Architect, of anW hardware
that has been improperly installed, it being understood that the contractor is
f
entirely responsible for satisfactory performance of the completed work.
5.05 FA5TENIN65
A. Furnish hardware complete with all necessary screws, through -bolts and other
SECTION 05100 PAGE 5
FINISH HARPNARE
SECTION 051700
fastenings of suitable type and size to assure a permanent concealed attachment
and of finish to harmonize with the hardware.
B. Provide concealed fastenings wherever possible. Where exposed, use countersunk
Phillips oval -head type screws, (flat head for hinges) and match finish of hardware
being attached. Do not attach hardware to metal frames with self -tapping or
sheet metal screws.
5.04 INSTALLATION OF WEATHERSTRIPPING
A. All weatherstripping shall be installed by experienced mechanics In accordance with
methods recommended by manufacturer.
B. All weatherstripping shall be continuous and not pieced in any run. Fasten all
materials under this heading with screws or other fasteners to match adjacent
background finish.
C. Adjust weatherstripping so that installation will be permanently weathertight,
permitting no infiltration of air or dust when doors are in a closed position Leave
all weatherstripping in perfect working order upon completion. set threshold units
level and accurately aligned with the frames and doors, and at the proper
elevations for door operation. Shim, If necessary, for full continuous support of
threshold at each edge and Intermediate legs, if any. Use non -corrosive shims of
metal or plastic. set in adhesive or otherwise anchored against dislocation from
impact forces of traffic upon the threshold.
D. Notch thresholds and saddles at all jambs to ensure full width opening In one piece.
Set in a bed of either butyl rubber sealant or poluisobutylene mastic sealant to
completely fill concealed voids and exclude moisture from every source. Do not
plug drainage holes or block weeps. Remove excess sealant.
5.05 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
HN- 1
Doors Marked 1. 5
Each to Have:
5 Butts TA2 '7 14 4-1/2 X 4-1/2 NRP USP
1 Dead5olt 46"71 U5260
1 Stop 485 U526D (Door #5 Only)
1 Threshold 170A
1 Door bottom 18062CP
1 Weatherstripping 450620P
McKinney
Sargent
Rockwood
Trimco
Pemko
Pemko
SECTION 08'100 - PA&E 6
FINISH HARV NARE
SECTION 08 9 00
HW -2
Doors Marked 2
To Have:
5 Butts
TA29 14 4-1/2 X 4-1/2 NRP USP
McKinney
1 Lockeet
615'1 LW 1 L US260
Sargent
1 -Closer
EN 1250-P5 X TS
Sargent
1 Kickplate
10" X 2" LPW 05260
Rockwood
1 Threshold
1 'TOA
Trimco
1 Poor bottom
16062GP
Pemko
1 Weatherstripping
45062CP
Pemko
HW -5
Poore Marked 5
To Have:
5 Butts
TA2'7 14 4-1/2 X 4-1/2 NRP USP
McKinney
1 Latchset
61 15 LW 1 L
Sargent
1 stop
404
Rockwood
5 Silencers
1224A
Trimco
HW -4
Doors Marked 4, b
Each to Have:
5 Butts
TA2 1 14 4-1/2 X 4-1/2 NRP USP
McKinney
1 Exit
2604 K -GTS
Sargent
1 Closure
EN 1250 -PS
Sargent
1 Kickplate
10" X 2" Lata U526P
Rockwood
1 Threshold
11 OA (Door #4)
Trimco
1 Poor bottom
18062CP (Moor #4)
Pemko
1 Weatherstripping
450620P (Poor #4)
Pemko
1 Silencers
1229A (Poor #5)
Trimco
HW -5
Gates Marked 1, 8, 4
Each to Have:
1 Hasp
M082i U526P
Sierra Pacific
1 Staple
M0629 U526P
Sierra Pacific
1 Holder
252F US26P
Hager
HW -6
Security Protection Grilles, Marked 10,1 1, 12, 15
Each to Have:
SECTION 05'l00 PAC -715 i
FINISH HARDWARE
SECTION 06100
2 Hasp M052'T U526D Sierra Pacific
2 Staple M0627 U526D Sierra Pacific
2 Hinges '160-1 12 Clear AIUminum Roton
2 Holders 6O55S and 60455 (except # 1 O) Sierra Pacific
End of Section
SECTION 05 07 00 PAC7E 5
GLASS AND GLAZING
SECTION 08800
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OMNI A. The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions,
l Supplementary beneral Conditions. Special conditions and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF NORK
A. Glass and glazing for hollow metal frames, aluminum sliding units located at hollow
metal frame and door vision panels.
1.03 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. Provide a written ten year warranty, unless noted otherwise, on new materials and
Installation. Provide documentation that glass meets these specifications:
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data, Glass: For information only, submit 2 copies of
manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of glass
required. Include test data substantiating that glass compiles with specified
requirements. Indicate that Glazier has received copy of handling and glazing
instructions.
B. Manufacturer's Data, blazing Materials: For information only,, submit 2 copies of
manufacturer's specifications, and Installation instructions for each type of glazing
sealant and compound, gasket and associated miscellaneous material required.
Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification, or certified test
laboratory report indicating that each material complies with the requirements and
Is intended generally for the applications shown. show by transmittal that one
copy of each recommendation and instruction has been distributed to the Glazier.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: The following manufacturers produce glass complying with the
requirements of this project:
1. Ash industries, Inc.
2. CE Blass Division of combustion Engineering, inc.
s. PPG industries, Inc.
4. Libbey Owens Ford
E;.
SECTION 08800 PAGE 1
GLASS AND GLAZING
SECTION 08800
B. Plastic Glazing - Equal to &E Pia5tic5 "LEXAN».
2.02 GLASS
A. Type I: Plastic blazing - Clear, 1/4" equal to LEXAN MRS with standard Five year
warranty.
B. Type II: Wire Glass - shall be 1/4 Inch thick clear polished plate wire glass with ,h
inch square wire mesh meeting U.B.G. Standard No. 45-4 and ASTM 1056.
2.08 &LAZING MATERIALS
A. Provide type and hardness of materials as recommended by the manufacturer for
the required application and condition of installation in each case. Provide only
compounds which are known (proven) to be fully compatible with surfaces
contacted.
B. Butyl Rubber Sealant: Polymerized butyl rubber compound with inert fillers and
pigments, solvent -based with '715% solids, non -sag. tackfree with 24 hours,
paintabie, nonstaining.
G. Oil-based Face blazing Compound: FS TT -G-410, type and consistency
recommended by manufacturer for application shown.
V. Molded Neoprene Glazing Gaskets: Molded or extruded. neoprene gaskets of the _
profile and hardness required for watertight construction; comply with ASTM a
2000. Type and Glass B.G..
E. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 't 0-40 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility
with sealants used.
F. Spacers: Neoprene, 40-50 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility with
sealants used.
G. Gleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket
manufacturer.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION
A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is required, except as
otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes,
wind loading, impact loading (for operating doors) without failure of sealants or
gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and
other defects in the work.
SECTION 08500 PAGE 2
GLASS AMP GLAZING
SECTION 08800
i
B. Protect glass from edge damage at all times during handling, installation and
operation of the building.
c. Glazing channels are intended to provide for necessary minimum bite on the glass,
minimum edge clearance and adequate sealant thickness, with reasonable
tolerances. The Glazier is responsible for correct glass size for each opening,
within the tolerances and necessary dimensions established.
D. The Glazier must examine the framing or glazing channel surfaces, backing
removable stop design, and the conditions under which the glazing is to be
performed, and notify the contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to
the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the glazing
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the
Glazier.
E. Weather conditions: Po not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under
4- adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are below or above
manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation.
F. comply with combined recommendations of glass manufacturer and manufacturer
of sealants and other materials used in glazing, except where more stringent
�* requirements are shown or speclfled, and except where manufacturer's technical
representatives direct otherwise.
comply with "blazing Manual" by Fiat Glass Marketing Association, except as shown
I and specified otherwise, and except as specifically recommended otherwise by
manufacturer of the glass and glazing materials.
H. clean the glazing channel, or other framing members to receive glass, immediately
before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to the substrate.
1T I. Apply primer or sealer to joint surfaces wherever recommended by sealant
manufacturer.
J. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and eliminate any which
have observable edge damage or face imperfections.
K. install setting block or proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. set blocks in
thin course of the head -bead compound, if any. .
L.. Provide spacers inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for all glass sizes
larger than So united inches, except where gaskets are used for glazing. Provide
1 /8" minimum bit of spacers of glass and use thickness equal to sealant width,
except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compound thickness
of tape.
P
SECTION 08800 PAGE 5
GLASS AND GLAZINCa
SECTION 06500
M. unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others
as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattern, draw and bow
oriented in the same direction as other pieces.
N. Prevent sealant exudation from channel by leaving void at heel, or where shown, by
Installing compressible filler rod at jambs and head.
O. Po not leave void for install filler rod) at sill.
P. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to insure complete "wetting" or
bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces.
Q. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a substantial
"wash" away from the glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude
slightly out of the channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets.
R. Glean and trim excess glazing materials from the glass and stops or, frames
promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and discoloratIons.
S. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the channel to pressurize
the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure
that gasket will not "walk" out when subjected to dynamic movement. Anchor
gasket to stop with matching ribs, or by proven adhesives. Including embedment of
gasket tail in cured heel bead.
T. Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel
glazing, so that gaskets will not pull away from corners and result In voids or leaks
In the glazing system.
U. Cure glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal
cohesive strength and surface durability.
V. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged
In any other way during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and
vandalism.
A. Maintain glass in a reasonably clean condition during# construction, so that it will _
not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute (by wash -off) to the
deterioration of glazing materials and other surfaces.
8.02 GLEANING -'
A. After installation, mark clear glass with x by using tape or removable paste.
S. Immediately remove droppings from finished surfaces. Remove labels after work
SECTION 06600 PASYE 4
&LASS AND GLAZING
SECTION 05500
Is completed.
G. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to Owner's
acceptance of the Work In each area. Comply with glass manufacturer's
recommendations.
1. Plastic blazing shall be cleaned with manufacturer's approved cleaning products.
End of Section
SECTION 05800 PA6E 5
RESILIENT FLOORING - ALTERNATE #5
SECTION 09650
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General conditions,
Supplementary General conditions, speclal conditions and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 OESGRIPTION OF WORK
A. Resilient flooring, related materials and accessories, for Alternate #3, generally
consist of the following:
1.Yin91 Composition Tile
2.Resillent Cove Type Base
B. Refer to drawings and schedules for extent of resilient materials.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Resilient Materials: For information only submit 2 copies
of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of
resilient flooring and accessory required. Indicate by transmittal that a copy of
each Installation instruction has distributed to the installer.
B. Maintenance Instructions: Resilient Materials: submit 2 copies of manufacturer's
written instructions for recommended maintenance practices for each type of
resilient material
G. Additional Material: Provide one full carton of resilient the to be stored on the
site for future use by the Owner.
1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Installer must thoroughly examine the substrate and the conditions under which -
resilient flooring is to be performed. Notify the Contractor in writing of any
unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
B. Surfaces shall be smooth, level and at required finished elevations and without
more than 1 /8" in 1 a -O" variation. cracks, holes, seems or low spots shall be
fllied with approved patch or filler material.
SECTION 09650 PAGE 1
I RESILIENT FLOORING- ALTERNATE #5
SECTION 0g650
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Vinyl Composition Tile: Equal to 12" x 12" x 1 /8" thick as manufactured by
Armstrong or Tarkett.
B. Resilient Base: Equal to Rubber Wail Base as manufactured by Roppe. 1 /8 inch
thick, 4 inches high, cove type.
C. Reducer strips: Equal to model #q 10 snap -down molding manufactured by Mercer
Plastics Company, Inc. Provide metal track recommended by manufacturer.
V. Colors as selected by the Architect.
E. Adhesives: Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by the manufacturer.
Emulsions and other non -waterproof type adhesives are not acceptable.
F. Concrete Slab Primer: Non -staining as recommended by the manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Prior to laying flooring or other resilient materials, broom clean or vacuum
surfaces to be covered and inspect subfloor. Start of flooring Installation will
indicate acceptance of subfloor conditions and full responsibility for completed
work. Remove existing finish on concrete floor as required for a permanent and
satisfactory installation.
B. Apply concrete slab primer. if recommended by manufacturer, prior to application
of adhesive. Apply In compliance with manufacturer's directions.
C. Continuously heat areas to receive flooring to 170 degrees F. for at least 46
hours prior to installation, when project conditions are such that heating Is
required to raise the temperature to 90 degrees F. Maintain ZO degrees F.
temperature continuously during and after installation as recommended by
manufacturer, but for not less than 46 hours.
V. Install flooring and other resilient items after finishing operations, including
painting, have been completed and permanent heating system is operating.
Moisture content of concrete slabs, building air temperature and relative humidity
must be within limits recommended by manufacturer.
F . SECTION 0 g 6 5 0 PAGE 2
RESILIENT FLOORING - ALTERNATE #S
SECTION O q 6 50
E. Place resilient materials with adhesive cement in strict compliance with
manufacturer's recommendations. Butt tightly to vertical surfaces, thresholds,
nosings and edgings. Scribe as necessary around obstructions and to produce
neat joints, laid tight, even and straight. Extend Into toe spaces, door reveals and
Into closets and similar openings.
F. Maintain reference markers, holes or openings that are in place or plainly marked
for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. use chalk
or other non -permanent marking device.
G. Install flooring around covers for floor type telephone and electrical outlets and
other such items as occur within finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity
of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed around covers. Tightly
cement edges to perimeter of floor around covers.
H. Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and
puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks or other surface
imperfections.
I. Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor
offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of the area be of equal width. Adjust as
necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than s" at perimeters. Lay tile square
to wall axis, unless otherwise shown.
J. Match tile for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as
manufactured and packaged. Gut the neatly to and around all appurtenances.
Broken, cracked, chipped or deformed tile are not acceptable.
K. Lay tile with grain as directed by the Architect.
L. Provide all edge moldings and trim pieces to provide for a complete and
satisfactory installation.
5.02 GLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using neutral type
cleaners as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Protect installed materials
from damage with suitable protective covering.
5.08 FINISHING
SECTION O q 6 50 PASvE 5
RESILIENT FLOORING - ALTERNATE #5
SECTION 09650
A. After completion of project and just prior to final inspection of work, thoroughly
clean floors and accessories. Apply wax and buff, with type of wax, number of
coats (no less than two) _and buffing procedures, in compliance with manufacturer's
written instructions.
End of Section
SECTION 09650 PASM 4
PAINTINCG
SECTION 09 900
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions,
Supplementary General conditions, Speclal conditions and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of painting work is shown on the drawings and schedules, and as herein
specified.
B. The work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed Items and
surfaces throughout the project, except as otherwise indicated.
1.Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to
shop -priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of the work.
C. The work includes field painting of all bare and covered pipes and ducts (including
color coding), and of hangers, exposed steel and iron work and primed metal
surfaces of equipment Installed under the mechanical and electrical work, except
as otherwise specified.
D. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems, materials, including primers,
emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and filler and other applied materials whether
used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.
E. Paint all exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated In schedules, _
except where the natural finish of the material is specifically noted as a surfaae
not to be painted. Where items or surfaces are not speclfically mentioned, paint
these the same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish is not
designated, the Architect will select these from standard colors available for the
materials systems specified.
F. The following categories of work are not included as part of the field -applied finish —
work, or are included in other sections of these speciflcations:
1.Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under
the various sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal, hollow metal work,
and similar items.
2.Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when
factory -finishing or Installer finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to)
SECTION 09 900 PAGE 1
E PAINTING
SECTION 09 900
i
metal toilet enclosures, prefinished partition systems, acoustic materials, architectural
woodwork and casework, finished mechanical and electrical equipment including light
fixtures, switchgear and distribution cabinets, elevator entrance frames, doors and
equipment.
5. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on
surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible
areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, utilitu tunnels, pipe spaces, duct shafts and
elevator shafts.
4. Finished Metal surfaces: Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel,
chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish
painting, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Tao not paint over any code -required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories
and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, game, or
nomenclature plates.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's data: Painting: For information only, submit 2 copies of
manufacturer's technical information inciudin# paint label analuais and application
instructions for each materials proposed for use. Transmit a copy of each
manufacturers instructlons to the paint Applicator.
S. samples: Painting: submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture
only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the
Contractor. Provide a listing of the material and application for each coat of
r each finish sample.
t,
1.0n 12" x 12" hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material with
texture to simulate actual conditions. Resubmit each sample as requested until
jacceptable sheen, color and texture is achieved.
1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. deliver all materials to the job site In original, new and unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information:
Name or title of material.
Fed. Spec. number, if applicable. Manufacturer's stock number and date of
SECTION O q q 00 PAGE 2
r
PAINTING
SECTION O CI 9 00
manufacture. Manufacturer's name.
Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents.
Thinning instructions.
Color name and number.
S. Store materials and equipment in a single lockable area of project site. Provide
adequate means to protect floors and adjacent surfaces of this area from
damage.
C. Store clean rags, paint and solvents in closed metal containers located in
designated area. Dispose of soiled rags daily.
D. Comply with applicable health and fire regulations.
1.05 SCAFFOLDS AND PROTECTION
A. Provide adequate safe ladders, scaffolds and stages necessary to complete
work.
S. Protect completed finish and painted work, and protect adjacent finish surfaces
from paint splatter, spills and stains. Use adequate drop cloths and masking
Procedures during progress of work.
1.06 EXTRA PAINT
A. Upon completion of the work, deliver to the Owner two (2) gallons of each color
of latex and enamel paint used.
1.01 GUARANTEE
A. This contractor shall guarantee all work performed under this contract for a
period of one ( 1) year from date of acceptance. Cracking, peeling and scaling of
paint shall be judged as defective work.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the
surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees and a0 degrees F., unless
otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. Do not apply paint in snow, raln, fog or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds
65%; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the paint
manufacturer's printed instructions.
SECTION 0 Cl Cl 00 PAC -7E 5
PAINTING
SECTION 09 q00
G. Painting may be continued during inclement weather only If the areas and surfaces
to be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by
the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods.
1.09 COLORS AND FINISHES
A. Paint finishes are indicated in the schedules of the contract documents.
B. Prior to beginning work, the Owner will furnish color .chips for surfaces to be
painted.
1.Use representative colors when preparing samples for review.
2.Final acceptance of colors will be from samples applied on the job.
G. color Pigments: Pure, non -fading, applicable types to suit the substrates and
service indicated.
D. Paint coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints
used. Review other sections of these specifications In which prime paints are to
be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various
substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on
characteristics of finish materials proposed for use, to ensure compatible prime
coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and
reprime as required. Notify the Architect in writing of any anticipated problems
using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others.
I ! 1.1 O TEXTURE ON GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES
r ' A. Malls: shall be equal to textone as manufactured by U.S. Gypsum Co. Application
shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Finish texture shall be as selected by
Architect or Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Products specified in schedule of Painting are as manufactured by Pittsburgh
Paint company unless otherwise indicated; equivalent products of Pratt and
Lambert, DuPont, Sherwin-riliiiams, Glidden, Devoe, Gook, TV and Kelly -Moore may
be furnished in lieu of those listed, provided that they are of equal type and quality.
S. Materials selected for coating systems shall be products of a single manufacturer
unless otherwise specified.
SECTION 0q 900 PAGE 4
PAINTING
SECTION 09 900
C, secondary products such as linseed oil, turpentine and shellacs shall be first line
quality products of a reputable manufacturer.
D. Lead Free Paint: All paint specified for use under this section shall be lead free
and mercury free and shall be in full compliance with Federal Hazardous substances
Act.
E. Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly
manufactured by acceptable paint materiaismanufacturers. Materials not
displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product will
not be acceptable.
F. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats.
Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within
recommended limits.
2.02 MIXING AND TINTING
A. Accomplish job site tinting and mixing only when approved by the Architect. Use
tinting colors recommended by paint manufacturer for specific type of finish.
B. Thin paints only when specifically allowed by manufacturer: do not exceed thinning
directions. _.
2.08 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. Compounds: Pre -fill powdered joint compound, taping compound and topping
compound, ASTM C4'7 5-"7O.
B. Joint Tape: Perforated tape, ASTM 0475-10. —
PART S EXECUTION
8.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive paint and finishes for conditions that will
adversely affect execution, permanence or quality of finish work, and which cannot
be put into an acceptable condition through normal preparatory work.
B. Notify Architect in writing of such unacceptable conditions.
C. Do not proceed with surface preparations or coating applications until conditions
are suitable.
SECTION 09 900 PAGE 5
i PAINTING
r" SECTION 09 900
P. vo not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or
conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable paint film.
E. Application of paint or finish to surfaces shall constitute acceptance of that
surface.
5.02 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The intent of these specifications is to produce highest quality appearance of
paint and finish surfaces. Employ skilled mechanics only.
S. Leo not apply exterior paint while surface is damp, or during cold, rainy, or frosty
weather or when temperature is below 50' F.
G. Floors and adjacent surfaces, as well as surfaces to be paintedshall be clean
before painting.
V. Glean surfaces free of foreign matter before applying paint or finishes.
E. Maintain ambient temperature in building of not less than 60'F. for 24 hours prior
to and minimum of 24 hours after interior painting.
F. Do not paint masonry surfaces with a moisture content exceeding 129b.
Co. Provide a minimum of 20 foot candies illumination for surfaces to be painted or
finished.
H. Apply materials with adequate ventilation; maintain ventilation in occupied rooms.
5.05 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PAINTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Paint metal surfaces, including pipes, conduit, machinery, equipment panels and
boxes where exposed in finished spaces, mechanical rooms or on exterior. Paint
equipment Machinery bray, unless otherwise noted, paint pipes and conduits to
match -adjacent surfaces unless otherwise scheduled.
B. Metal surfaces delivered with prime coat shall have abrasions touched up and finish
coats applied as specified.
C. Touch up abrasions in factory finishes.
C;. Paint exposed underside of cast Iron sinks and fixture supporting members or
structure with 2 coats of enamel.
SECTION O 9 9 00 PAC -7E b
�i
FAINTING
SECTION 0 9 5100
E. Paint galvanized ducts exposed to view on interior of building in aacordance with
schedule.
F. Paint air conditioning grilles, registers, ceiling diffusers and speaker grilles in
accordance with schedule unless otherwise directed by Architect.
6. Paint exposed conduit supports, clamps, hangers and exposed conduit and boxes
In aacordanae with schedule.
H. Paint panelboards and other cabinets in accordance with schedule to match
adjacent surfaces, when located in finished spaces other than closets or
mechanical rooms.
1. Paint surfaces inside of ducts, diffusers and other mechanical openings which are
exposed to view flat black.
J. Do not paint nameplates on equipment or labels on doors and frames.
8.04 PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A. Seal knots, pitch streaks and sappy spots with 2 Ib. cut shellac priming.
B. Fill nail holes, cracks, open joints and other defects with putty after first coat.
color to match finish.
G. Sand woodwork smooth and clean surface before finishing.
D. Backprime interior trim and cabinetry wlth tinted wood primer before installation.
E. Paste wood filler, applied on open grain wood when "set" shall be wiped across
grain of wood, then with grain to secure a clean surface.
F. coat surfaces to be stained with a uniform coat of stain and wipe excess off.
6. Sand enamel or varnish finish on wood between coats using a fine sandpaper to
produce an even, smooth finish. Thoroughly clean surfaces.
H. Wash metal surfaaes with mineral spirits to remove dirt, oil or grease before
applying primer. Remove rust or scale by wire brushing or sanding clean before
painting. Glean marred shop coats and touch-up with primer.
I. Pretreat galvanized metal surfaces with a crystalline zinc phosphate treatment
such as Lithoform, by American chemical Paint co., Ambler, Pa., or 6alvaprep #5,
by Neilson chemical co., Detroit, Michigan.
SECTION 09 900 . PACM 'i
7
PAINTING
SECTION 09 q00
J. Fill scratches, cracks and abrasions in drywall with a spackling compound flush with
adjoining surface. When dry, sand smooth and seal before application of priming
coat.
K. Fill and sand metal door frames as required to provide a smooth surface before
finishing. Touch-up factory prime coat before applying first coat.
L. Touch-up shop coats on metal surfaces before applying finish.
M. too not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or
conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable paint film.
N. clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments.
5.05 JOINT TREATMENT
A. Treat joints, interior angles, fastener depressions and finishing trim on face -layer
wallboard. Prefill, tape, fill and finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's
directions. sand finish coat and leave surfaces smooth, uniform, and free of fins,
depressions, cracks and other imperfections. Treat joints of all face layers
including above ceilings.
5.06 APPLICATION
A. Final coat of paint shall have visual evidence of solid hiding and uniform
appearance, and shall be smooth, free of brush marks, streaks, sags, runs, laps, or
skipped areas.
S. Apply paint, stain, and varnish with suitable brushes, or rollers, as recommended by
manufacturer. spray application will be allowed only upon written approval of the
Architect.
c. Allow previous coats to thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats.
D. Edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors shall be sharp and clean with no
overlapping.
E. slightly vary color of successive coats.
F. sand and dust between each coat as required to remove visual defects.
6. Each coat of paint applied shall be inspected by Architect before application of
succeeding specified coats. Only inspected coats of paint will be considered in
determining number of coats. Provide Architect a report of each coat applied
F SECTION O 9 q 00
1
PAGE &
PAINTING
SECTION O q 4100
when completed for inspection to comply with above. Architect reserves right to
make revisions within color range of paint prior to final coat.
H. Apply each coat of paint uniformly to minimum wet flim (MWF) thickness specified
In schedule, or as recommended by manufacturer. Additional coats shall be applied
If required to produce full coverage.
5.0.7 CLEANING, PATCHING AND PROTECTION
A. Upon completion of work, remove paint and varnish spots from floor, glass and
other finished surfaces. Remove from premises rubbish and accumulated
materials. Leave work in clean, orderly, and acceptable conditions.
S. spot painting will be allowed to correct soiled or damaged paint surfaces only
when touch-up spot will blend into surrounding finish and is Invisible to normal
viewing. Otherwise, re -coat entire section to corners or visible stopping point.
C. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by
painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing,
and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect.
D. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newlypainted finishes. Remove
temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work,
after completion of painting operations.
E. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or
defaced painted surfaces.
5.08 SCHEDULE OF PAINTING
A. The kinds and brands of paint and number of coats required on the various
surfaces shall be those listed below.
S. Exterior and Interior Metal:
1.Prime Coat: PP6 6-204 Speedhide Zinc Chromate
2.First Coat: PPG 6-6 Speedhide enamel undercoat
5.Se00nd Coat: PPG 6-252 series Speedhide gloss enamel
4.Third Coat: PP6 6-252 Series Speedhide gloss enamel
C. Interior Wood: For paint finish
1.First Coat: PPG 6-6 Speedhide enamel undercoat
2 -Second Coat: PPG 6-q0 Series low sheen enamel
SECTION 0 q q 00 P,4GE q
PAINTING
SECTION 0101 9 00
S.Third Goat: PP6 6-q0 Series low sheen enamel
P. Interior Wood at Concession stand Ceiling 4 Wood Exterior Soffit: For paint
Finish:
1.First Coat: PP6 6-6 5peedhide enamel undercoat
2.Second Coat: PP6 Aquapon POlyamide-Epoxy
S.Third Coat: PP6 Aquapon POlyamide-Epoxy
E. Galvanized Metal:
1.First Coat: PPG 6-204 5peedhide zinc Chromate primer
2.Second Coat: PPG 6-242 series 5peedhide gloss enamel
S.Third Coat: PP6 6-252 5peedhide gloss enamel
F. interior Concrete Masonry units (at Concession Stand Area Only):
1.First Coat: PPG 6-9 Solvent Base Polyamide-Epoxy Block Filler, q'7-685/686
or Primer at Smooth Surfaces
2.5econd Coat: PPG Aquapon Polyamide-Epoxy
S.Third Goat: PP6 Aquapon Polyamide-Epoxy .
• All interior surfaces, hollow metal doors, frames and ceiling surfaces - Color White
• Exposed wide flange beams, all steel associated with the decorative awning at press
box windows and radius tube at concrete columns - equal to Sherwin Williams Solar
Yellow #5W40'75 industrial Coatings.
• All exterior hollow metal doors and frames and all other ornamental steel- Color to
Match "Hawaiian Blue" metal wall panels in an Industrial coating.
• Exposed wood rafters - white, soffits or exposed plywood decking equal to the
•Hawaiian Blue" color.
End Of Section
F SECTION 09 q00 PAGE 10
PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS
SECTION 10165
PART 1. GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Drawings, General Provisions including General Conditions, Supplementary _
General Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of
this Section.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES --
A. Floor mounted, overhead braced plastic laminate toilet. partitions.
B. Attachment hardware.
C. Plastic laminate privacy doors, at single field designs only. _
1.09 RELATED SECTIONS
A., Section 04200 - Unit Masonry
B. Section 10600 - Toilet and Bath Accessories.
1.04 REFERENCES
A. ANSI Al 11.1 - specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to
and Usable by the Physically Handicapped.
B. ANSI A206.1 - Mat Formed Mood Particleboard.
C. APA - American Plywood Association.
D. ASTM A 16 Z - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, sheet,
and strip.
E. NEMA LD -9 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings indicating partition layout and dimensions, panel and door
sizes, door swings, elevations, anchorage and mounting details, and finishes.
B. Submit product data for components, hardware, and accessories.
C. Submit manufacturers color and finish samples.
SECTION 10 16 5 PAGE 1
PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS
7 SECTION 1016 5
D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section
01500.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to AN51 A 1 1 '1.1 for provisions for the physically handleapped.
1.01 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER$
A. Sanymetal Products Company
B. Ampco Partitions
C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section O 1600.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Wood Particle Board Gore: ANSI A208.1 composed of wood chips set with
waterproof resin binder; B-15 grade, sanded faces.
B. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD -5 General Purpose type 0.062 inch thick.
C. Adhesive: Contact type.
D. Headrall: 1 x 1-6/8 inch anodized extruded aluminum; with cast socket type wall
brackets.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
r
A. Pilaster Shoe: ASTM A 16.7, Type 504 stainless steel, 5 inch high with adjustable
screw jack.
B. Attachments, screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, theft proof type, heavy duty
extruded aluminum brackets.
C. Through Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel with tamperproof heads.
D. Steel Plate Reinforcement: Carbon steel, prepared for fasteners, 1 /8 inch thick.
2.04 HARDWARE
l SECTION 10165
PAGE 2
PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS
SECTION 10 16 5
A. Hinges: Non-ferrous cast pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close
positioning, nylon bearings.
B. Latch and Keeper: Thumb turn door latah, door strike and keeper with rubber
bumper.
Co. Goat Hook: Gast alloy hook with rubber bumper tip.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate partitions by applying single sheet plastic laminate finish to faces and
edges of core material using adhesive and pressure bonding. Seal edges of cut-
outs. Bevel corners and -edges.
B. Reinforae pilaster and panels with steel plate reinforcement sandwiched within
particle core at attachment points. Router out openings as required.
C, Thickness of Partition Panels and Doors: One inah.
D. Thickness of Pilasters: 1-1 /4 inch.
2.06 FINISHES
A. Plastic Laminate: Equal to Nevamar "Navy Matrix"- MR -5-5T.
B. Stainless Steel Surfaces: No. 4 finish.
C. Exposed Steel Surfaces: Polished chrome plated.
D. Aluminum: Anodized to color as selected.
E. Non-ferrous Surfaces: Polished chrome plated.
2.0'7 PRIVACY DOORS AT SINGLE FIELD PROTOTYPE DESIGN
A. All construction to comply with paragraph 2.02 of this specification section.
B. Hinges: Equal to OAMCO #H-1 - two (2) required for each door.
C. Inswing stop and keeper: Equal to GAMCO eiSK-1 - one (1) required for each
door.
D. Slide Latch: Equal to &AMCC eL-1 - one ( 1 ) required for each door.
PART S. EXECUTION
SECTION 10 16 5 ` PAGE 5
1
PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS
SECTION' 1'0 16 5
5.01 EXAMINATION
A. verify that openings are ready to receive work.
S. verify field measurements are as shown on shop drawings.
G. verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, bracing, and plumbing
fixtures.
P. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions.
5.02 ERECTION
A. Erect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install partition components secure, plumb and level.
0. Attach panel brackets securely to walls and floors using appropriate anchor
devices.
D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets with through bolts and nuts. Locate
headrall joints at pilaster center line.
E. Provide ,h inch space between wall surface and panels or pilasters.
F. Provide for adjustment of floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles
Integral with pilaster. Conceal floor fastenings with pilaster shoes.
G. Equip each toilet stall door with top and bottom hinges, and door latch.
H. Install door strike keeper on each pilaster in alignment with door latch.
I. Equip each toilet stall door with one coat hook and bumper.
5.05 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum variation From Plumb or Level: 1 /8 inch.
B. Maximum Misplacement From Intended Position: 1 /6 inch.
5.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and align door hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edges of doors.
Clearance space not to exceed 5/ 16 inch.
F SECTION 10 16 5
r
PA&E 4
PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS
SECTION 10 16 5
5. Adjust door hinges so that free movement is attained and will locate In -swinging
doors in partial open position when unlatched. Return out -swinging doors to
closed position.
5.05 GLEANING
A. Remove protective coverings.
S. Glean surfaces and hardware as recommended by the manufacturer.
5.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Protect finished Installation under provisions of section O 1500.
5. Field touch-up of finished surfaces will not be permitted. Replace damaged
components.
End of Section
SECTION 10 16 5 PASPE 5
7 i
51GNAC7E
SECTION 10400
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General conditions,
supplementary General conditions, special conditions and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of signage is shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. Furnish any materials, labor and equipment to coordinate the Installation of the
signs.
C.. unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect, furnish all signage and accessorles
by one manufacturer for the entire project.
i D. In addition to the requirements of these specifications, comply with the
g manufacturer's Instructions and recommendations for preparation of substrate,
Installation of anchors, and application of signage units. coordinate with work of
other trades for application of inserts or other integral equipment items.
E. Provide colors and finishes of materials for signage as specified or as selected
r -t by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors and patterns.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's data showing compliance with these specifications. Submit
drawings showing Installation details. Provide template for exterior building letters. .
Provide blueline rubbing for cast plaque for approval.
B. Submit color samples for signage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM SIGNAGE
A. Restroom signage to be constructed of plastic laminate or acrylic plastics with
contrasting background color and white lettering and symbols. The sign shall meet all
requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act and Texas Accessibility
Standards in all conditions. This shall include but is not limited to the following: Room
Name, universal male or female symbol Cin raised condition, accessibility symbol, and
braille and other tactile identifiers.
7
11 SECTION 10400
I
PAGE 1
SIGNAGE
SECTION 10400
PART S EXECUTION
S.O 1 INSTALLATION
A. SecurelW mount signage in strict accordance with ma_ nufacturer's written
Instructions with concealed, theftproof fasteners.
S. install signage level. plumb, and at the proper height. Cooperate with other trades
for Installation of signage to finish surfaces. Repair or replace damaged units as
directed by the Architect.
End of Section
SECTION 10400 PACSE 2
TOILET ,ACCESSORIES
SECTION 10800
PART GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary
General Conditions, Special -conditions and General Requirements (Division 1 ), apply
4 to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of each type of toilet accessory is located and indicated on the
Drawings.
1
w ' 1.03 GENERAL
A. Use concealed fastenings wherever possible.
S. Verify type of mounting surfaces; provide proper anchors or fasteners to endure
permanent mounting.
C. Provide locks where specified; provide same keying throughout for all accessory
units.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Equal to those manufacturer's and products as specified on the Drawings.
PART S EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories according to manufacturer's Instructions and approved shop
drawings. Install accessories plumb, square, level and true with wall or surfaces.
B. Frames of recessed accessories shall neatly trim the opening. Gaps and voids
between frames and finished wails will not be allowed. Exposed and concealed
a fastening shall match finish of fixtures and shall be stainless steel, theftproof type.
Co. Install concealed anchor plates to wall construction for mounting all accessories.
Provide grounds or rough bucks to rigidly secure accessories.
D. All controls, dispensers or other operable equipment shall be mounted no higher. than
46 inches above the floor.
SECTION 10800 PAGE 1
A
t
TOILET ,ACCESSORIES
SECTION 10800
3.02 GLEANING
A. Remove all manufacturer's temporary labels or marks of identification. Glean and
polish to remove all oil, grease and foreign material. Leave accessories in a neat,
orderly and alean condition acceptable to the Architect.
End of Section
SECTION 10600 PAGE 2
t : FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
r
SECTION 1 1400
PART
1. GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
The Drawings, 6eneral Provisions Including General conditions, Supplementary
6eneral Conditions and Division 1 - 6eneral Requirements apply to the work of
this Section.
1.02
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Food service equipment - stainless steel triple compartment sink.
S.
Connections to utilities.
1.03
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 06400 - Architectural Millwork: Placement of equipment relative to
casework.
S.
Section 15 - Plumbing piping.
1.04
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
conform to applicable code for utility requirements.
1.05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A.
Submit under provisions of Section O 1 'TOO.
�j
S.
operation Data: Provide operating data for the specified equipment.
l
c.
Maintenance Data: Provide periodic maintenance requirement schedules.
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer: Company speclalizing in performing the work of this section with
minimum 5 years experience.
I�
y,
1.01
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit under provisions of Section O 1500.
Il
B.
Product data on equipment specified indicating configuration, sizes, materials,
finishes and location.
-7 SECTION 1 1400 PAGE 1
Fr
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1 1400
G. Manufacturers Installation Instructions: Indicate any special procedures or
perimeter conditions requiring special attention. _
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work of thl5 Section with installation of architectural millwork and
Section O 105 4.
B. Coordinate the work with location and placement of utilities.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of 5ection
01600.
5. Store products clear of floor In a manner to prevent damage.
G. Coordinate size of access and route to place of installation.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Provide two year warranty under provisions of Section O 1700.
B. warranty: Include replacement or repair f scheduled equipment, including
disconnection of defective unit, and connection of replacement unit.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Advance/Taboo - Product: Triple compartment, stainless steel sink.
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Triple Compartment Sink: Advance/Taboo Model
2.05 FINISHES
A. Stainless Steel, squared corner unit, with 5 - 21 " X 56" bowls.
PART S. EXECUTION
5.01 EXAMINATION
SECTION 1 1400 PA67E 2
FOOD SERVICE EOUIPMENT
SECTION 1 1400
G. Remove and replace any defective equipment Items.
P. Wash, clean and polish all equipment, hardware and accessories, fixtures and
fittings.
5.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHMP WORK
A. Protect finished installation under provisions of section O 1500.
End of section
SECTION 1 1400
PAGE S
A.
Yerify that prepared openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions
are as indicated on the shop drawings..
'• '
S.
Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
I0' 1
5.02
INSTALLATION
1_
A.
Install items in accordance with manufacturers Instructions.
S.
Insulate to prevent electrolysis between dissimilar metals.
*
G.
Sequence installation and erection to ensure correct plumbing utility connections
are achieved.
a.
Use anchorage devices appropriate for equipment and expected usage.
E.
Provide sealant to achieve clean joint with adjacent building finishes and between
any abutting components.
5.05
ADJU5TIN& AND CLEANING
'^
a
A.
Glean surfaces and all component$ and adjust all working components of the unit.
S.
Adjust equipment and apparatus according to section 01'100 and to ensure
�.
proper working order and conditions.
G. Remove and replace any defective equipment Items.
P. Wash, clean and polish all equipment, hardware and accessories, fixtures and
fittings.
5.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHMP WORK
A. Protect finished installation under provisions of section O 1500.
End of section
SECTION 1 1400
PAGE S
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
SECTION 15.140
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe and equipment hangers and supports.
S. Equipment bases and supports.
G. Sleeves and seals.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. MSS SP56 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.
S. MSS SPb cl - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.
G. MSS SPS q - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze
hangers.
G. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity.
D. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser
support hangers.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and -"
assembly of components.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for support of plumbing piping.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Plumbing Piping - DWV:
1. Conform to MSS SP55, MSS SP69 or MSS SPBcI.
2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1 /2 Inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, r
Section 15.140 PAGE 1 x
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
SECTION 15.140
split ring.
S. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
l 4. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger
rods.
S. Wall support for Pipe Sizes to 5 Inches: cast iron hook.
6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and
s ` wrought steel clamp.
'7. Vertical support: Steel riser clamp.
8. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange,
Cand concrete pier or steel support.
q. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.
B. Plumbing Piping - Water:
1. Conform to MSS SP58 or MSS SP6cI.
2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1 /2 to 1-1 /2 Inch: Malleable Iron, adjustable swivel,
split ring.
S. Hangers for cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable,
clevis.
4. Hangers for Hot Pipe sizes 2 to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
S. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: steel channels with welded spacers and hanger
rods.
6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 5 Inches: Gast from hook.
I. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
8. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Gast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut,
nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
q. Floor support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe
saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
10. Copper Pipe support: carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous
threaded.
2.05 FLASHING
A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage galvanized steel.
B. Metal counterflashing: 2 2 gage galvanized steel.
C. Lead Flashing:
1. Waterproofing: 5 lb/sq ft sheet lead
'2. Soundproofing: 1 Ib/sq, ft sheet lead.
Section 15.140
7
PAGE 2
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
SECTION 15.140
D. Flexible Flashing: 4"1 mil thick sheet butyl; compatible with roofing.
2.04 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Floors: 18 gage galvanized steel.
S. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Beams, Wails, Footings, and Potentially
Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage galvanized steel.
G. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Galvanized steel or wood.
D Sealant: Acrylic.
PART 8 EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
8.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Support horizontal piping as scheduled.
B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1 /2 inch space between finished covering and
adjacent work.
C. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
D. Use hangers with 1-1 /2 inch minimum vertical adjustment.
E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum -'
spacing between hangers.
F. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide
multiple or trapeze hangers.
G. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.
H. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. —
I. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.-
J.
ipe:J. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located
in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered
Section 1 5.140 PAGE 5
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
SECTION 15.140
exposed.
5.05 FLASHING
A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterf lashing where piping and ductwork
penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs.
S. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting above finished roof surface as shown on
drawings.
C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches
clear on sides with minimum 56 x 56 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain
clamp device.
D. Seal floor drains watertight to adjacent materials.
5.04 SLEEVES
A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.
5. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and
contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.
C. Extend sleeves through floors one inch above finished floor level. Calk sleeves.
D. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space
between pipe or duct and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and calk air
tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of
penetration.
E. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.
5.05 SCHEDULES
HANGER ROD
PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING DIAMETER
Inches Feet Inches
1/2 to 1-1 /4 6.5 5/8
1-1 /2 to 2 10 5/8
2-1/2 to 5 10 1/2
Section 15.140 PAGE 4
PIPE SIZE
Inches
Oto&
PVC, (All Sizes)
G.I. Bell and
5pigot(or No -Hub)
and at Joints
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
SECTION 15.140
MAX. HANGER SPACING
Feet
10
6
5
END OF SECTION
HANGER ROD
DIAMETER
Inches
5/6
S/8
As required
Section 15. 140 PAGE 5
PIPING INSULATION
SECTION 15.260
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Piping insulation.
B. Jackets and accessories.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 1 95 - Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulation Cement.
B. ASTM 0355 - Steady -State Heat Transfer Properties of Horizontal Pipe
insulation.
C. ASTM C4441 - Mineral Fiber Hydraulic -setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing
Gement.
D. ASTM C54 7 - Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation.
E. ASTM Ea4 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
F. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Product Data: Provide product description, list of materials and thickness for
each service, and locations.
C. Manufacturer's installation Instructions: Indicate procedures which ensure
acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 or less in
accordance with ASTM E64.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum three years experience.
Section 15.260 PAGE 1
PIPING INSULATION
SECTION 15.260
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging, labelled with manufacturer's
identification, including product density and thickness.
B. Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction ,.
traffic.
G. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage.
1.0? ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS -
A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of ~
adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements.
B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GLASS FIBER
A. Insulation: ASTM G541; rigid molded, noncombustible.
1. 'K' Cksi') value : ASTM G555, 0.24 at 'T 5 degrees F.
2. Minimum Service Temperature: -20 degrees F.
S. Maximum Service Temperature: 650 degrees F.
4. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume.
B. Vapor Barrier Jacket
1. White kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized
film.
2. Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm inches.
S. Seaure with self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips.
4. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic.
Co. Tie Wire: 18 gage stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers.
D. Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive
1. Compatible with insulation.
E. Insulating Gement/Mastic
1. ASTM G 1 915; hydraulic setting on mineral wool.
F. Fibrous Glass Fabric
1. Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd weight.
Section 15.260 PAGE 2 .--
r
PIPING INSULATION
SECTION 15.260
2. Blanket: 1.0 Ib/cu ft density.
G. Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish
1. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with insulation, white color.
H. Insulating Gement
1. ASTM C44 Q.
2.02 JACKETS
A. PVC Plastic
1. Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off white
color.
a) Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F.
b) Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F.
c) Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.002 perm inches.
d) Maximum Flame Spread: ASTM E84; 25.
e) Maximum Smoke developed: ASTM E84; 50.
f) Thickness: 15.
g) Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.
2. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.
B. Canvas Jacket: UL listed.
1. Fabric: 6 oz/sq, yd, plain weave cotton treated with dilute fire retardant
lagging adhesive.
2. Lagging Adhesive:
a. Compatible with insulation.
PART 5 EXECUTION
8.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials.
B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry.
5.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. On exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams In least visible locations.
Section 15.260 PAGE 5
PIPING INSULATION
SECTION 15.260
G. Insulated cold pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature:
1. Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory applied or field applied.
2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded Insulation of like material and
thickness as adjacent pipe.
S. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive.
4. PVC fitting covers may be used.
S. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe
penetrations.
6. Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers,
flexible connections,and expansion joints.
V. For insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature:
1. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory applied or
field applied.
2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and
thickness as adjoining pipe.
S. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive.
4. PVC, fitting covers may be used.
S. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate
flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.
E. Inserts and Shields:
1. Application: Piping 1-1 /2 inches diameter or larger.
2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and
Inserts.
S. Insert Location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish
jacket.
4. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour
as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated.
S. Insert Material: ASTM 0640 cork or other heavy density insulating material
suitable for the planned temperature range.
F. Finish Insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
5.08 TOLERANCE
A. Substituted insulation materials shall provide thermal resistance within 10 —
percent at normal conditions, as materials indicated.
Section 15.260 PAGE 4
PIPING INSULATION
SECTION 15.260
5.04 GLASS FIBER INSULATION SCHEDULE
PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Plumbing Systems
Domestic Hot Water Supply
Domestic Cold Water
END OF SECTION
PIPE SIZE THICKNESS
Inch Inch
All Sizes 1/2"
All sites 1/2"
Section 15.260 PAGE 5
PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 15.410
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems.
1. Sanitary sewer.- -
2. Domestic water.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASME B 16.5 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.
B. ASME B 16. 1 8 - Gast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.
Co. ASME B 16.22 - wrought Copper and Bronze Solder Joint Pressure
Fittings.
D. A5ME B5 1.9 - Building Service Piping. _
E. ASME SEC Ix - welding and Brazing Oualifications.
F. ASTM Ass - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc coated, welded and
Seamless.
G. ASTM Al 4 - cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
H. ASTM A254/A2S4M - Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy
Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures.
I. ASTM BS2 - Solder Metal.
J. ASTM B88 - Seamless copper water Tube (ASTM B88M - Seamless ~
Copper water Tube).
K. A5TM G564 - Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
L. AwWA 065 1 - Disinfecting water Mains.
M. CISPI 801 - cast Iron 5011 Pipe and Fittings for Hubless cast Iron Sanitary
Systems.
N. NCPwB - Procedure Specifications for Pipe welding.
1.08 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
Section 15.410
PAGE 1
PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 15.410
s
A. submit under provisions of other sections.
AA -
B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and
accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve
data and ratings.
�e 1.04 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves.
p
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
i A. valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.
B. Welding Materials and Procedures: conform to ASME code.
C. Welders certification: In accordance with ASME SEC IX.
w
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform Work in accordance with local plumbing code.
B. Conform to applicable code for installation of backflow prevention devices.
c. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction
indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labelling in place. Inspect
for damage.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
c. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in
place until installation.
D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary
covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed
system.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.
Section 15.410
PAGE 2
PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 15.410
1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide two repacking kits for each size valve.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING
A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A'14 service weight.
1. Fittings: Gast iron.
2. Joints: Hub -and -spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with A5TM
0564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum.
2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
2.05
2.04
2.05
A.. Gast Iron Pipe: ASTM A'74, service weight.
1. Fittings: Gast iron.
2. Joints: ASTM 0564, neoprene gasket system or lead and oakum.
B Gast Iron Pipe: CISPI 501, hubless, service weight.
1. Fittings: Cast iron.
2. Joints: CISPI 5 10, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp -and -
shield assemblies.
A.
0
A.
WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING
Dopper Tubing: ASTM B42, hard drawn.
S. Fittings: ASME B 16. 16, cast copper alloy or ASME B 16.22 wrought
copper and bronze.
4. Joints: AWS A5.8, BCuP silver braze.
WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
Copper Tubing: ASTM 568 (ASTM 568M), Type L hard drawn.
1. Fittings: ASME 516.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B 16.22, wrought
copper and bronze.
2. Joints: ASTM 552, solder, Grade 95TA.
FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS
Pipe Size 2 Inches and Under:
1. Ferrous pipe: Glass 150 malleable iron threaded unions.
2. Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints.
Section 15.410 PAGES
PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 15.410
B. Pipe Size Over 2 Inch:
1. Ferrous pipe: class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slip-
on flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets.
2. copper tube and pipe: class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed
neoprene gaskets.
c. Dielectric connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end,
copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.
2.06 GATE VALVES
A. Up To and Including 2 Inches: bronze body, bronze trim, non rising stem,
handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder or threaded ends.
S. Over 2 Inches: iron body, bronze trim, rising stem,05 d Y, handwheel, solid
- wedge disc, flanged ends. -
2.09 SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Up To andlnciuding 2 Inches:
1. Bronze body and cap, bronze swing disc with rubber seat, threaded
ends.
2.06 RELIEF VALVES
A. Temperature and pressure Relief: bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel
stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, temperature relief
21 O degrees F°, capacities ASME certified and labelled.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over
excavated.
5.02 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.
S. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
Section 15.4 10 PAGE 4
PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 15.410
8.05 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
S. Provide non -conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar
metals.
C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and
perpendicular to walls. —
D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with
use of space.
E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
i=. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,
joints, or connected equipment.
G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for
installation of Insulation and access to valves and fittings.
H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed.
I. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less
than 1.5 ft of cover.
J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing,
scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
K. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility
companies. ._
L. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready
for finish painting.
M. Excavate in accordance with other sections.
N. Backfill in accordance with other sections.
O. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream.
P. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.
Q. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.
Section 15.4 10 PAGE 5
PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 15.410
5.04 APPLICATION
A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus
connections.
B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system.
Solder adapters to pipe.
G. Install gate valves for shut-off and to Isolate equipment, part of systems, or
vertical risers.
5.05 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1 /6 inch per foot
minimum. Maintain gradients.
B. slope water piping minimum 0.25 percent and arrange to drain at low points.
5.06 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.
B. Ensure Ph of water to be treated is between '1.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali
(caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric).
Co. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form,
throughout system to obtain 50 to 60 mg/L residual.
D. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant
residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets.
E. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours.
F. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment.
G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water
or 1.0 mg/L.
H. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of
outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA 0651.
S.0'1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
section 15.410
r
PAGE 6
PLUMBING PIPING
SECTION 15.410
A. Provide new sanitary sewer services. Before commencing work check
invert elevations required for sewer connections, confirm inverts and
ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage and
cover to avoid freezing.
B. Provide new water service complete with approved double check backflow
preventer.
1. Provide 15 gage galvanized sheet metal sleeve around service main to
6 inch above floor and b inch minimum below grade. Size for minimum of
2 inches of loose batt insulation stuffing.
END OF SECTION
Section 15.4 10 PAGE '1
PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
SECTION 15.450
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Floor drains.
B. Cleanouts.
C. Backflow preventers.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASME A 1 12.2 1.1 - Floor Drains.
B. ASME A 1 12.26.1 - Water Hammer Arrestors.
C. ASSE 10 1 1 - Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers.
D. ASSE 10 12 - Backflow Preventers with Immediate Atmospheric Vent.
E. AWWA 0506 - Backflow Prevention Devices - Reduced Pressure Principle
and Double check Valve Types.
F. POI WH -201 - Water Hammer Arrestors.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Produat Data: Provide component sizes, rough -in requirements, service
sizes, and finishes.
C. shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and
holes.
1.04 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment,
cleanouts, backflow preventers.
B. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists,
exploded assembly views.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Section 15.450 PAGE 1
PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
SECTION 15.480
A. Manufacturer Oualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the
Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for
damage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FLOOR DRAINS
A. Floor Drains:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Wade Model W-1 105. _
2. ANSI A 1 12.21.1; galvanized cast iron two piece body with double
drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and round,
adjustable nickel -bronze strainer.
2.02 CLEANOUTS
A. Interior Finished Floor Areas:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Wade Model 104-6080-5.
2. Lacquered cast iron body with anchor flange, reversible clamping
collar, threaded top assembly; and round Basketed scored cover in
service areas and round gasketed depressed cover to accept floor
finish in finished floor areas. —
B. Interior Finished Wall Areas:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Wade Model W -6490-R.
2. Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated
gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with
machine screw.
2.05 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Double'Check Valve Assemblies:
1. ANSI/ASSE 10 12 or AWWA 0506; Bronze body with corrosion _
resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs; two independently
operating check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent. _.
PART 5 EXECUTION
Section 1 5.450 PAGE 2
PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
SECTION 15.430
5.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's. instructions.
5. Extend cieanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded
cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at
cleanout for rodding of drainage system.
C. Install floor cieanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor.
D. Install air chambers on hot and cold water supply piping to each fixture.
Fabricate same size as supply pipe or 5/4 inch minimum, and minimum 15
inches long. -
END OF SECTION
Section 15.450 PAGE 5
PLUMBING FIXTURES
SECTION 15.440
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Water closets.
B. urinals.
C. Lavatories
D. Sinks.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASME A 1 12.6.1 -Supports for Off -the -Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public
Use.
B. ASME A 1 1 2.16.1 -Finished and Rough Brass Plumbing Fixture Fittings.
C. ASME A 1 12.1 9.1 - Enamelled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures.
D. ASME A 1 1 2.1 5.2 - vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures.
E. ASME A 1 12.1 9.S - Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for
Residential Use).
F. ASME A 1 1 2.1 5.4 - Porcelain Enamelled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures. `
G. ASME A 1 12.1 9.5 - Trim for Water -Closet Bowls, Tanks, and Urinals.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Product Data: Provide catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough -in
dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation methods and procedures.
1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT
Section 15.440 PAGE 1
PLUMBING FIXTURES
SECTION 15.440
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement
parts lists.
G. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been
completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Oualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the
Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.
1.0R DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Transport, handle, store, and protect products at site under provisions in
other sections.
B. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving
factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use.
1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. supply two sets of faucet washers, flush valve service kits, and lavatory
supply fittings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS P-1, P-2
A. Bowl:
1. Manufacturer: EI jer Model 1 1 1-15 15.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.
a. Kohler
b. American Standard
c. Substitutions: Not permitted.
S. ASME A 1 12.1 X1.2; wall hung, siphon jet vitreous china closet bowl,
with elongated rim, 1-1 /2 inch back spud, china bolt caps.
8. Concealed Flush Valve:
1. Manufacturer: Sloan Royal Model 152.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.
Section 15.440 PAGE 2
PLUMSING FIXTURES
SECTION 15.440
a. Delany
b. Substitutions: Not permitted.
S. ASME A 1 12. 18. 1; concealed rough brass, diaphragm type with
exposed chrome plated push button and escutcheon, screw driver
stop and vacuum breaker maximum 1.6 gallon flush volume.
G. seat:
1. Manufacturer: Olsonite Model 1 O.
2. Solid black white plastic, open front, extended back, brass bolts,
without cover.
D. ^all Mounted Carrier:
1. Manufacturer: Wade Model iN-8o0.
2. ASME A 1 12.6. 1; adjustable cast from frame, Integral drain hub and
vent, adjustable spud, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded
fixture studs with nuts and washers.
2.02 WALL HUNG URINALS, P -S
A. Urinal•
1. Manufacturer: EI jer Model 161-1 Oa 5.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.
a. Kohler.
b. American Standard.
CO. Substitutions: Not permitted.
5. A5ME A 1 12.1 9.2; vitreous china, wall hung siphon jet urinal with
shields, integral trap, back spud, steel supporting hanger.
S. Concealed Flush valve:
1. Manufacturer: Sloan Roayai Model 195.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.
a. Delany.
b. Substitutions: Not permitted.
S. ASME A 1 12. 1 S. I; concealed rough brass, diaphragm type with --
exposed chrome plated[push button and escutcheon, wheel handle stop
and vacuum breaker; maximum 1 gallon flush volume.
G. Wall Mounted Carrier:
1. Manufacturer: Wade Model^ -400..
2. ASME A 1 12.6.1; cast from and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for
floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger,
bearing studs.
2.05 LAVATORIES, P-4
Section 15.4-40 PAGE 5 -.
q
PLUMBING FIXTURES
SECTION 15.440
A. Gast Iron Wall Hung Basin:
1. Manufacturer: EI jer Model 05 2-01 i 4.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.
a. Kohler.
b. American Standard.
C.. Substitutions: Not permitted.
5. ASME A 1 12.1 9.1; porcelain enamelled cast iron wall -hung lavatory
20 X 18 inch minimum, with 4 inch high back, single hole drilling,
rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow, and soap depression.
S. Supply Fitting:
1. Manufacturer: Eljer Model 559-265 1.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.
a. Kohler.
b. American Standard.
Co. Substitutions: Not permitted.
5. ASME A 1 12.15.1; chrome plated supply fitting with open grid
strainer, water economy aerator with maximum 2.0 gpm flow, indexed,
handles single lever handle.
C. Wall Mounted Carrier:
1. Manufacturer: Wade Model 104-400.
2. ASME A 1 12.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for
floor and wall attachment, threaded studs for fixture hanger,
concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs.
2.04 HAND SINK, P-5
A. cast Iron Wall Hung Basin:
1. Manufacturer: EI jer Model 05 2-019 4.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.
a. Kohler.
b. American Standard.
Co. Substitutions: Not permitted.
5. ASME A 1 12.1 CI. 1; porcelain enameled cast iron wall -hung lavatory
20 X 15 inch minimum, with 4 inch high back, single hole drilling,
rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow, and soap depression.
S. supply Fitting:
1. Manufacturer: Eljer Model 559-2650.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.
a. Kohler.
b. American Standard.
c. Substitutions: Not permitted.
section 15.440 PAGE 4
PLUMBING FIXTURES
SECTION 15.440
5. ASME A 1 12.15.1; chrome plated combination supply fitting with open
grid strainer, water economy aerator with maximum 2.0 gpm flow,
indexed handles. _
C. Wall Mounted Carrier:
1. Manufacturer: Wade Model 104-400.
2. ASME A 1 12.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for
floor and wall attachment, threaded studs for fixture hanger,
concealed arm supports, bearing plate .and studs.
2.05 SINKS, P-6
V. Three Compartment Bowl:
1. Manufacturer: As provided in other sections of the specifications.
E. Trim:
1. Manufacturer: T 4 S Model 5-250.
2. ASME A 1 12.16. 1; chrome plated brass supply with 12" swing spout,
water economy aerator with maximum 2.2 gpm flow, indexed lever
handles.
F. Accessories: As provided in other sections of the specifications.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 EXAMINATION
A. verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation
of fixtures. .�
C. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the
Installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. ._
5.02 PREPARATION
A. Rough -in fixture piping connections In accordance with minimum sizes
indicated In fixture rough -in schedule for particular fixtures.
5.0s INSTALLATION
A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for -servicing and cleaning.
Section 15.440 PAGE 5
PLUMBING FIXTURES
SECTION 15.440
5. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with screwdriver
stops, reducers, and escutcheons.
c. Install components level and plumb.
D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers and bolts.
E. seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in other
sections of specifications, color to match fixture.
F. solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not
intended hold fixture in place.
5.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and
openings before rough -in and installation.
5.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjusting installed work under provisions in other sections of the
specifications.
5. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without
splashing, noise, or overflow.
5.06 GLEANING
A. cleaning installed work under provisions in other sections
B. clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.
5.017 PROTECTION OF FINISHED Y4ORK
A. Do not permit use of fixtures.
END OF SECTION
Section 15.440 PAGE 6
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
SECTION 15.450
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Water Heaters. —
1.02 REFERENCE5
A. ASME Section 80 - Pressure Vessels.
B. NFPA'10 - National Electrical Code. _
C. UL 1 14 - Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Product Data:
1. Provide dimension drawings of water heaters Indicating components
and connections to other equipment and piping.
2. Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
S. Indicate pump type, capacity, power requirements
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. Manufacturer's installations Instructions —
1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include operation, maintenance, and
inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service
depot location and telephone number.
D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been
completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
SeGtIOn 15.450 PAGE 1
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
SECTION 15.450
A. Manufacturer Ouallfications: Company specializing in manufacturing the
Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.
B. Ensure products and installation of specified products are in conformance
with recommendations and requirements of the following organizations:
1. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF).
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).
s. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA).
4. Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
1.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to NFPA 'T O, UL 1 i 4 requirements for water heaters.
S. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.,as suitable for the purpose specified and
indicated.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until
Installation.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 RESIDENTIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS
A. Manufacturer: State Model PV -10- 1 OMS -K.
B. Type: Automatic, electric, vertical storage.
Co. Tank: Glass lined welded steel, thermally insulated with one inch thick glass
fiber; encased in corrosion -resistant steel jacket; baked -on enamel finish.
D. Controls: Automatic water thermostat with temperature range from 120
to 1 90 degrees F, flanged or screw-in nichrome elements, enclosed
controls and electrical junction box.
E. Accessories: Brass water connections and dip tube, drain valve, magnesium
anode, and ASME temperature and pressure relief valve.
Section 15.450
t:
PAGE 2
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
SECTION 15.450
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install water heaters In accordance with manufacturer's instructions
and to NSF, NFPA 54, and UL requirements.
END OF SECTION
Section 15.450 PAGE 5
DUCTWORK
SECTION 15.8 90
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal ductwork.
B. Kitchen hood ductwork.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A 56 - Structural Steel.
B. ASTM A 90 - Weight of Coating on Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Iron or steel
Articles.
C. ASTM A 16-1 - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel steel Plate, Sheet,
and Strip.
D. ASTM A 566 - steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold Rolled, Commercial Ouality.
E. ASTM A 525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized)
by the Hot -Dip Process:
F. ASTM A 52't - Steel Sheet, Zinc -coated (Galvanized) by Hot -Dip Process, Lock
Forming Ouality.
G. ASTM A 568 - Steel, Sheet, carbon, and High -Strength, Low -Alloy, Hot -Rolled and
Cold -Rolled.
H. ASTM A 569 - Steel, Carbon (0.1 5 Maximum, Percent), Hot -Rolled Sheet and
Strip, Commercial Quality.
1. NFPA QOA - Installation of Air Conditioning and ventilating Systems.
J. NFPA 96 - installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and
Grease -Laden vapors from commercial cooking Equipment.
K. SMACNA - HVAC Duct construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.
1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written
permission.
Section 15.890 PAGE 1
DUCTJNORK
SECTION 15.890
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Product Data: Provide data for duct materials, duct liner and duct connectors.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting
location and type. show additional fittings used.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE ._
A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible.
S. Maintain one copy of document on site.
1.0? QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company spealalizing in manufacturing the Products specified in
this section with minimum three years experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum
three years experience.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A and NFPA 96 standards.
1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended
by sealant manufacturers. ;.
B. Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealants.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: ASTM A525 and ASTM A527 galvamized steel sheet,
lock -forming quality, having G60 zinc coating of in conformance with ASTM A90.
Section 1 5.890 PAGE 2 --
DUCTWORK
SECTION 15.890
B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A566, A569, A56&.
G. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws.
D. Sealant:
1. Non -hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating
c materials; liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy mastic.
E. Hanger Rod: ASTM AS 6; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end,
or continuously threaded.
2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION
A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMAGNA HYAG Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages,
reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated.
B. Construct Ts, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1 /2 times width
of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used,
provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes
of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation.
G. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever
possible; maximum SO degrees divergence 'upstream of equipment and 45
degrees convergence downstream.
D. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than
duct gages indicated in SMAGNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch ( 100
mm) cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints.
E. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated
where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used.
2.05 KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK
A. Fabricate in accordance with SMAGNA HYAG Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible and NFPA 9 6.
B. Construct of 16 gage carbon steel or 16 gage stainless steel, using continuous
external welded joints.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION
f"" Section 15.890 PAGE 5
DUCTWORK
SECTION 15.890
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
S. Install and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible.
c. Duct Sizes are inside clear dimensions.
D. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating
and maintenance activities.
E. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.
F. Provide residue traps in kitchen hood exhaust ducts at base of vertical risers
with provisions for clean out. Use stainless steel for ductwork exposed to view
and stainless steel or carbon steel for -ducts where concealed. —
G. ouring construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene
on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system.
5.02 GLEANING
A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove
accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time.
Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters,
or bypass during cleaning. S. clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment which
may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Provide
adequate access into ductwork for cleaning purposes.
8.05 SCHEDULES
A. DUCTWORK MATERIAL SCHEDULE
AIR SYSTEM
MATERIAL
Evaporative Steel
Kitchen Hood Exhaust Steel -
section 1 5.890 PAGE 4
DUCTWORK
SECTION 15.6Q0
B. DUCTWORK PRESSURE CLASS SCHEDULE
AIR SYSTEM PRESSURE CLASS
Evaporative 1/2 inch
END OF SECTION
Section 15.8 CIO PAGE 5
DUCTYHORK ACCESSORIES
SECTION 15.910
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Volume control dampers.
B. Supply Registers/Grilles.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.
B. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction standards - Metal and Flexible.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
S. Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control
dampers.
C. Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control
dampers and hardware used. Include electrical characteristics and connection
requirements.
1.04 OUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in
this section with minimum three years experience.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS.
A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible, and as indicated.
B. Dampers shall be Single Slade Dampers.
Section 15.9 10 PAGE 1 --
DUCTYVORK ACCESSORIES
SECTION 15. Q 10
G. Provide dampers with end bearings.
D. Quadrants:
1. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single dampers.
2.02 SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Titus: Model 5009L.
S. Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable curved blades to discharge air along
face of grille, two-way deflection.
C. Frame: 1-1 /4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket.
D. Fabrication: Aluminum extrusions with factory off-white enamel finish.
E. Damper: Integral, gang -operated, opposed blade type with removable key
operator, operable from face.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.02 INSTALLATION
A. install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A,
and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.
Refer to Section 15890 for duct construction and pressure class.
B. Provide for cleaning kitchen exhaust ductwork in accordance with NFPA 96.
Provide minimum 8 x 5 inch size for hand access, 16 x 16 inch size for shoulder
access, and as indicated. Review locations prior to fabrication.
Co. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where
branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install
minimum 2 duct widths from duct take -off.
D. check location of outlets and make necessary adjustments in position to
conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.
E. Install registers/grilles to ductwork with air tight connection.
Section 15.910
i
END OF SECTION
PAGE 2
CONDUIT
SECTION 16.1 1 1
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal conduit.
B. Flexible metal conduit.
C. Liq,uidtight flexible metal conduit.
D. Electrical metallic tubing.
E. Fittings and conduit bodies.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16.150 - Boxes.
B. Section 16.1 70 - Grounding and Bonding.
C. Section 16. 1 9O - Supporting Devices.
D. Section 16.1 Q5 - Electrical Identification.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. ANSI 080.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated.
S. ANSI 080.5 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated.
C. ANSI/NEMA FS 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit
and Cable Assemblies.
D. ANSI/NFPA '10 - National Electrical Code.
E. NECA "Standard of installation."
F. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel
Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. _
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduit Size: ANSI/NFPA 70.
Section 16.1 1 1 PAGE 1
CONDUIT
SECTION 16.1 1 1
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
S. Product Data: Provide for metallic conduit, flexible metal conduit, liquidtight
flexible metal conduit, metallic tubing, fittings, and conduit bodies.
1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 90.
5. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, _Inc. as
suitable for purpose specifled and shown.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle Products to site under provisions of other
sections.
B. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage.
C. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade.
Provide appropriate covering.
1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
5. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough -in.
• C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless
dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2:01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Size: 1/2 inch unless otherwise specified.
Section 16.1 1 1
PAGE 2
CONDUIT
SECTION 16.1 1 1
B. Underground Installations:
1. All underground locations: Use PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit,
field wrapped rigid galvanized Stell conduit.
2. Minimum Size: 5/4 inch.
C. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Use rigid steel conduit.
D. Dry Locations: --
1. All dry locations: Use electrical metallic tubing.
2.02 METAL CONDUIT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Allied.
2. Plaoma Industries.
5. r4heatland.
B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI 080.1.
0. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; all steel fittings. ~
2.O5 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Robroy Industries.
B. Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating, 20 mil
thick.
C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with external PVG
coating to match conduit.
2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A. Manufacturers: _
1. Electri-Flex
B. Description: Interlocked steel construction.
C. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.
2.05 LIOUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
section 16.1 1 1 PAGE 5 --
CONDUIT
SECTION 16.1 1 1
A. Manufacturers:
1. Electri-Flex.
B. description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket.
Co. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.
2.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Wheatland.
2. Allied
S. Picoma Industries.
B. Description: ANSI C60.5; galvanized tubing.
Co. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FS 1; steel compression type.
2.0.7 CONDUIT SEALING COMPOUND
A. General
1. Compounds for sealing ducts and conduit shall have putty -like consistency
workable with the hands a temperatures as low as 55 degrees F, shall
neither slump at a temperature of 800 degrees F, not harden materially
when exposed to the air. Compounds shall adhere to clean surfaces of fiber
or plastic ducts; metallic conduits or conduit coatings; concrete, masonry,
or lead; any cable sheaths, jackets, covers, or insulation materials; and the
common metals. Compounds shall form a seal without dissolving, noticeably
changing characteristics, or removing any of the ingredients. Compounds
shall have no injurious effect upon the hands of workmen or upon materials.
PART 5 EXECUTION
8.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
B. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
C. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay -in adjustable
hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers.
D. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel
section 16.1 1 1
E:
PAGE 4
CONDUIT
SECTION 16.1 1 1
channel.
E. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of
Section 16.190.
F. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used
for temporary supports
G. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
H. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.
I. Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls.
.!. Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to --
walls.
K. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. _
L. Do not cross conduits in slab.
M. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. —
N. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures
exceeding 104 degrees F. —
O. Gut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de -burr cut ends.
P. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. —
Q. .loin nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe —
nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before Joining. Apply full even coat of cement
to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow Joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum.
R. Install no more than equivalent of three SIO -degree bends between boxes. Use —
conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. use
[hydraulic one-shot bender to fabricate bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch
size.
S. Avoid moisture traps; provide Junction box with drain fitting at low points in
conduit system.
T. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit
crosses, control and expansion Joints.
section 16. 1 1 1 PAGE 5 --
CONDUIT
SECTION 16.1 1 1
U. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples.
V. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and
moisture.
W. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16.1 '70.
X. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 16.1 Q S.
Y. Duct shall be cleaned with an assembly that consists of a flexible mandrel
(manufacturers standard product in lengths recommended for the specific size
and type of duct) that is 1/4 inch less than inside diameter of duct, 2 wire
brushes and a rag. The cleaning assembly shall be pulled through conduit a minimum
of 2 times or until less than a volume of 8 cubic inches of debris is expelled fro
the duct.
Z. The cable lubricant shall be compatible with the cable jacket for cable that Is
being installed. Application of lubricant shall be in accordance with lubricant
manufacturer's recommendations.
AA. Conduit passing vertically through slabs -on -grade shall be rigid steel. Rigid steel
conduits installed below slab -on -grade or in the earth shall be field wrapped with
0.0 1 O inch thick pipe -wrapping plastic tape applied with a >O percent overlay,
or shall have a factory -applied polyvinyl chloride, plastic resin, or epoxy coating
system.
5.02 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements,
using materials and methods with similar building materials.
S. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable
roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation.
END OF SECTION
�„ Section 16.1 1 1
t
ti
r
PAGE 6
BUILDING WIRE AND GABLE
SECTION 16.1 Z 5
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Building wire and cable. —
B. Wiring connectors and connections. -
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16.195 - Electrical Identification. —
1.05 REFERENCES
A. NECA Standard of Installation (National Electrical Contractors —
Assoalation).
B. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing
Association).
C. NFPA 110 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW —
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Product Data: Provide for each type of conductor insulation.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and values obtained.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and —
limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under
Regulatory Requirements.
1.06 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and
circuits.
1.011 QUALIFICATIONS
Section -,16.1 25 PAGE 1
BUILDING WIRE AND GABLE
SECTION 16.128
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in
this Section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to NFPA ?0.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Conductor sizes are based on copper.
C. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned.
1.10 COORDINATION
A. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown,
determine exact routing and lengths required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 BUILDING WIRE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Okonite.
2. Triangle.
S. Aetna.
4. Substitutions: Under provisions of other sections.
S. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
Co. conductor: Copper.
D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 800 volts.
E. Insulation: NFPA 'i 0, Type THHN/THWN.
2.02 MIRING CONNECTORS
A. connectors:
Section 16.128
PAGE 2
BUILDING WIRE AND GABLE
SECTION 16. 125
1. SM, Scotch Lock.
2. Thomas d Betts. _
S. Burndy.
4. Substitutions: Refer to other sections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
5.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
B. verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been
completed.
Co. verify that raceway installation is complete and supported. --
D. The cable reel shall be Inspected for correct storage positions, signs of
physical damage, and broken end seals. If end seal is broken, moisture shall —
be removed from cable in accordance with the cable manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway in accordance with Section _
16.1 1 1 before installing wire.
S.03 WIRING METHODS
A. All Locations: Use only [building wire, Type THHN/THWN Insulation, In
raceway.
B. Use wiring methods indicated.
3.04 INSTALLATION —
A. Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions.
B. Install cable in accordance with the NECA "Standard of Installation."
C. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller.
D. Use stranded conductors for control circuits.
E. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
Section 16.123 PAGE S
9
7
BUILDING WIRE AND GABLE
SECTION 16.128
F. Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits.
G. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer
than *75 feet.
H. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.
I. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger.
J. Protect exposed cable from damage.
K. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and loadcenters.
L. Glean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors.
M. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampaaity of conductors
with no perceptible temperature rise.
N. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG
and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape
to 150 percent of Insulation rating of conductor.
O. Use solderiess pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper
conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and smaller.
P. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper
conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller.
Q. Splices below grade or in wet locations shall be sealed type conforming to
ANSI C 1 1 a.1 or shall be waterproofed by a sealant -filled, thick wail, heat
shrinkable, thermosetting tube.
R. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 16195.
Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation
Indicated.
8.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
B. Perform inspections and tests listed In NETA ATS, Section 7.8.1.
Section 16.12 8
END OF SECTION
PAGE 4
BaxEs
SECTION 16.150 --
PART1 GENERAL —
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. riall and celling outlet boxer,.
B. Pull and junction boxes.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16.140 Wiring Devices: Mall plates in finished areas.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. NECA - Standard of Installation.
B. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. --
C. NEMA 05 1 - Sheet -steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box
Supports.
D. NEMA 05 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box
Supports. _
E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
F. NFPA i0 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT
A. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes
on project record documents.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA '7 0.
B. Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. _
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 OUTLET BOXES
section 16.150 PAGE 1
r
BOXES
SECTION 16.150
A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA 05 1, galvanized steel.
1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment
supported; include 1 /2 inch male fixture studs where required.
2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type.
B. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA 05 2.
C. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy. Provide gasketed cover by box
manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs.
D. mail Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 16.140.
2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA 05 1, galvanized steel.
B. Surface Mounted cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat -flanged, surface
mounted junction box:
1. Material: Galvanized cast iron.
2. cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel
cover screws.
C. In -Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside flanged, recessed cover
box for flush mounting:
1. Material: Galvanized cast from.
2. Cover: Nonskid cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover
screws.
5. Cover Legend: "ELECTRIC".
D. Fiberglass Handholes: Die molded glass fiber hand holes:
1. Cable Entrance: Pre-cut 6 inch x 6 inch cable entrance at center bottom
of each side.
2. Cover: Glass fiber weatherproof cover with nonskid finish.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 EXAMINATION
A. verify locations of outlets prior to rough -in.
5.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
�.,, Section 16.150
PAGE 2
BOXES
SECTION 16. 150 —
B. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire
pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.
C. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights specified
In section for outlet device. —
D. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless
dimensioned.
E. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section
16140.
F. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance.
G. install pull boxes and junction boxes above acaessibie ceilings and in unfinished —
areas only.
H. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 --
inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.
1. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, _
using materials and methods specified in Section 0-1.2-10.
J. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters,
benches, and baaksplashes.
K. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling
plan.
L. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar
devices.
M. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.
N. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit
corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.
O. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches
separation. Provide minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls.
P. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately
position to allow for surface finish thickness.
Q. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
Section 16.1 s0 PAGE 5
BOXES
SECTION 16.150
R. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its
effectiveness.
S. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.
T. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires.
U. Support boxes independently of conduit.
V. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use
sectional box.
IN. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.
X. Use cast outlet box In exterior locations and wet locations.
Y. Use cast floor boxes for installations In slab on grade; formed steel boxes are
acceptable for other installations.
Z. Boxes for mounting lighting fixtures shall not be less than 4 inches square.
AA. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface -mounted
cast metal box in other locations.
8.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust flush -mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.
S. Install knockout closures in unused box openings.
8.04 GLEANING
A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.
B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.
END OF SECTION
Section 16.180
PAGE 4
WIRING DEVICES
SECTION 16.140
PART GENERAL _
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. wall switches.
B. Receptacles.
C. Device plates and decorative box covers.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16.150 - Boxes.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. NECA - Standard of Installation. --
B. NEMA WD 1 - 6eneral Requirements for Wiring Devices.
C. NEMA WD 6 —Wiring Device -- Dimensional Requirements.
D. NFPA 90 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
S. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions,
colors, and configurations.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.
1.06 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in
this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 90.
Section 16.140 PAGE 1
WIRING'DEVIGES
SECTION 16.140
S. Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WALL SWITCHES
A. General:
1. Leviton. Model 122 1-I.
2. Hubbell. Model 1221-I.
S. General Electric. Model 5951-2G.
B. Utilize equivalent series of switches'for Double Pole, Three Way, and Four Way
applications.
C. Substitutions: Refer to other sections.
D. Color: Ivory.
2.02 RECEPTACLES
A. Duplex Convenience Receptacle:
1. Leviton. Model 5562-I.
2. Hubbell. Model 5562-1.
S. General Electric. Model GE5862-2.
B. GFCI Receptacle:
1 Leviton. Model 6 5 9 9-I.
2. Hubbell. Model GF 52621.
S. General Electric. Model GFR 5542.
2.05 WALL PLATES
A. Cover Plate: Smooth stainless steel.
B. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device
cover.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height.
Section 16.140 PAGE 2
WIRING DEVICES
SECTION 16.140 —
B. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall
plates. —.
C. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for
connection to wiring devices. —
5.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.
B. Clean debris from outlet boxes.
5.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." _
B. Install devices plumb and level.
C. Install switches with OFF position down.
D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top.
E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding
conductor. —
F. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.
6. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal.
H. use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls.
I. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished
areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets.
5.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16130 to obtain —
mounting heights specified.
B. Install wall switch 46 inches above finished floor. —
C. Install convenience receptacle 16 inches above finished floor.
D. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches above counter.
Section 1 6.140 PAGE 5
WIRING DEVICES
SECTION 16.140
E. Install telephone Jack 18 inches above finished floor.
F. Install telephone jack for side -reach wall telephone to position top of telephone
at 54 inches above finished floor.
G. Install telephone jack for forward -reach wall telephone to position top of
telephone at 46 above finished floor.
5.05 FIELD OUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each wiring device for defects.
S. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.
C. Verify that each receptacle device is energized.
D. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.
E. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation.
F. Verify that each telephone jack is properly connected and circuit is operational.
8.06 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.
8.01 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish.
END OF SECTION
Section 16.140 PAGE 4
GROUNDING AND BONDING
SECTION 16.1'70
PART GENERAL —
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Grounding electrodes and conductors.
B. Equipment grounding conductors. _
G. Bonding.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing specifications for Electrical Power
Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing —
Association).
S. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. -�
1.05 GROUNDING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Metal underground water pipe.
B. Metal frame of the building.
C. Rod electrode.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Grounding System Resistance: 25 ohms.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Product Data: Provide for grounding electrodes and connections.
1.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground.
B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations
of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory
Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation, and installation of Product. _
Section 16.1 70 PAGE 1
GROUNDING AND BONDING
SECTION 16.1 ?0
1.017 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT
A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and
grounding electrodes.
1.08 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing In manufacturing the Products
specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA i0.
B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for the purpose speclfied and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ROD ELECTRODES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Blackburn.
2. Substitutions: Refer to other sections.
B. Material: Copper -clad steel.
C. Diameter: 1/2 inch.
D. Length: 8 feet.
2.02 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Midwest Electric.
2. Bridgeport Fittings.
S. Blackburn.
4. Substitutions: Refer to other sections.
B. Material: Bronze.
2.OS EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS
A. Manufacturers:
section 16.1"70 PAGE 2
GROUNDING AND BONDING
SECTION 16.190
1. Cadweld.
2. Substitutions: Refer to other sections. --
2.04 WIRE
A. Material: Stranded copper.
S. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 90 requirements or as
indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving _
rod electrodes.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. install rod electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod
electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground.
S. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements.
C. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to
ground.
D. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor
within each feeder [and branch] circuit raceway. Terminate each end on
suitable lug, bus, or bushing. _
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 9.1 S.
END OF SECTION
Section 16. 1 9O PAGE 5
SUPPORTING DEVICES
SECTION 16.190
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Conduit and equipment supports.
B. Anchors and fasteners.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NECA - National Electrical contractors Association.
B. ANSI/NFPA 'TO - National Electrical code.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog data for fastening systems.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by Product testing agency specifled under Regulatory Requirements.
Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation,
installation, and starting of Product.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA T0.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for purpose specified and shown.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A. Materials and Finishes: Provide adequate corrosion resistance.
B. Provide materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to carry
the loads of equipment and conduit. Consider weight of wire in conduit when
selecting products.
G. Anchors and Fasteners:
Section 16.1 90
PAGE 1
SUPPORTING DEVICES
SECTION 16.1 QO
1. Concrete Structural Elements: Use expansion anchors.
2. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps.
S. Concrete Surfaces: Use expansion anchors.
4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts and
hollow wall fasteners.
S. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors.
6. sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
1. Wood Elements: Use wood screws.
2.02 STEEL CHANNEL
A. Manufacturer:
1. Unistrut.
2. 5 -Line.
5. Substitutions: Refer to other sections.
B. Description: Galvanized steel.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of
Installation".
C. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit.
D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder -actuated
anchors.
E. Do not drill or cut structural members.
F. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members
or use hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength
and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts.
G. Install surface -mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
H. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and
panelboards one inch off wall.
I. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and
Section 16. 1 q 0 PAGE 2
SUPPORTING DEVICES
SECTION 16.1 QO
panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
END OF SECTION
Section 16.1 90 PAGE 5
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
SECTION 16.1 Q 5
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Nameplates and labels.
B. Mire and cable markers.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section OcI.CI00 - Painting.
1.05 REFERENCES
S. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of other sections.
B. Product Data: Provide catalog data for nameplates, labels, and markers.
Co. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by Product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements.
Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation
and installation of Product.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for purpose specified and shown.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A. Nameplates: Engraved three -layer laminated plastic, black letters on white
background.
B. Locations:
1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure.
section 16.1 cis PAGE 1
G
E 1 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
SECTION 16.1 915
2. Communication cabinets.
i C. Letter Size:
1. Use 1 /8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads.
2. Use 1/4 inch letters for Identifying grouped equipment and loads.
L D. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 8/ 16 inch white letters on black
background. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and
receptacles, control device stations.
2.02 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE
. A. Descrlption: 4 inch wide plastic tape, colored red with suitable warning legend
describing buried electrical lines.
I^"
PART 5 EXECUTION
8.01 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels.
8.02 APPLICATION
A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines.
B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, rivets, or adhesive.
C. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in
finished locations.
D. Phase conductors shall be Identified by color coding. The color of the insulation
on phases A, B, and C respectively (for three phase) or phases A and B
respectively (for single phase) of different voltage systems shall be as follows:
120/206 volt, 5 -phase: Black, red, and blue.
2.7-7/460 volt, 5 -phase: Brown, orange, and yellow.
120/240 volt, single/phase: Black and red.
Conductor, phase and voltage identification shall be made by color -coded
Insulation for all conductors smaller than No. 6 AWG. For conductors No. 6 ANI6
and larger, identification shall be made by color -coded insulation, or conductors
with black insulation may be furnished and identified by the use of half -lapped
Section 16.1 95 PAGE 2
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
SECTION 16. 1 9 5 "-
bands of colored electrical tape wrapped around the insulation for a minimum of
5 inches of length near the end, or other method as submitted by the contractor
and approved by the contracting Officer.. Conductor identification shall be
provided within each enclosure where a tap, splice, or termination is made. Phase
identification by a particular color shall be maintained continuously for the length
of a circuit, including junctions.
E. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape
per trench at S inches below finished grade.
END OF SECTION
Section 16.1 95 PAGE 5
LOADCENTERS
SECTION 16.4?0
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Load centers.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding.
B. Section 161 615 - Electrical Identification.
1.08 REFERENCES
A. NECA Standard of Installation (published by the National Electrical
Contractors Association).
S. NEMA AS 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
C. NEMA PS 1.1 - Instructions for Safe installation, Operation and Maintenance
Of Paneiboards Rated 600 Volts or Less.
D. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
Distribution Equipment (published by the International Electrical Testing
Association).
E. NFPA '70 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Refer to other sections
S. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus
ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible
switch arrangement and sizes.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. Submit manufacturer's Installation instructions. Indicate application conditions
and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under
Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product.
Section 16.4?0
Page 1
LOADCENTERS
SECTION 16.4'7 0
1.06 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT
A. Record actual locations of loadcenters and record actual circuiting
arrangements in project record documents.
S. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts listing; source and current prices of ~
replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures
and Intervals. _
1.017 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified
In this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 10.
B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable
for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.09 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Furnish two of each loadcenter key.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LOAD CENTERS
A. Section O 1600 - Material and Equipment: Product Options and Substitutions.
S. Manufacturers:
1. Square D.
2. General Electric
S. Westinghouse
4. Substitutions: Refer to other sections.
C. Description: Circuit breaker load center, with bus ratings as indicated.
D. Minimum integrated short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical.
E. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AS 1, plug -on type thermal magnetic trip
circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles, listed as Type SWD for
lighting circuits, Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where
Section 16.4'70 Page 2
t l LOADGENTERS
SECTION 16.470
' indicated. Do not use tandem circuit breakers
F. Enclosure: General Purpose.
G. Box: Surface type [with door, and lock on door. Finish in manufacturer's
7 standard gray enamel
H. Loadcenter Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated.
PART 8 EXECUTION
5.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install loadcenters In accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and the NECA "standard
of Installation."
B. Install loadcenters plumb.
G. Height: 6 feet to top of loadcenter.
D. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in loadcenters.
E. Provide typed circuit directory for each loadcenter. Revise directory to
reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads.
F. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16195.
G. Ground and bond loadcenter enclosure according to section 16 1 7o.
5.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test in accordance with META ATS, except section 4.
B. Perform inspections and tests listed in META ATS, Section 7.4 for switches,
Section 7.5 for circult breakers.
5.5 ADJUSTING
A. Measure steady state load currents at each loadcenter feeder; rearrange
circuits in the loadcenter to balance the phase loads to within 20 percent of
each other, maintain proper phasing for multi -wire branch circuits.
END OF SECTION
Section 16.470
Page 5
INTERIOR LUMINAIRES
SECTION 16.5 10
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Interior luminaires and accessories.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI 0"78.519 - Electric Lamps - Incandescent and High -Intensity Discharge
Reflector Lamps - Classification of Beam Patterns.
B. ANSI 062.1 - Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps - Specifications.
C. ANSI 082.4 - Ballasts for High -Intensity Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium
Lamps (Multiple Supply Type).
D. NEMA IND 6 - Wiring Devices -Dimensional Requirements. -'
E. NFPA '10 - National Electrical Code.
F. NFPA 10 1 - Life Safety Code.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Shop drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not
a standard product of the manufacturer.
B. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. submit manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate application conditions
and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specifled under _
Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation, and installation of Product.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT
A. Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions for each product. —
1.06 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in
Section 16.5 10 PAGE 1
i
INTERIOR LUMINAIRES
SECTION 16.510
this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS,
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA i0.
S. Conform to requirements of NFPA 10 1.
C. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, lnc. as suitable for
the purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRES
A. Furnish Products as scheduled.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel
hangers. Provide pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height.
S. Support luminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot size independent of ceiling framing.
C. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan.
D. Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with
building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement.
E. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Support surface mounted luminaires on grid ceiling directly
from building structure or Provide auxiliary members spanning ceiling grid
members to support surface mounted luminaires.
F. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below.
G. Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet
regulatory requirements for fire rating.
H. Install clips to secure recessed grid -supported luminaires in place.
I. Install wall mounted luminaires, emergency lighting units at heia_ht as indicated on
Drawings.
Section 16.5 10 PAGE 2
INTERIOR LUMNAIRE5
SECTION 16.510
J. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.
K. Connect luminaires, as indicated.
L. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation
suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire.
M: Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding
conductor.
N. Install speclfled lamps in each luminaire.
5.02 FIELD OUALITY CONTROL
A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper
connection and operation.
5.05 ADJUSTING
A. Alm and adjust luminaires as directed. --
B. Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.
5.04 CLEANING
A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.
S. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures.
Co. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.
D. Glean finishes and touch up damage.
5.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
R. Relamp luminaires that have failed lamps at Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
Section 16.5 10 PACTE S
CITY OF LUBBOCK
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
BID #13633
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
C"
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INVITATION TO BID
FOR
TITLE: LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS
BID NUMBER: 13633
PROJECT NUMBER: 9024.9246
CONTRACT PREPARED BY. PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
INDEX
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS
PAYMENT BOND
PERFORMANCE BOND
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACT
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL CONDITION
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
fl
r
r
f
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BID #13633
Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the
office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 3:00
o'clock a.m. on the 1st day of August. 1996, or as changed by the Issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to
furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
"LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION"
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the
Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud.
It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager
for the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written.
ti
The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 22nd day of August, 19961 at the Municipal Building, 1625
13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to refect any or
all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance
with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract
price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter
2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price In the event that said contract price exceeds
$25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior, as the
rating of the bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination of the lowest responsible bidder.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified
check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without
recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a
guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of
award of the contract to him.
It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local
conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been
thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a pre-bid conference on
24th day of July 1996, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., in the Purchasing Conference Room L04, Lubbock, Texas
Attention of each bidder Is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages
included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which
document is specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of
j Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and
payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this
advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response
to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in
consideration for an award.
11
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings
and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in
a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at
(806) 767-2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
Cl OF L CK
VICTOR KI N
PURCHASI G MANAGER
Bid documents may be obtained upon request from the Purchasing Department at 162513th Street,
Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas 79401; Telephone (806)767-2167/Fax (806)767-2164.
t.
t
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
aI
i
�L
f 1.
�I.
0
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
r 1. SCOPE OF WORK
' II labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to
The contractor shall furnish a p rY q
complete this project in accordance with contract documents for the LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD
RENOVATION.
2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General
Conditions.
All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the
construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by
said contract documents.
1~ 3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
4
It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by
the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents .and prepare a bid without
charge of forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice
to Bidders.
4. BIDDER INQUIRIES
4
No bidder shall request any information verbally. All written requests for additional information or clarification
concerning this bid must be addressed to:
LAURA RITCHIE
BUYER
CITY OF LUBBOCK
P.O. BOX 2000
-.. LUBBOCK, TX 79457
FAX (806)767-2'164
S. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within J.5d consecutive calendar
days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder.
The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the
City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the
contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by
the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may
direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within
the time specified.
6. PAYMENT
t
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the
contract documents.
7. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to
execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the
improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims
pending, of which the Contractor has been notified.
8. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will
be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve
the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until
Incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve
the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods
set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to
procure a satisfactory project.
9. GUARANTEES
All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective
materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written
general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any
and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year
from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the
Owner (City of Lubbock).
10. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use
during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or --
others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor.
11. PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials,
supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any
and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the --
date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have
been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by
the Intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed.
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
12. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of
Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. —
The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the
materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
13. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a
way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or
other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the
project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the
location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not
relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground 'lines or structures cut or
damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired
immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense.
14. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals,
and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be
necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs,
and lights to protect it, and when damage is Incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and
replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of
barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of
acceptance of the project.
15. EXPLOSIVES
The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from
the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume
full responsibility for all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all
cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger
life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms,
or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity.
Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract,
it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground)
in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given
sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their
property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage
resulting from his blasting operations.
16. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the
work is In progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and
telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated
rT by this contract is in progress.
17. INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of
Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All
policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the Insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all
subcontractors are named as additional Insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from
the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted.
18. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages
Included in these contract documents. The wage rate which must be paid on this project shall not be less than
specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders'
attention is further directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for
the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of
the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the
Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract
requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist:
(1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary
service to its citizens.
(2) Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor Is
approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort
to complete the contract within the allotted time.
Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must
notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires
to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on
whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's
Representative.
In. any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this
contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work,
regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer
dangerous to property or life.
19. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project
under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without
discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site
of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owners
Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each
employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit
shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as
shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor
must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth In the schedule of general prevailing rate
of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents.
The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars
for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer,
workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the
schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents.
20. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES
Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the
bidder without being considered.
21. PREPARATION FOR BID
The bidder shall submit his bid on forms fumished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly
filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work
7
22.
23.
r
contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or
typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price
written in words shall govem. If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly
authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each
member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly
authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business
address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing
agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be In writing and submitted with the bid. The
bid shall be executed in ink.
Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed
on the outside of the envelope in the following manner.
(a) Bidder's name
(b) Bid for (description of the project).
Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no
bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the
following:
(a) Notice to Bidders.
(b) General Instructions to Bidders.
(c) Bidder's Submittal.
(d) Statutory Bond (if required).
(e) Contract Agreement.
(f) General Conditions.
(g) Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(I) Insurance Certificates.
07 All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered
incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
UALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of
Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified
therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order
to satisfy the City of Lubbock in regard to the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable
Investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the
bidder shall fumish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The City of
Lubbock reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to
satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to
complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include:
1. The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required.
2. The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified,
without delay or interference.
3. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder.
4. The quality of performance of previous contracts or services.
BID SUBMITTAL
Ci t
BID SUBMITTAL
LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT
PLACE:
DATE:
PROJECT NUMBER: 13633 - LENS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
Bid of
(hereinafter called Bidder)
l ,To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
r
The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a
0
r
t`
r
u
4 i"
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related
contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the
construction of the Intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor,
materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents,
within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the
work required under the contract documents.
ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION TOTAL
NO._..... __..__.._.,.__ _ _--... __. -AMOUNT,--..-
Base
AMOUNT. .._
Base Bid
1. DEMOLITION Removal and legal disposal of two existing concession stands, concrete, existing
ENTIRE SITE concrete, existing trees, fencing, and all obstructions as shown on the plans or where
directed by owner. Shall include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, incidentals, and barricades complete in place.
s ,,,yK, civ
MATERIALS: �'^d �- ($ "7'O
SERVICES • .. (s96
-
TOTAL ITEM 1: 1 �.-", ., /l i/G�t�/� �, , rrt� ($7 ao n
r 2. EARTHWORK
Approved earthwork and grading. Shall Include all cut and fill material approximately
J AND GRADING
317 cu./yds cut 3,261 cu./yds. fill, Infield material and grass seeding, preparation,
material, equipment, labor, tools, supervision, all incidentals, SWPPP and barricades
complete in place as shown on the plans or where directed by owner.
�� �$ �v ��� ' ✓ t
MATERIALS:��u'
Z14SERVICES: ® 8
TOTAL ITEM 2:
�' )
3. SITEWORK
Install scoreboard conduits with puliwire, .PA system conduits with puilwire, waterline,
sewer line, trenching, fill, existing bleachers, and owner supplied drinking fountains,
complete in place as shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
Shall include all materials, preparation, equipment, labor, tools, supervision, incidentals,
and barricades complete in place. c
MATERIALS:-
i[+26t�x-2 t�SC--�.�' L'�'"CI® /ice-'- ($
�� )
/rw SERVICES:OV
TOTAL ITEM 3: 1&
I
c
4. CONCESSION Concession stand, Including all work associated with electrical, mechanical, plumbing,
STAND masonry, metals, doors, windows, wood, furnishings, equipment, finishes, preparation,
equipment, labor, tools, supervision, incidentals, and barricades complete in place as
shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
MATERIAL*4.
c c .tt3
SERVICES:
TOTAL ITEM 8' )
5. CONCRETE WORK Furnish and install all concrete as show"the ans and specifications, or where
-directed- by -owner.- Shall -include all preparation, material, equipment,-}abor-tools;--
supervision, incidentals, and barricades complete in place.
MATERIALS: i, .� ��� �''''� Cr $I A-
)
w - cGR\/IC`FS'
TOTAL ITEM
•,, 6. FENCING
MA
SERvtcEs:_
TOTAL ITEM
IF
Furnish and install all chain link fencing as shown on the
plans and specifications, or where directed by owner. Shall
Include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision, and incidentals complete in place.
W
DDO-�
ooa,
r
r
7. LIGHTING Furnish and install all light fixtures, 17 light poles, conduit and wiring,
trenching, fill, electrical, and all associated work as shown on
the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner. Shall
include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools,
supervision and incidentals complete In place.
MATERIALS:_
SERVICES: ---..d
TOTAL ITEM T
U.
E Wi
8. IRRIGATION Furnish and install alt—
imgation conduits, heads, controllers, valves
Wring, trenching, backfill, incidentals, and all associated work as
shown on the plans and specifications, or where directed by owner.
Shall include all preparation, material, equipment, labor, tools, and
supervision, complete in place.
MATERIALS: '&4 &,e
SERVICES:
TOTAL ITEM 8:
.•
TOTAL BID
MATERIALS:
SERVIC
TOTAL BID ITEMS'
Items 1-8. Furnish and install demolition, earthwork and grading,
sitework, concessionstand, concrete work, fencing, lighting, and irrigation. -S'C
DEDUCT Deduct of the concrete/emu seat wail along the south side
ALTERNATE 01 of the concession stand. Continuation of the decorative
... 1 x 1 hollow tube security fence to ground level, with
additional horizontal mid -rail.
DEDUCT Deduct Zone A17 from the irrigation plans in the bid package.
ALTERNATE #2 1 __2,
$
r46%1 ' -
OV
SERVICES: LIMO L4an
Lt.T � ($
TOTAL ITEM ALTERNATE 2:
4 DEDUCT 30 day extension of the time required for construction from
ALTERNATE #3 150 days to 180 days.
MATERIALS: cro
SERVICES: �/,c/y �,6a.�c,7 moa ($
TOTAL ITEM ALTERNATE 3: ($ )
Unit cost for cut as per bid Item #2, Earthwork and Grading:. S� /cv
Unit cost for fill as per bid Item #2, Earthwork and Grading: •
(Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. in case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.)
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written
"Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within ISO (one hundred fifty) consecutive calendar
days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to
Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $200.00 (two hundred dollars) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of
the time set forth hereinabove for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the
contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submittedin accordance with
instruction number 21 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the
bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days
after the scheduled dosing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the
plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to
commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work
on which he has bid; as provided In the contract documents.
r
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company,
payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5% ) of the total
amount of the bid submitted as a- guarantee that bidder will enter rota a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if
required) within (ten) 10 days after notice of award ofthe contract to him.
r
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ),
Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of
Mich it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by
the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the
Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check
or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract
documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
Bidder is a Corporation)
(Seal if B rpo )
ATTEST: /
Secretary
, A ,, /,, e
Authorized i M—Lie-2,
gc.-P
(Printed'PS or yped Name)
1
-e--- r lG
Com.
Addres
t
o
cu, —
Coin 3
State
Telep eG _�-
7� 7-- y` ` l
Fax:
- 26 a
t;
UST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
r
Minority Owned
Yes No
2. ire T
0 zv-,'
3.
0 0
A
4
0 0
5
0 0
6
0 0
i
G 7.
0 0
8
0 0
8.
❑ 0
r
10.
0 0
r
i
d
BID OR PROPOSAL BOND
XNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That We, WAT.T.ACF SPRTwyT.F.R , TNC _
(hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and WASHINGTON
INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and doing business
under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Arizona, and duly licensed
r" for the purpose of making, guaranteeing or becoming sole surety upon bonds or
[ undertakings required or authorized by the laws of the State of TExAs
l as Surety, are held and f irmly bound unto CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS
(hereinafter called the Obligee) in the just and full sum of
FIVE PERCENT OF THE GREATEST AMOUNT BID ----------Dollars ($--------5%-------- ) lawful
money of the United States of America, for the payment of which well and
truly to be made, we hereby bind ourselves and each of our successors and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly be these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, WHEREAS, the above bounden
Principal as aforesaid, is about to hand in and submit the Obligee a bid or
proposal for the LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION, LUBBOCK, TEXAS
,.. BID NO. 13633
in
accordance with the plans and specifications filed in the office of the
obligee and under the notice inviting proposals therefore.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the bid or proposal of said principal shall be accepted,
and the contract for such'work be awarded to the principal thereupon by the
said obligee, and said principal shall enter into a contract and bond for the
completion of said work as required by law, then this obligation to be null
and--void-:---otherwise--t-o=--be-=-and- remain in full -force _and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF said Principal and said Surety have - ! y e cauced these
presents to be duly signed and sealed this 1ST day of
AUGUST , 19-2b .
C WALLACE SPRINKLER, INC.
WASHING!;RNATIONAL
qL C COMPANY
BDB 600201 KEV , AT Y -IN -FACT
1
t�
7
Genera t
WASMINGTCN INTERMATICRAL IMSLjRAMCE CCKPAMT
POWER Of ATTORNEY
KUUJ ALL NEN By THESE PRESENTS: That the Vashfngtcn internarionat Insurance COMany.e corporation organized and
existing under the lags of the State of Arizona, and having its principal office in the Village of Schaus+burg.
Illinois, does hereby constitute and appoint
• • MOWARD COWAN, CEva own AND KARLA BILL • •
Its true and lawful attorneys) -fn -tact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and ail
bonds and undertakings, recognitances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obtfgatory in the nature thereof.
whicih *are o• _f be &Bowed, requited, or permitted by lar, statute, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise. and
the execution of such irzftrvaentfs) in pursuanca of these ally meats and shalt
purpose bindint as g a the
e s id Washington sn du
na
International Insurance Company as fatty and amply.
executed and acknowledged by Its President at its principal office.
This Power of Attorney shalt be limited In amount to 52,000,000.00 for tory single obligation.
This Power of Attorney is issued pxsimnt to authority granted by the resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted
Narch ZZ, 1978, My 3, 1980 and October 21, 1986 which read, in part, as follows
1. The President nay designate Attorneys-ta-fact, and authorize then to execute on behalf of the Company, and
attach the Seat of the Camparry thereto, bonds, and uhdertakfngs, recognizsnces, contracts of indemnity and other
writings obtigatory•in the nature thereof, and to appoint Special Attorneys•in•Fsct, who are hereby authorized to
certify to copies of any power-of•attorney Issued in pursuant to this section snd/or any of the By -Laws of the
Ccxpsny, and to remove, at arty time, any suds Attorney-fa•Faet or Special Attorney -fn -Fact and revoke the authority
given him.'
Z. The sforatures of the Chairman of the Board, the President, vice President, Aasfstant Secretary, Treasurer
and zecmtary, and the te seat of the Coaphany, way be affixed to any Power of Attorney, certificate, bond or
undertaking relating thereto, by facsimile. Any such Power of Attorney, eertttieate bond or undertaking bearing
such facsimile signature or facsimile seat affixed in the ordinary course of business shalt be valid and binding
upon the company.
,,. IN TESTIMONY WIIERV saingl
=IPM Ce seals it
,' i�RPORATE O ED
o : SEAL ; rn
f� *.. NA'.' Qo
STATE OF IEI'S. ,.a',�
I International Insurance Company has caused this instrusaent to be signed and its
authorized offs r, tXTIONAL
th day of November, 1992.
ON fINSURANCE COKPAXT
�` ���
On this 18th day of vembar, i�9Z, before sx came tide indtvidwl who executed tut preceding instrsiaent, to ae
pers"t-ty lvroueh, *Id. I*fhg_br tie duty sworn, gafd that he is the therein �3escribed .iiiid a�rtbbr` zed officer of the
Washington tssternatfonal Insurance Company; that the seat affixed to said instrument is the Corporate Seat of said
Company;
IN TESTINONT WHEREOF, t have hereunto set wry hand and affixed sty Official test. the day and year first above
wriztft% r
t p )FROAL SEAL" � 1�•
Ci� WTINE ZARETSKY S j ' " AQ,Ut44
NoUrY Pa36c. State of Ilfiaoa stint Zaretstn Notary Public.
My Cuaah�tiiafu Es>sirrs 10•7•96 4 sty Expit�toter 7,-1996
w�.w.<aw s.r� r•.o-..•l�RTtFSCJITF
STATE OF ILLINOIS )
CCUUTT OF COD[ )
ll 1, the undersigned, Secretary of VASxINGTON INTERRATIOxAL INSURANCE CDNPAUT, an ARIZONA Corporation, 00 MEREST
CERTIFY that the for"ofno and attached POWER Of ATTORMET remains in full force and has not been revoked, and
furthermore that Article ISI. Section S of the By -Laws of the Corporacion, and the Resolution of the Board of
Of. ectors. set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force.
Signed and sealed in the County of Cook. bated 1ST dayof
poll
Lewis X. moetter, Secretary
r
PAYMENT BOND
BOND CHECK
BEST RATING ----
LIC - 1 TEXAS
DA V5 N ly--
D
r
� o q00.�696
STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $25,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that_06- h inafter called the Principal(s), as
Principal(s), and I 11, _ 1, _L_ _ _ () �I_—
(hereinafter called the Sure ( , as S ret .ar e I b nd unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the
Obligee), in the amount ofDollars ($-1-00) lawful money of the
United States for the payment whereof, th sal rincipal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators,
executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
E EAS, the/P 'ncipal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the �'kday of
and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond
in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent
0"' as if copied at length herein.
I
s NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all
claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said
contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the
Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said
Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNES �WH E06, the said ncipal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this
l + v day of 19 .
i_ A 4 _ r V n A n
"By: ly
tte) POWARD COWAN
ATTY IN FACT'
Principal '
B . E 1 0,!x�
(Title)
By: D
(Title)
By:
(Title)
r
k„
Thu
suret�x�co pany represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby
designates C __ an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be
delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such sureship. F
�*�/.,. W v} a
• By: Vya W ( K
rte) HOWARD COWAN
t Approved as to form: /AM INTACT
City o bbock
*^ By: Ll
I Attorney
4 ,
• Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing
that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of
attorney for our files.
r
PERFORMANCE BOND
BOND CHECK
BEST RATING
LICEN D I AS
DATE Y
r
r
i
`ala 5 - Lfb0 -66q 6
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) „
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and
(hereinafter called the Sure ) s S ety are Id and f boon unto the Cit of Lubt&k (herftafter called the
Obligee), in the amount of ollars ($ lawful money of the
United States for the payment whereof, the s id rincipai�and Surety bind themsely�their heirs, administrators,
executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WWER, the Principa has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the �'ay of
194, to
p r
and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond
In the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent
as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall
faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall
be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the
Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said
article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
I 4:4-
1T S YVHEREOF, th aid Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this
dayJ1444
c
Surety Princip
By: By:
itle)! FiHOWARD COWAN isle)
ATTY IN FACV By:
(Title)
By:
(Title)
�4
T f&gMmpany represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby
�.. designat an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and
on whom Service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Surety
*By j
(Title) HOWAR WAN
ATTY IN FACT
Approved as to Form
City otLubbock
r" By:
Cit ttorney
* Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing
that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fad, we must have copy of power of
attorney for our files.
r
w
M
i
P:
f'!
�w
I'
4
�e
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information
on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at:
1-800-252-3439
You may write the Texas Department of Insurance:
P.O. Box 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104
FAX # (512)475-1771
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:
Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you
should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not
resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY:
This notice is for information only and does not become a part or
condition of the attached document.
7
pp
i' General
WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY
POWER OF ATTORNEY.
KNOW ALL NEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the Washington international insurance Car4pany,a corporation organize' anc
existing under the laws of the State of Arizona, and having its principal office in the Village of SchauYxjr;,
Illinois, does hereby constitute and appoint
- - HOWARD COWAN, KEVIN DUNN AND MARLA HILL - •
its true and lawful atterney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all .
bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,
which are c- =rr be ai:*wed, re.;uired, or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise, and
the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the said Washington
International Insurance Company as fully and empty, to all intents and purposes, as if the same has been duly
executed and acknowledged by its President at its principal office.
This Power of Attorney shall be limited in amot t to 52,000,000.00 for any single obligation.
This Power of Attorney is issued pursuant to authority granted by the resotutions of the Board of Directors adoptr'
March 22, 1976, July 3, 1980 and October 21, 1986 which read, in part, as follows:
1. The President may designate Attorneys -in -Fact, and authorize then to execute on behalf of the Company, and
attach the Seat of the Company thereto, bonds, and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other
writings obligatory•in the nature thereof, and to appoint Special Attorneys - in - Fact, who are hereby authorized to
certify to copies of any power-of-attorney issued in pursuant to this section and/or any of the By -Laws of the
Coopany, and to remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -Fact or Special Attorney - in - Fact and revoke the authority
given him.'
2. The sigrmtures of the Chairman of the Board, the President, Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer
and Secretary. and the corporate seat of the Company, may be affixed to any Power of Attorney, certificate, bond or
undertaking relating thereto, by facsimile. Any such Power of Attorney, certificate bond or undertaking bearing
such facsimile signature or facsimile seal affixed in the ordinary course of business shall be valid and binding
upon the company.
IN TESTIM
corporate
STATE OF
.�1
:on International Insurance Company has caused this instrument to be sigrwd and its
s authorized offs r, this th day of November, 1992.
WA ON IN ' TIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY
O
Steve. P:771
t .P:rson, Vice President
e
r
On this 18th day 011W ffier, 1992, before we came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me
personally known, and. being by me duty sworn, said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the
Washington Interrsationat Insurance Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate Seat of said
Company:
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. i have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal, the day and year first above
written.
"OFFICIAL SEAL"
CHRISTINE ZAJRETSKY
Notary PaStit, State of iiCmnois .istine Zaretsky, Notary Public.
My Commission ExpirOctober 7,-1996
My Comm-'saa Expires 10-7.96
.r-.v*.s-� � is-+s-rr.r-tfR�IftL'ATE
STATE OF ILLINOIS )
CMINTY OF COOK )
1, the undersigned, Secretary of WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an ARIZONA Corporation, 00 HEREBY
CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached POWER 'OF ATTORNEY remains in full force and has not been revoked, and
furthermore that Article III, Section S of the By -Laws of the Corporation, and the Resolution of the Board of
jj Directors, set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force.
signed and sealed in the County of Cook. Dated t' 12TH, / =of SE R, 19 96 .
cLewis N. xoelier, Secretary
F.
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
No Text
I
i OTHER
JckITIte�FOTNNEHLEiCIALE
Ls h tdCLubbock
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL )IJAETT):1T08 X70XXXXXX
MAIL f0 R DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE
City of Lubbock LEFT, E=XXIT1X nD=XDWBl(16 MXXXISASHX 'TISCXXMXCMS711:XS0(E3Rn=KXXORXXX)
P.O. Bo: 2000 7
lOISSW,X4D(tg9()f(4XP(KgORHXOL9Q20fKX7E�(1GDQILID(K7�kJ�G�XXKR
TX 79457 >�Fx FPT 1A DAYS fOR NON PAYIIIIFNT OF PREMIUM
Lubbock ..,,..,,e.,�.. 0CDOFCFWTITNF /
Gordon B.
. t55U E DATE MMIDOiYY)
..... .. lY.,•!..........:.t11198
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND
PRODUCER
CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE
t
DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE
Butler -Carson insurance Agency
POLICIES BELOW. ................
...........
.............................................................................................................
4505 82nd $t Suite #10
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
LubbockTX 79424.3200
!......................................................................................................................................................................
TYPE OF INSURANCE
COMPANY A Potomac
LTR
LETTER
:............................................................... ................ ............................. ................... ............................. ..........
...............,..............................
COMPANY 8
..........................................................
LETTER
INSURED......................................................................................................................................................
[ GENERAL LIABILm
X ;COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
O9/ 11 /96 04/01 /97 PRODUCTS-COMPgP AcG. S
BINDER ... .............................
COMPANY C
City of Lubbock
LETTER
......... ............................
% Itrsliece Sprinkler System....
................... ........... ................. ....... ............. ...:..... ........ ............ ...................
COMPANY D
Lubbock TX 79453
LETTER
:............................... •......................................................................................................................................
COMPANY E
...................... .........1,
LETTER
i OTHER
JckITIte�FOTNNEHLEiCIALE
Ls h tdCLubbock
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL )IJAETT):1T08 X70XXXXXX
MAIL f0 R DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE
City of Lubbock LEFT, E=XXIT1X nD=XDWBl(16 MXXXISASHX 'TISCXXMXCMS711:XS0(E3Rn=KXXORXXX)
P.O. Bo: 2000 7
lOISSW,X4D(tg9()f(4XP(KgORHXOL9Q20fKX7E�(1GDQILID(K7�kJ�G�XXKR
TX 79457 >�Fx FPT 1A DAYS fOR NON PAYIIIIFNT OF PREMIUM
Lubbock ..,,..,,e.,�.. 0CDOFCFWTITNF /
Gordon B.
INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES
OF
TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
t
INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
..................
......................................................................................................................�............
POLICY EFFECTIVE :POLICY EXPIRATION Lt1IT3
00
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER DATE IDDNY) DATE (MMMDNY)
LTR
...............,..............................
a...........:................................:...............................
..........................................................
..... ....
GENERAL AGGREGATE S
A1,000,000
[ GENERAL LIABILm
X ;COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
O9/ 11 /96 04/01 /97 PRODUCTS-COMPgP AcG. S
BINDER ... .............................
j A
................. ;.........
PERSONAL b ADV. INJURY :$
CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR.
u
EACH OCCURRENCE i 000 , 000...
X : OWNERS 8 CONTRACTOR'S PROT.
...................... .........1,
..........
FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) S
{
;MED. EXPENSE (Any one Person)::
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
...............................:................................................................
: COMBINED SINGLE S
:LIMIT
ANY AUTO
...........................
ALL OWNED AUTOS
OILY NAM
BO : S
(Per person)
SCHEDULED AUTOS
•
HIRED AUTOS
DRY INJURY
i �r ecc :S
(Pe :dent)
NON -OWNED AUTOS
r
GARAGE LIABILITY
PROPERTY DAMAGE S
L....................................................:.................................:..............................
.................................................................................
........ I...........................................................
EACH OCCURRENCE S
EXCESS LIABILITY
TE :3
AGGREGATE
i UMBRELLA FORM
:............... I......I..................:3 ............................... .
`OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM
STATUTORY LIMITS
WORKER'S COMPENSATION
; ................... ............................ ......................................
EACH ACCIDENT f
AND
' DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT ................................
.
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
EMPLOYERS'
DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE :S
i OTHER
JckITIte�FOTNNEHLEiCIALE
Ls h tdCLubbock
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL )IJAETT):1T08 X70XXXXXX
MAIL f0 R DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE
City of Lubbock LEFT, E=XXIT1X nD=XDWBl(16 MXXXISASHX 'TISCXXMXCMS711:XS0(E3Rn=KXXORXXX)
P.O. Bo: 2000 7
lOISSW,X4D(tg9()f(4XP(KgORHXOL9Q20fKX7E�(1GDQILID(K7�kJ�G�XXKR
TX 79457 >�Fx FPT 1A DAYS fOR NON PAYIIIIFNT OF PREMIUM
Lubbock ..,,..,,e.,�.. 0CDOFCFWTITNF /
Gordon B.
F",
r
d-
r
k.
p'.
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
To Be Completed by Appropriate Insurance Agent/Broker
Prior to Award of Contract
I, the undersigned Agent/Broker, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have
been reviewed by me with the below identified Contractor. If the below identified Contractor is awarded this
contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) days after being notified of such award by
contractor, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this
bid/proposal.
Agent (Signature)
Name of Agent/Broker:
Address of Agent/Broker.
City/State/Zip:
Agent/Broker Telephone Number. (
Date:
CONTRACTOR'S NAME:
Agent (Print)
(Print or Type )
CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS:
NOTE TO AGENT/BROKER
If this time requirement is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and award the
contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please
contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806)767-2165.
BID #13633 - LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION
I
CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based
on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity
prior to beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
A a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
O g.P P 9 9 P J �
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, If the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after
the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to
jj provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both
English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices
shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional
words or changes:
r
19
i�
17:
D
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see
reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the
identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3785 to receive information on the legal requirement
for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an
employer's failure to provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and
filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for
the duration of the project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the
project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of
this rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor.
(i a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter,
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten)10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they
are providing services.0
r
F"
CONTRACT
7,
r
FCONTRACT
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 12th day of September. 1996, by and between the City of
Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through David R. Langston, Mayor, thereunto authorized to
do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and WALLACE SPRINKLER. INC. of the City of Lubbock. Countv of
Lubbock. and the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
BID # 13633 - LEWIS PARK ATHLETIC FIELD RENOVATION - $691,162.00
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to fumish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor,
insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the
contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance
with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County,
Texas in the year and day first above written.
ATTE T:
h&C retary
APPROVED S TO CONTENT:
Owner' P
a resentative
CL�
VED AS T FO
C' ttomey
17 ATTEST:
Corpo to secretary
II
CITY OF L BO K, tS (OWNER)
By: ��f —
MAYO 'EM
CONTRACTOR:
WALIAeE SPRINKLER,
By:
PRINTED
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
Wallace Sprinkler, Inc.
4210 97th Place
Lubbock, Texas 79423
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
1117 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
1. OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this contract, it
shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas.
2. CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be
understood to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to wit: WALLACE SPRINKLER, INC.
who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative.
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as
referring to, City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents, including plans and
specifications, were prepared, and Craig Wuensche, Environmental Proiiect Manager, who will inspect
constructions; or to such other representative, supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to
act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisor or inspectors will act for the Owner under the
direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or men acting in behalf of the
Contractor.
4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
i The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed
t Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the
Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, And all other documents made available to
Bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or
words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order,
designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved,"
"Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like'import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the
Owner's Representative.
,r. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no
responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated
by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due
Subcontractor.
i 7. WRITTEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the
last business address known to him who gives the notice.
..r
v.
8. WORK
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery,
equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other
facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless
otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality.
The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials
or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer
such recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials fumished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract
documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended
purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment.
10. LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall
accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will
check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at
Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all
work in accordance with the Pians and Specifications.
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be fumished with one copies of all Pians, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him
and he shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
12. RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the
executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents.
He will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the
work, nor will he be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or
the safety precautions incident thereto. His efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner
that the completed project will conform to the requirements of the contract documents, but he will not be
responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the
basis of his onsite observations, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to
guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor.
13. LINES AND GRADES
All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the
commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work
contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to
permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical
and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's
Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks,
etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and In case of careless destruction or removal by him, his _
Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at
Contractor's expense.
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's
Representative shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such
stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the contract. In order to permit delays and
disputes and to discourage litigation, it is further agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases,
determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this contract.
He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases,
decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor.
The Owner's Representatives' estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent to the right to any action on
the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under this contract.
The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the
Contractor a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise relative to
the execution of the work or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans.
F15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from
time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may
deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said
material is fumished and said work Is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall
furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the
proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and
Instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and
Instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications
provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or
inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his
decision.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory
to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions
given to him shall be binding as If given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable
representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision
shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the
Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
17.CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and
location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the
work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this
contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before
or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained.
0
18. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work
required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform
him in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, such
man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's
Representative's written consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution
and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and
it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or
protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and
accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the
Owner's Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at
all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public
observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall
be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work.
Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and
testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any
observation which may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to
the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject
any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its
completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Observer has
previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any work should be covered without approval or
consent of the Owner, it must, If requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination
at Contractor's expense. in the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location
where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require
testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish
Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to
perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests
will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such
other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or
consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative,
be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and
approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the
requirements of any such tests, inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of any such
tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective.
Such defective work shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense.
41
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by
Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections,
tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the
requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in
PM the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as unsuitable or not
In conformity with plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice
thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such
work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. It is further agreed that any remedial action
contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit,
in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof,
either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the
accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for
PM a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount
of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid
according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract;
otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make
such changes or alterations as shalt make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in
said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for any actual
loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally
planned.
2.
4 EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be
required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change,
alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not
covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative
when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of
the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the
compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following
methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is
commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the actual field cost of the work, plus
fifteen (15%) percent.
In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies,, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment,
for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily
incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security,
. Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all
other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative,
or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost
shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's
Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the
type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the
Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership
Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for
the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated In the written extra work order. The fifteen percent
(15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead,
general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced
within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be
maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be
Included in the "actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case
any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive
compensation or an adjustment In the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's
Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what
does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists
upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order
and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C).
The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to arbitration as herein below
provided.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS .
It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans
and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall
Include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract
documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in
these plans, specifications, or contract documents, he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a
clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the Owner's Representative prior
to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included _
and has provided sufficient sums in his bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and
specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five days
prior to the opening of bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality
of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order
the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or Improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall
comply with such order.
If, 8t any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the
Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give
reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress.
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an
Insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the
Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable
precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable
provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and
equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in
r
Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or
municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, his sureties and insurance carvers shall defend, indemnify and
save harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any
character whatsoever, brought for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person
or persons or property, on account of any negligent act or fault of the Contractor or any subcontractor, their
agents or employees, in the execution and supervision of said contract, and the project which is the subject
Flo matter of this contract, on account of the failure of Contractor or any subcontractor to provide necessary
Ibarricades, warning lights, or signs and will be required to pay any judgment with costs which may be obtained
L against the Owner or any of its officers, agents, or employees including attorney's fees.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in his sole discretion as an
Independent Contractor, inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given
by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work
progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption
of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of his subcontractors.
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwilter authorized to do business in the State of
r" Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All
policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all
subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from
the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted.
The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance
protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and
shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a
subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate
of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract. execution.
A. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability insurance with limits of $1.000.000.00
Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include:
Premises and Operations
Explosion & Collapse Hazard
Underground Damage Hazard
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Independent Contractors Coverage
Personal Injury
Advertising Injury
71, B. Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance.
ki
For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $1.000.000.00 Combined Single
Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1.000.000.00 Combined Single Limit,
to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and
Nonowned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job
and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance.
D. Builder's Risk Insurance
The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 100% of the total contract price
(100% of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured.
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $1.000.000.00 on all contracts
with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile
Liability coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500.000.00.
1. Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate') - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of
authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-
82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for _
the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental
entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 0406.096) - includes all persons or _
entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the
project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless
of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent
contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of
any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the
project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or
materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" _
does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply
deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and -
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements
of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services
on the project, for the duration of the project.
3.
4.
5.
6
7.
The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new
certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to
the governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project.
The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter.
The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed
by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on
the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage
and report lack of coverage.
9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services
on the project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
(b) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate
of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor.
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project;
and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter,
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects —
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by
paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for —
whom they are providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the —
contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will
provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the
duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate —
Insurance carrier or, In the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -
Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
11. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the
contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor
does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the —
governmental entity.
G. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the
Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as
evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative
of the insurance company setting forth:
(1) The name and address of the insured
(2) The location of the operations to which the Insurance applies.
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date bome by
such certificate.
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured
at the address shown in the bid specifications. —
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
m The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the
job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
(8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
(9) A Contractor shall:
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of
the project based on proper reporting of classification odes and payroll amounts and
filling of any coverage agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the
governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project;
n
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new
certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on
the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
01 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so
the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing
coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and
(i I) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of
n
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter,
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project
that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current
coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other
posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must
be printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and
any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be
the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any
additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this she "providing services
related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation
Insurance. This Includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and
materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the
projec4 regardless of the Identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 612/440-3789 to receive
Information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your
employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
provide coverage." and
r
t.
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,
to:
() provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(Ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning
work on the project;
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in
subsection (e) (3) of this rule;
(iv) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
contractor.
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension,of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project; _
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project
and for one year thereafter,
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on -,
the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided
to the person for whom they are providing services.
29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than 15 employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,
and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND
FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any
demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts
thereof, equipment, power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the
performance of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all
obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived.
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work fumished by any of
those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within
five (5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain
r
�I:
unpaid, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a'sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness
or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such indebtedness.
Any and all communications between any party under this paragraph must be in writing.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
32.
33.
The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device,
material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or
Owner thereof. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and
shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend
all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or
process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract
documents by Owner, provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to
the Contractor, then Contractor shall Indemnify and save Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof. if
the material or process specified or required by Owner is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for
such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement.
LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the
Owner against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by
the Contractor or his employees. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance
therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners' Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be
adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. if the Contractor performs any work knowing it to
be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's
Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar
as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner
may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect
as though embodied herein.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
The Contractor further agrees that -he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the
fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or
materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to
the Owner, as provided by this contractual agreement.
34. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of
beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract of work to be done hereunder are essential
conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this
contract shall be commenced on a date to be specified in the Notice to Proceed.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any
proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the
consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total
compensation, the sum of $200.00 (two hundred dollars) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated
damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every calendar day that the Contractor
shall be in default after the time stipulated for completing the work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the
completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into
consideration the average climatic change and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing In this
locality.
The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the
Impracticability and extreme difficulty In fixing and ascertaining actual damages the Owner would in such event
sustain, and the amount is agreed to be damages the Owner would sustain and shall be retained by the Owner
from current periodical estimates for payments or from final payment.
It is further agreed and understood between the Contractor and Owner that time is of the essence of this contract.
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor
shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and In such
manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of
prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance
with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided,
also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the Owners
Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts
will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owners Representative,
schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the
Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. —
36. -EXTENSION OF TIME
The Contractor agrees that he has submitted his bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of
this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this
locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 33 hereinabove set forth and that he
shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this contract, except when his work has been
delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owners Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors
employed by the owner, or by changes ordered In the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public
enemy, fire or flood. The Contractor may apply in writing for an extension of time, submitting therewith all written
justification as may be required by Owners Representative for such an extension as requested by Contractor.
The Owners Representative within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for an extension of time by the
Contractor supported by all requested documentation shall then consider such written request and respond to
Contractor in -writing granting or rejecting the request for an extension of time to complete the project.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the
time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to
such work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be
made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work
embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owners Representative for
the Owners convenience, in which event, such expense as in the judgment of the Owners Representative that is
caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length,
area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the
event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the
specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material
to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done
and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for
i, estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. It is understood and
agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ
r somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price
method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project.
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way
encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under
this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for
any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. The Contractor
agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any
Injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the performance of this contract, but such
indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the existence or character of the work.
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work
by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the
specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the
bid attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive
such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses
incurred by him and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to
this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's
Representative.
41. PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the
contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective
work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's
Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection
With the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there
are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by
Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner which have
not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application
for partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of
the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment
showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last
day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound materials delivered on site of
f" the work that are to be fabricated into the work.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of
the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be
retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by
Owner under the terms of this agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to
completion, and this fact is certified to by Owner's Representative and some unexpected and some unusual
delay occurs due to no fault or negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Owner may upon written
recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage
due Contractor.
r
43. FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
Within thirty-one (31) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work
has been completed or substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and the Owner shall inspect the
work and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the
contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall Issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of
completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Owner within thirty-one (31) days to issue a certificate of
acceptance of the work to the Contractor.
44. FINAL PAYMENT
Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final
measurement and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the
terns of the agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or before the
31 st day after the date of certificate of completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this
agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this contract; and said
payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the certificate of
acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of
the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the special conditions (if any) of this
contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract.
45. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's —
Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not,
and Contractor shall at his own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials
conforming to the requirements of the contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any
such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's
Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
46. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any
damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of
substantial completion. The Owner or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed defects with
reasonable promptness.
47. PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any
certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of.
(a) Defective work not remedied.
(b) : Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor.
(d) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which
will protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
r
1 48. TIME OF FILING CLAIMS
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor
shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's
Representative has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception.
The Owners' Representative shall reply to such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision
in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal from the decision of the Owner's Representative, any demand
for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after
the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's Representative. It is further agreed that
final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a
bar to any claim by either party, except where noted otherwise in the contract documents.
49. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
r
In case the Contractor should abandon and fall or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written
notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the orders of
the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the
Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete
L the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor.
After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery,
equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment
under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or
another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore
(except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph
24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the
cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for
within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either
of the following elective manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and
supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such
labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so
charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may
thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such
expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been
completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is
greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been
completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess
to the Owner, or
(b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper
having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion
of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In
case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been
the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and
remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less
than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his
Surety shall be credited therewith.
When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and
t certificates of completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A
complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct
shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the
r
Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date
of certificate of completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would _
have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this
contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner,
then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the _
Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor
and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there
remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together
with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety at the
respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any
manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the
risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect `
such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery,
equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the
Contractor and his Surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the
Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain
on the'jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners.
50. -ABANDONMENT BY OWNER
In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said
terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly
abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the
ground that have not been Included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorporated into the work.
Thereupon, the Owner's Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, -
which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Contractor at the prices stated in the
attached bid, the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra
Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to
cover the cost of any provisions made by the Contractor to carry the whole work to completion, and which cannot
be utilized. The Owner's Representative shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by
deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and all other sums that may be retained
by the Owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to the
Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by r.
said final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement.
51.. BONDS
The successful bidder will be required to fumish a performance bond In accordance with Chapter 2253, _
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$25,000. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an
approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. And it is further agreed that this
contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so fumished.
52. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special
conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special
conditions shall control.
53. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be
done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same,
or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be
sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense.
54. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority
r" to direct, supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work
G covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's
work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested
�;. in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, Is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect
the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's
Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation.
r 55. CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at
,.. the completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials
and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case
of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
i
i
z�
CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS
♦,yJV 1V b1V•1 ..V• JL��
March 14, 1996
Item #19
WHEREAS, the City Council has heretofore established the general prevailing rate of
per diem wages for each craft or type of workmen or mechanics needed to execute public
i works contracts for the City of Lubbock in accordance with the provisions of Vernon's
Ann -Civ -St., Art. 5159a; and
WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 719 enacted February i
12, 1981, updated by Resolution No. 1590 enacted February 23, 1984, and further updated by
Resolution No. 2502 enacted January 8. 1987; and
± WHEREAS, such rates need to be updated at the present time in order to reflect the
i
current prevailing rate of per diem wages; NOW THEREFORE:
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works contracts shall be
as set forth in the following named exhibits, which exhibits shall be attached hereto and made
a part hereof for all intents and purposes:
ExhibitA: Building Construction Trades
Exhibit B: Paving and Highway Construction
O R
ExhtbltC. vertune ate
Exhibit D: Weekend and Holiday Rate
Such wage rates are hereby found and declared to be the general prevailing rate of per diem ;
wages in all localities where public works are undertaken on behalf of the City of Lubbock and
such wage rates shall be included in all public works contracts as provided by law.
Passed by the City Council this 14th
ATTEST:
I
Betty M. Anson, City Secretary
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
I
Mary AndrYws, Managing Director of
Human Resources
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
1
1
a old Willard, Assistant City Attorney
HW da/ccdocs/pubworks.res
February 14. 1996
2
:11:
City of Lubbock
Building Construction Trades
Prevailing Rates
Craft
Acoustical Ceiling installer
Air Conditioner Installer
Air Conditioner Installer -Helper
Asbestos Worker
Asbestos Supervisor
Bricklayer
Bricklayer -Helper
Carpenter
Carpenter -Helper
Cement Finisher
Drywall Hanger
Electrician
Electrician -Helper
Equipment Operator -Heavy
Equipment Operator -Light
Floor Installer
Glazier
Insulator-Piping/Boiler
Insulator -Helper
Iron Worker
Laborer -General
Mortar Mixer
Painter
Plumber
Plumber -Helper
Roofer
Roofer -Helper
Sheet Metal Worker
Sheet Metal Worker -Helper
Welder -Certified
Hourly Rate
10.00
11.00
5.50
8.00
11.00
11.00
6.00
11.00
6.00
7.50
10.00
13.00
6.00
8.50
7.50
8.50
8.00
9.00
5.50
8.00
5.50
5.50
9.50
10.50
6.00
8.00
5.50
8.75
5.50
10.00
Paving and Highway Construction
Prevailing Wage Rates
Cr dourly Rate
Asphalt Heaterman
6.00
Asphalt Shoveler
5.50
Concrete Finisher
7.35
Concrete Finisher -Helper
5.75
Electrician
10.50
Nagger
5.50
Form Setter
6.50
Form Setter -Helper
5.50
Laborer -General
5.50
Laborer -Utility
6.25
Mechanic
7.25
Mechanic -Helper
5.50
Power Equipment Operators
Asphalt Paving Machine
7.00
Bulldozer
7.00.
Concrete Paving Machine
7.00
Front End Loader
6.50
Heavy Equipment Operator
7.00
Light Equipment Operator
6.50
Motor Grader Operator
8.50
Roller
6.00
Serpa
6.50
Tractor
6.50
Truck Driver -Light
6.00
Truck Driver -Heavy
6.50
EXHIBIT C
Prevailing Wage Rates
Overtime Rate
The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) is 1 1/2 times base rate.
Prevailing Wage Rates
Weekend and Holiday Rate
The rate for weekend and holiday is 1 1/2 times base rate.
SPECIFICATIONS
Lewis Park Athletic Field Renovation
Parks Capital Project - 1995
Parks & Recreation Department
City of Lubbock, Texas
SITE DEVELOPMENT
SECTION O1 SUMMARY OF WORK
I. General
A. Scope of Project
1. Contractor shall supply all supervision, perform all work, furnish all labor,
tools, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to fully and properly
perform all demolition, and construction at Lewis Park, and as described in the
plans and specifications. All construction and other work shall be completed in
accordance with all governing codes and ordinances, with the best engineering
and construction practices, including material mfrs. recommendations for
installation and workmanship, for the skill or trade involved.
2. We request that your proposal be made in conformance with the guidelines
contained in the specifications and on all plans. The contract: will be awarded
to the company with the proposal determined to be the most advantageous to
the city of Lubbock.
B. Work Included:
SITE DEVELOPMENT
I. Section 02 - Product Substitution
2. Section 03 - Demolition
3. Section 04 - Infield Material and Grass Seeding
4. Section 05 - Turf Irrigation
5. Section 06 - Chain Link Fence
6. Section 07 - Lighting
.7. Section 08 - Light Poles
8. Section 09 - Electrical
ARCHITECTURAL
Division 2-16 - Architectural Specifications
C. Additional Information
L. All information under General Instructions To Bidder, General Conditions of
Agreement, and Special Conditions apply to this section.
2. Bidder shall be prepared to send owner a price breakdown of any and/or all
items on which he has bid. Price breakdowns will only be requested after the
bid opening has taken place.
3. These plans and specifications were prepared by the Parks Department (which
shall be called Owner). Owner shall verify all construction stakes for locations
of elements at project sites.
D. Quality Assurance
1. Contractors on Site Responsibilities -'
A. Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect remaining trees,
utilities, etc., in the area where the work is being done or that may be located
adjacent to or in-route across park property to the job site. The Contractor
shall rebuild, restore, and make good at his own expense, all injury and damage
to same which may result from work being carried out under this contract.
B. The Contractor and employees shall not park on unsurfaced park property and
shall not drive vehicles across park land unless it is directly necessary to deliver
materials to the job site. _
C. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to ensure the safety of any
park visitors during the demolition, construction and clean-up operations. The
Contractor shall maintain and keep in good repair the work intended under ._
these Plans and Specifications and shall perform all necessary repair,
construction, and renewal to the date of acceptance by Owner.
D. Any utility and irrigation lines shown on plans are for design and construction --
information only. The depths of utility lines are not guaranteed. All
underground lines are referenced from known surface structures. It is not
implied that all existing public utility lines are shown on plan. Park utilities
include irrigation systems, and park lighting, all others are public utilities. The
Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that other underground utility lines _
may exist of which the Owner is not aware. The owner does not assume any
responsibility for any public utilities that are not shown on plans. It is the
Contractor's obligation to locate and familiarize himself with all utilities and to
provide for their safety. Damage to utilities will be repaired at Contractor's
Expense. Park development staff will assist in the design and relocation of
utility lines.
E. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of unfinished work and shall be ~r
responsible for the safety of individuals utilizing the unfinished equipment.
Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, _
lights, and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for
the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary.
F. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage to work due to the failure of
barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the
damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by the contractor
at his own expense. The contractor's responsibility for maintenance of ,...
barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to
contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project.
G. Contractor shall be responsible for removal, hauling, and disposal of all debris
and unusable material from proposed construction and demolition areas as
shown on plans and in specifications. Owner shall retain the right to any
existing materials deemed to have value.
2
A. Demolition debris shall be removed from the site prior to commencement of
construction work
B. Within three days after completion of site, the contractor shall clean, remove
rubbish and temporary structures from the site. He shall restore adequately all
property, to its original integrity both public and private, which has been
damaged during the execution of work, and leave the entire site of the work in
a neat and presentable condition. The cost of the "cleanup" shall be included
as a part of the cost of the various items of work involved, and no direct
compensation will be made for this work. This work shall be done before final
acceptance by the owner will be considered.
C. Contractor shall clean up and haul off all construction debris, including
excavated rock material. Area shall be graded back into existing grade
smoothly.
D. All spare parts or other pieces of equipment shall be turned over to the Owner
following completion of the project.
5. Warranty
A. Contractor shall guarantee all labor, workmanship, and materials supplied by
contractor for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance.
B. Repairs made necessary due to faulty workmanship shall be made promptly by
Contractor at Contractor's expense.
End -of -Section
3
r
'.
H. Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of site, to verify all existing
conditions. Contractor shall be responsible to fully and properly complete all
work as described in the specifications and shown on plans.
I. To furnish and supply all supervision, equipment, and labor necessary to
perform excavation, grading, backfill, compaction, and stock piling of material
as specified herein and on the plans.
2. Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling
A Protect all materials from inclement weather: wet, damp, extreme heat, or cold,
theft, damage, or vandalism.
B. All manufacturer's labels, installation instructions, and shop drawings shall be
in included for each item ordered.
3. Equipment Check
A. The Contractor shall, one week after installation of equipment, check that all
,�.
parts are secure and are in good working condition.
4. Clean-up
A. Demolition debris shall be removed from the site prior to commencement of
construction work
B. Within three days after completion of site, the contractor shall clean, remove
rubbish and temporary structures from the site. He shall restore adequately all
property, to its original integrity both public and private, which has been
damaged during the execution of work, and leave the entire site of the work in
a neat and presentable condition. The cost of the "cleanup" shall be included
as a part of the cost of the various items of work involved, and no direct
compensation will be made for this work. This work shall be done before final
acceptance by the owner will be considered.
C. Contractor shall clean up and haul off all construction debris, including
excavated rock material. Area shall be graded back into existing grade
smoothly.
D. All spare parts or other pieces of equipment shall be turned over to the Owner
following completion of the project.
5. Warranty
A. Contractor shall guarantee all labor, workmanship, and materials supplied by
contractor for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance.
B. Repairs made necessary due to faulty workmanship shall be made promptly by
Contractor at Contractor's expense.
End -of -Section
3
r
SECTION 02 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION
I. General
A. Work Included:
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1. Section 01 - Summary of Work
2. Section 04 -Infield Material and Grass Seeding
3. Section 05 - Turf Irri ation _
4. Section 06 - Chain Link Fence
5. Section 07 - Lighting
6. Section 08 - Light Poles _
7. Section 09 - Electrical
ARCHITECTURAL
Division 2-16 - Architectural Specifications
II. Substitutions
A. Conditions for substitutions ("OR EQUAL")
1. In the event that the clause "OR EQUAL" is used in the specifications —
pertaining to materials, the Bidder desiring to make substitutions for specified
equipment shall submit the following: —
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name, address, and product --
literature.
b. Product description.
c. Product performance and test date. �-
d. Reference standards.
e. Manufacturer instructions for maintenance and repairs.
2. Request for substitution should be included with the overall bid and will be
considered before contract is awarded.
3. After contract is awarded, no substitutions will be considered. It will be
Bidder/Contractor's responsibility to assure the availability of specified product
or substitution before bid date.
4. Bidder shall provide the same guarantee for substitution as for product or
method specified.
5. Bidder shall coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, making
such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all aspects.
6. Bidder shall waive all claims for additional costs related to substitution that
consequently becomes apparent.
7. Bidder shall be prepared to send owner a price breakdown of any and/or all .. ,
items on which he has bid. Price breakdowns will only be requested after the
bid opening has taken place.
4
B. Substitutions will not be considered if:
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals
without being formally described in detail as to their differences from what was
originally specified.
2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of the original layout of the project.
5
SECTION 03 DEMOLITION
I. General
A. Scope of Project:
1.
The contractor shall remove, haul, and dispose of all obstructions shown
on the plans or as designated by the owner. `
B. Work Included:
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1.
Section 01 - Summary of Work
2.
Section 04 - Infield Material and Grass Seeding
3.
Section 05 - Turf Irrigation
4.
Section 06 - Chain Link Fence
5.
Section 07 - Lighting
6.
Section 08 - Light Poles
7.
Section 09 - Electrical
C. Additional Information:
1.
All information under GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
AGREEMENT, GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDER, and
SPECIAL CONDITIONS, apply to this section.
2.
The bid amount shall be total cost for work mentioned in the scope of --
work.
H. Execution
A. Protection:
1. Carefully maintain bench marks, layout stakes, and other reference points.
2. Protect property, including adjoining property and public right-of-
way, from damage by trucks and equipment.
3. Protect active utilities to be retained on site, whether shown on
drawing or uncovered during excavation operations. If damaged,
repair at Contractor's expense.
4. Protect Existing trees to be retained from damage by -trucks and
equipment.
5. Keep excavations free of water.
6. Maintain the integrity of the concrete post footings and the
concrete that is to remain on the site.
6
End -of -Section
7
t
t
B. Demolition & Site Preparation:
1. Clearing
a.
To remove indicated concrete. The concrete will be disposed
at an approved location that is not objectionable to the public.
b.
Strip existing top soil from areas effected. Stockpile on site
for re -use.
c.
Remove trash, debris, and other obstructions found at or near
existing grade from areas of proposed structures, walks, curbs, and
paving.
d.
Contractor shall be responsible for removing unusable material
from site.
e.
All unstable or otherwise objectionable material shall be removed_ from
f
the subgrade and replaced with approved material.
Remove existing plant material only as directed by the Owner.
g.
Remove existing pitchers mound and stockpile topsoil on site. Location
shall be approved by owner.
2. Grubbing (if applicable)
a.
Remove stumps, roots over 2" in diameter, matted roots and
other obstructions found at or below existing grade from cleared
areas.
b.
Remove waste material daily as it accumulates.
c.
Comply with applicable codes and ordinances regarding waste
transportation and disposal.
d.
Burning and blasting on site will not be permitted.
End -of -Section
7
t
SECTION 04 INFIELD MATERIAL AND GRASS SEEDING
I. General
A. Scope of Project:
1. The contractor shall perform all work required for proper installation of
infield material and grass seeding as shown on the plans and as directed by
owner.
B. Work Included: _
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1. Section 01 - Summary of Work
2. Section 02 - Product Substitution
3. Section 05 - Turf Irrigation
C. Additional Information:
1. All information under GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
AGREEMENT, GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDER, and
SPECIAL CONDITIONS, apply to this section.
2. The bid amount shall be total cost for work mentioned in the scope of --
work.
II. Products
A. Material -Top Soil:
1. Fill material, if necessary, shall be provided by Contractor.
2. Natural, fertile, friable soils possessing characteristics of soils in _
the vicinity that produce heavy growth of crops, grass or other �-
vegetation.
3. Topsoil shall be free of subsoil, brush, organic litter, objectionable weeds,
clods, shale, stones 1 1/2" dimension or larger, stumps, roots, or other
materials harmful to grading, planting, plant growth, or maintenance
operations.
B. Rock Dust Infield Material
1. Screenings shall be derived from crushed rock. The material described
below shall be used foe infield material on athletic fields. The percent of
flat or elongated slivers of stone or gravel for the part retained on #10
screen shall not exceed 35%. A flat or elongated sliver is hereby defined as
one whose minimum thickness is less than one-half its length.
900 Tons (More or Less) Rock Dust Screenings
Retained on #4
Screen 0% ,-
Retained on #10
Screen Less than 20%
Retained on #40
Screen 35 - 60%
Retained on #80
Screen 60 - 80% --
Retained on #200
Screen 90 - 100%
9
r
The plasticity index of that part of the material passing the #40 screen shall
not be more than 6 when tested by the Test Method Tex- 106-E (T.H.D.).
The rock dust screenings shall be thoroughly mixed with sandy loam
topsoil. The resulting mix shall be comprised of 50% topsoil and rockdust
screenings. The infield mix shall be installed to a minimum depth of twelve
inches (12").
III. Execution
A Protection:
1. Carefully maintain bench marks, layout stakes, and other reference points.
2. Protect property, including adjoining property and public right-of-
way, from damage by trucks and equipment.
3. Protect active utilities to be retained on site, whether shown on
drawingor uncovered during excavation operations. If damaged,
repair at Contractor's expense.
4. Keep excavations free of water.
B. Finish Grading:
1. Fine grade areas to achieve final contours acceptable to Owner.
2. Provide uniform roundings at top and bottom of slopes and other breaks
in grade. Correct irregularities and areas where water will
stand.
C. Grass Seeding
1. Type: Annual Rye.
2. Quantity: 6 pds. per 1,000 sq. ft.
3. Application: Drill applied.
4. Seed Area: Field #1 35,720 sq. ft. (includes Infield and Out -field)
Field #2 35,720 sq. ft. (includes Infield and Out -field)
Field #3 35,720 sq. ft. (includes Infield and Out -field)
Field #4 76,995 sq. ft. (includes Infield and Out -field)
Perimeter 187.945 sq. ft. (includes area outside fences)
Total Area = 372,000 sq. ft. (entire park site 610' X 610')
D. Maintenance:
1. Before final acceptance, protect newly filled or seededareas from traffic,
construction, weather damage, washing, erosion and rutting, and repair
such damage that occurs.
2. Correct settlement below established grades to prevent ponding of
water
3. All excess material and waste to be removed from site, and work to be
left in clean, finished conditions.
E Final Acceptance:
1. Site shall be thoroughly inspected by Owner prior to final acceptance.
2. Any areas needing further attention shall be completed to Owner's
satisfaction.
End -of -Section
9
SECTION 05 TURF IRRIGATION
I. General
A Work Included:
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1. Section 01 Summary of Work
2. Section 02 -Product Substitution
3. Section 04 - Infield Material and Grass Seeding
4. Section 06 - Chain Link Fence
5. Section 07 - Lighting
6. Section 08 - Light Poles
7. Section 09 - Electrical
B. Qualifications of Bidder -Licensing
1. Bidder shall supply the name and license number of the licensed irrigator
who is responsible for the project with the bid submittal. Irrigation installer
shall be licensed in the state of Texas or from where Contractor is based. Out
of state licensing shall only be acceptable if the licensing state shares
reciprocity with Texas. A licensed irrigator or installer shall be on the job site
at all times when irrigation work is in progress.
2. Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if bidder is not qualified based on the
above given criteria.
C. Codes and Standards
1. Bidder to conform to all local, state, and federal codes and ordinances.
D. Discrepancies
1. It is the intent of this contract that all work must be done and all material must
be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice of the area. In
the event of any discrepancies between the plans and specifications or doubts
as to the meaning and intent of any portion of the contract, the Owner shall
define what is intended to apply to the work. `-
III. Site Conditions
A Examination of Sites
1. Bidder shall visit the project site and compare drawings and specifications to
actual site. Failure to do so will in no way relieve the successful Bidder from
the responsibility of completing the project in accordance to project
specifications at additional cost to the Owner.
B. Utilities
1. Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that other underground utility lines _.
may exist of which the Owner is not aware. It is Contractor's obligation to
locate and familiarize himself with all utilities and to provide for their safety.
Damage to utilities will be repaired at Contractor's expense. --
2. Water Supply (if applicable) Meter or other water source already installed.
Contractor is responsible for hook-up from meter to system.
10
k
3. Electrical Power Supply (if applicable) - Power to the meter box to be installed
by Contractor. Contractor shall set the meter box. Contractor shall run power
to the controller. Contractor must satisfy City of Lubbock electrical codes for
i
hook-up. Contractor is required to have a licensed electrician provide the
electrical hook-ups.
4. Bores/Road crossings (if applicable) - Contractor is responsible for bores and
sleeving necessary to go under city streets/utility drives to provide any utility
service to the project site. Bored holes shall be of the smallest diameter that
will permit installation of encasement pipe. Pipe sleeving under city streets
shall be 16 gauge smooth steel pipe with a minimum wall thickness of one-
quarter (1/4) inch when pipe size is greater than four (4) inch diameter.
t
Irrigation lines crossing sidewalks shall be sleeved with Schedule 40 PVC pipe
twice that of the pipe when line is less than 6" diameter. Pipe to be large
,.,
enough for irrigation pipe and conduit for electrical control vires (if
a !I
necessary). Notes shown on plans shall over ride specifications. Sleeves shall
extend at least two (2) feet out from under the surface structure.
IV. Field Quality Control
A Responsibility of Materials
1. Contractor shall be responsible for all materials furnished by him and shall
r
replace at his own expense all material found to be defective in manufacture or
if it has become damaged in handling after shipment.
B. Responsibility of Property
1. Contractor shall be responsible for the protection and preservation of all plant
material, monuments, and structures during installation. Any damage shall be
repaired or replaced by Contractor, at his own expense, to the satisfaction of
the Owner.
2. Fence layout will be laid out on the surface for the contractor one time, from
that point on, it will be the contractor's responsibility to maintain the footprint.
At the final walkthrough the fence layout shall be laid out for verification.
3. All trenching or any excavation is to be no less than six (6) feet from the trunk
of any plant material. If questions arise, Contractor shall contact Owner for
.-
clarification.
C. Barricades and Protective Measures
1. Contractor. shall be responsible for the protection of unfinished work.
i
Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades,
fences, lights, and danger signals. He shall also take such other precautionary...
measures for the protection of persons, property, and the work as may be
necessary.
2. The contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to
failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it. When damage is incurred,
the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by contractor
at his own cost and expense. The contractor's responsibility for maintenance of
barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to
contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project.
V. Submittals
A. Shop Drawings
1. Contractor shall submit shop drawing to owner before any irrigation installation
are to begin. Shop drawing to include complete layout and detail drawings
illustrating the location and type of all heads, valves, piping circuits, controls,
and accessories.
B. Maintenance Materials
1. At completion of job Contractor shall furnish spare parts, special tools, and
equipment required to operate and maintain system.
C. Maintenance Data
1. Contractor shall furnish two (2) copies of parts list and repair manuals for controllers, valves, and heads.
D. Project Record Document
1. Contractor shall prepare an "as-built" plan of system after final check. Work to
be done on vellum paper with legend describing symbols for equipment (check
with owner for 3.5" diskette option). "As-built" plans shall be accurate.
Inaccurate plans will not be accepted. Final payment will not be made until "as-
built" plan is submitted to Park Development staff.
VI. Products
A. Performance of Specified Material
1. All specifications given for materials are based on the performance of the
equipment. This is to assure the integrity and proper hydraulics for which the
system is designed. If bid material does not conform to given performance
specifications, the bid will be rejected by Owner based on grounds that proper
function of system could not be maintained by using equipment that does not
meet the performance specifications required.
2. All material to be new, unused, and current.
3. All material must be a standard product of a manufacturer.
4. Contractor shall provide performance records to verify equipment
capabilities.
12
€i
B. Materials
1. PVC Pipe
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be class 200, SDR 21 un -plasticized
polyvinyl chloride, Type I, Grade I.
2. Fittings
A Epoxy Coated Main Line Fittings:
1. All supply line fittings shall be manufactured from electric -resistance
welded tubing with a minimum of 42,OOO'PSI tensile strength. All
tubing used to produce fittings shall meet ASTM -135 or ASTM -513
tubing specifications.
L 2" are .065" wall (16 gal.)
1 2-1/2" through 8" are .083" wall (14 gal.)
iii. 10" through 15" are .109" wall (12 gal.)
2. Epoxy Powder shall be electrostatic applied to all surfaces then baked at
350 degrees to a full cure. The fittings shall be double coated to insure
an average coating thickness of 3-7 miles.
3. The contractor shall inspect the epoxy coating fitting to insure no
cracks, nicks, splits, scratches or fractures to the interior are present.
These abrasions will not be tolerated.
4. Fittings with abrasions to the exterior epoxy coating shall be approved
by the Owner. The contractor shall be responsible to correct any small
abrasions -with a corrosion preventative product 51 and 50 scotchrap by
'
3-M or approved equal, before being wrapped with the felt or equal.
5. The contractor shall be responsible to maintain the integrity of the
fitting to insure that the epoxy coating does not become damaged during
installation. -
6. All fittings to pressure rated for 200 PSI maximum working pressure.
7. Gasket shall be designed for pressure and vacuum with maximum
deflection (ASTM F477).
B. All pipe must have manufacturer's markings clearly printed on them during
installation.
C. All class 200 pipe must conform to ASTM. D-2241.
D. All lateral piping four (4) inches and under shall be solvent weld.
E. All mainline piping four (4) inches and over shall utilize belled ends or belled
couplings using rubber gaskets in twenty (20) foot laying lengths.
F. All fittings for 4" or larger mainline shall be epoxy coated steel.
G. PVC Fittings
1. Schedule 40 fittings must conform to ASTM D-2466.
2. Schedule 80 fittings must conform to ASTM D-2464.
H. Three (3) X Four (4) Male adaptors shall not be used.
�.. 13
3. Swing Joints
A. Nipples: Schedule 80 with molded threads on both ends, unless specified
otherwise in construction detail.
B. Elbows: (90 degree) Schedule 40 FIPT X FIPT.
C. Pre -fabricated swing joints are acceptable as specified Sec. 04, 7.03,E,2
D. Lateral line fittings: Schedule 40.
4. Valves'
A. Manual Control Gate Valve
1. All gate valves shall be resilient seat, iron body, bronze mounted
throughout and shall meet all requirements of AWWA C 509. The valves
shall be a mechanical joint. All valves shall open by turning to the left, and _
unless otherwise specified shall have non -rising stem when buried and
outside screw and yoke when exposed. Gate valves shall be furnished
with a two-inch operating nut when valves are buried and shall be
furnished with hand wheels when exposed. Gate valves shall be furnished
with O-ring stem packing.
2. Quick Coupler Valves (Outside- infield Weathermatic #V144RL, 1",
single lug 2 piece body; Inside- infield Weathermatic #10IRL, 1", single
Lug 1 piece body or "approved equal')
a. Single lug, 2 piece body, heavy cast bronze.
b. Vinyl with lock cover.
c. Installed with min. 10" diameter concrete doughnut (For V valves).
Donuts shall be installed flush with finished ground level and shall not
shift when walked upon.
d. Contractor shall supply the Owner with one (1) valve keys per field per
valve type. w`
3. Section Valve (Weather-matic 8024 BCR--, ", or "approved equal")
a. Sized according to plan.
b. Direct burial, remote control electric valve normally closed.
c. Solenoid - Waterproof molded epoxy resin construction having no
carbon steel components exposed.
d. Actuator - Stainless steel enclosed in a watertight protection capsule
with a molded in place rubber exhaust port seal. Spring shall be
stainless steel.
e. Diaphragm - Dual ported, made of nylon reinforced Buna-N rubber
f. Flow adjustment system.
g. Coldwater working pressure -150 P.S.I. --
h. Bronze body and cover with stainless steel cover bolts.
14
5. Valve Boxes
A. Valve Box (Brooks model 1419 or approved equal).
1. Supplied by contractor
2. To be installed by contractor
3. Minimum dimensions: 15" x 21" x 12" deep, molded plastic.
Extensions shall be used as necessary to bring valve box to grade and
shall be compatible with box to achieve depth required (no bricks shall be
used).
4. Bolt -in green lid with cover lift holes (rectangular, lid shall have snap
lock tab closure).
B. Double Check Valve Box (Brooks model 1730 or approved equal).
1. Supplied by contractor
2. To be installed by contractor
3. Minimum dimensions: 24" x 37" x 18" deep, molded plastic
Extensions shall be used as necessary to bring valve box to grade and
shall be compatible with box to achieve depth required (no bricks shall be
used).
4. Bolt -in green lid with cover lift holes (rectangular, lid shall have snap
lock tab closure).
6. Sprinkler Heads.
A. Specified Head #1: Rainbird 1800, 15 Series (or "approved equal")
1. Body: Shall be Rainbird 1804 PRS and (or "approved equal')
Non -corrosive cycolac and stainless steel construction.
2. pop-up design with pressure regulation.
3. 15' radius at 30 PSI. with .93 G.P.M. on 90 deg., 1.85 G.P.M. on
180 deg. emitter.
4. Precipitation Rate: 1.83"/hr for 90 degree and 180 degree heads.
5. Screens shall be 1800 PCS, part # PCS -125.
B. Specified Head #2: Toro model #640 series for flow rates ranging between
9 and 25 gpm, or approved equal. Sprinklers shall be pop-up type with gear
drive for full circle and part circle coverage. The final gear drive and bull
gear drive shall be made of stainless steel and brass. The nozzle and drive
assembly shall also be encased in stainless steel. Sprinklers shall be mounted
up to 1/2 inch below finished grade.
7. Controller.
A. Weather-matic LMC24 with 24 stations or "approved equal". The device
shall be micro -processor based, solid state electronic in operation. The
control panel shall provide micro -processor programming for day/date,
station start times and duration of watering times. Clock and calendar shall
be solid state. Back-up power shall be provided by rechargeable N:Cd
type batteries that shall retain all user entered data.
is
The control panel shall have two (2) watering programs. Controller shall
not have fuses or circuit breakers that would shut down watering in the
event of a shorted valve. The controller program shall include a short
sensor to advise the operator that a valve short exists. The controller shall
be housed in an industrial -grade heavy -gauge steel housing with hinged
cover, two side latches and cylinder lock. Controller is to be grounded
with solid copper grounding rod adjacent to the controller. Contractor
shall install electrical surge protection for each controller. The Owner will
provide power (120V) to the controller. The station ability of the
controller shall be as indicated on drawings.
8. Screen Filter
A. Shall be Arkal Products
B. RF1 1" ring filter
9. Lightning Arrestors with Grounding Rods (if applicable).
A. Arrestor to be installed at controller by Contractor. Lightening rods shall be
installed by contractor.
B. Ground Rods -Copper coated steel using copper coated or bronze one piece —
clamps.
10. Control Wiring
A. All 24 volt wiring to be 12 AWG -annealed copper, Baron UF, 600 volt,
PVC coated UL approved direct burial.
B. All wire to be single stranded, one wire for each electric valve and a
common wire.
C. All control wires to be installed at minimum depth of 18" and directly
alongside any pipe if the same ditch is used.
11. Miscellaneous Equipment
A. Wire Connectors
1. Shall be 3M model DBY.
2. Provide moisture -proof connection for underground wiring.
B. Solvent Cementing
1. Primer- Weld -On P-68 Purple Colored Only (All pipe and fittings)
2. Solvent- 1/2" then 1 1/2" Weld -On #705; 2" three -10" Weld -On #717.
3. Manufactures Recommendations shall be followed at all times.
C. Thrust Blocks.
1. Concrete "ready -mix"- 3,000 PSI in 28 days with 3 number 3 rebar
installed. To be placed at all angles and terminal ends of 2 1/2" or greater
pipe. To be placed at all angles (90's, 45's, tees) and at terminal ends of --
pipe. (Refer to Thrust Block detail) Thrust blocks must be installed
against the pipe and extend to 12" of undisturbed vertical wall of the
trench. All pipe and fittings to be wrapped in 30 lbs. felt to protect from —
movement.
12. Fresh water line shall be no less than schedule 40 and have a six (6') foot
minimum horizontal seperation from all other underground utilities.
13. All pipe to have a one (1) foot minimum vertical seperation from all non like
utility lines.
16
7
I
17
1:
VII. Execution
A. Handling of Materials
1. Contractor shall exercise care in handling, loading, and unloading of all
t
l
equipment. All PVC pipe, fittings, and other equipment shall be adequately
covered and protected from the elements. Pipe and fittings also shall be
transported in such a fashion as to be protected from excessive bending and
from external, concentrated load at any point.
B. Trenching
1. To have flat bottoms depth
straight, and of sufficient for sprinkler head and
operable swing joint
2. Trench Size:
a. Minimum width: 6 inches
b. Minimum cover over installed supply piping: 18 inches
c. Minimum cover over installed branch piping: 14 inches
d. Minimum cover over installed outlet piping: 14 inches
e. Maximum center line depth main line shall not exceed 24" at zone valves.
3. Pipe pulling is not acceptable.
4. All trenches and adjoining areas shall be hand raked to leave the grade in as
good or better condition than before construction started.
S. All settling and low areas that occur within the first twelve (12) months shall be
the responsibility of the contractor to fill and level.
6. Trench to accommodate grade changes.
j"
7. Maintain trenches free of debris, material, or obstructions that may damage
l
pipe.
8. Where rock or other undesirable materials are encountered trenches are to be
over excavated by 3 inches to allow for a 3" layer of finely graded sand under
all piping. After the piping is installed, finely graded sand shad be placed
around the piping up to a point 3" above the piping.
9. AH'trenches are to be inspected and approved by Owner before covering.
10. Trench digging machinery may be used to make trench excavation except in
places where operation of same would cause damage to existing structures
either above or below ground; in such instances, hand methods shall be
employed. The Contractor shall locate all existing underground lines, of
which he has been advised whether or not they are shown on the drawings,
sufficiently in advance of the trenching to make whatever provision necessary
`
to prevent damage thereto. Extreme care shall be used to prevent such
damage and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for damage to any such
lines.
11. There will be no classification of or extra payment for excavated materials
and all materials encountered shall be excavated as required. Adjacent
structures shall be protected from damage by construction equipment. All
excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the work .
r
or existing structures and which will cause the least obstruction to roadways.
I
17
1:
12. The Contractor will be required to locate all known utility lines far enough in
advance of the trenching to make proper provision for protecting the lines
and to allow for any deviations that may be required from the establishment
lines and grades.
13. Excess trench excavation, not used for backfilling, shall be disposed of by the
Contractor, and at the Contractor's expense as directed by the Owner.
14. All trenches and adjoining areas shall be hand raked to leave the grade in as
good or better condition than before construction.
15. All trench backfill shall be flooded to prevent settling to 95% Standard Proctor
Maximum Density. Tamping is required, at road crossings the material shall be
placed in 8 -inch layers, moistened if necessary, and thoroughly compacted with
mechanical tampers from the bottom of the trench to the finish grade to a
density of at least 95% of maximum density at optimum moisture as
determined by ASTM D698.
16. It is understood that the piping layout is dramatic and piping shall be routed in
such a manner to achieve the intent of the plan.
C. Installation
1. Install pipe, valves, controls, and outlets in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
2. Connect to utilities.
3. Set outlets and box covers at finish grade elevations.
4. Provide for thermal movement of components in system.
5. Swing Joints
a. Swing joints shall be used on all rotary gear driven sprinklers and shall be of
the same diameter as the inlet opening.
b. Premanufactured swing joints shall be used as manufactured by Spears
swing joint schedule 80t, or approved equal.
c. Swing joints for quick coupling valves shall be made up using galvanized
pipe and fittings.
6. Use flexible risers on all fixed head pop-up sprinklers.
7. Wiring:
a. All wiring shall be No. 12, Type UF, copper direct bury type made for the
irrigation industry. Wiring shall be color -keyed: white for ground, red for
operation of equipment.
b. Wire splices will only be allowed to occur within an accessible control box.
Inline direct burial splices will not be allowed. Wire splices shall be DBY
model as manufactured by 3M Company or approved equal.
c. Provide looped slack at valves and turns in trench to allow for contraction
of wires.
d. All wire passing under existing paving, sidewalk, etc., shall be encased in
plastic conduit extending at least 12" beyond edges of paving or
construction.
e.. All electrical control wiring shall be wrapped together on 10 -feet increments
with plastic straps. An electrical wiring schematic shall be furnished with
the equipment.
18
r
f. Tracer wire and warning tape shall be installed with all fresh water piping.
Tracer wire 16 Ga.CU.shall have the insulation removed for atleast 6"
every 30 feet of run. Potable Water Warning tape shall be run at half the
depth of the top of the pipe.
8. After piping is installed, but before outlets are installed and backfilling
commences, open valves and flush system with full head of water.
9. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Construct joints using adapters that are
compatible with both piping materials, outside diameters, and system working
pressure.
10. Concrete Thrust Blocks are required at all turns and dead -ends on pipe sizes 3
inches and over. Pipe of smaller sizes may also require thrust blocks if so
directed by the Owner. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of
3000 psi, minimum. (See Detail)
D. Laying of PVC Pipe
1. Pipe to be snaked from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and
contraction of pipe.
2. All foreign matter to be removed from inside of pipe prior to joining. Keep
clean during laying operations by means of plugs or other approved methods.
3. All lumber, rubbish, and large rocks shall be removed from the trenches. Pipe
shall have firm, uniform bearing for the entire length of each pipe line to
prevent uneven settlement.
4. Do not lay pipe in water, or when trench or weather conditions are unsuitable
for work.
S. When work is not in progress, securely close open ends of pipe fittings so that
no trench water, earth, or other substance will enter pipes or fittings.
6. Take up and relay any pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying.
7. Fittings at bends in the pipe line and at ends of lines shall be firmly wedged
against the vertical face of the trench, but not against rock.
8. Thrust blocks to be used. (See 7.4 Thrust Blocks)
9. Make joints in all screwed fittings by applying Teflon tape on male threads.
Use of Teflon dope is prohibited.
10. Where threaded PVC connections are required, use threaded PVC adapters.
11. There shall be no less than nine (9) inches of pipe between any two fittings,
except for close nipples used in swing joints.
12. No cross tees or street ells are to be used at any time.
13. On cut pipe, all burrs to be removed, tees and pipe to be cleaned, and primer
and solvent applied as to standard application process.
14. After pipe has been solvent weld, do not apply water pressure for a time less
than that of the manufactures recommendation, considering current weather
conditions.
15. All pipe shall be installed so that manufacture's markings are facing in the up
position.
16. Excess PVC Solvent shall be removed from joints before drying to prevent
pipe weakening. Pipe connections made with excess solvent will not be
accepted.
19
17. Solvent welding will not be permitted if weather conditions prevent joints from
remaining free of dirt or moisture, while joint is being made.
18. The owner must be given twenty-four (24) hour notice before pipe trenches
are covered so that owner's representative may be present for inspection. After
pipe system has been inspected and approved, trenches may be closed.
E. Installation of Valves (gate, double check, and section valves).
1. Install all new valves on a level grade with the mainline. Valve boxes shall
extend a minimum of 3" below bottom of valve. Valve box extensions shall be
used as necessary and shall be compatible with the valve box.
2. After installing valves and valve boxes, backfill holes with 3" min. washed gavel
3X' in size up to bottom of valve.
3. Quick coupler valve to be installed on swing joint as specified on plans. Top to
be flush with finish grade.
F. Sprinkler Heads
1. All sprinkler heads to be installed at spacing indicated on plans.
2. Install heads so that top of head is slightly above ground level to allow for
settling.
3. All sprinkler heads to be set to proper arc by Contractor.
4. All heads to be installed six (6) inches from proposed fence line.
G. Flushing
1. The mainline and valves will be flushed after installation. Full working pressure
must be used to flush all lines. On a loop system the two valves the greatest
distance from the water source will be opened. On any other configuration of
mainline, the last valve on each mainline will be opened for flushing. The
Owner's representatives must be given twenty-four (24) hours notice before
flushing begins so they may be present for inspections. After mainlines have
been inspected and flushed, the lateral lines may be installed.
2. The lateral lines will be flushed just prior to head installation. Flushing
procedure will consist of pointing all swing joints away from ditch line to
prevent contamination. Next, open the valve with full working pressure and
begin capping each swing joint with a threaded cap, beginning with the swing
joint closest to the valve and ending with the swing joint the greatest distance
from the valve. Twenty-four (24) hour notice must be given to Owner's
representatives for inspection.
3. Flush pipes until free of all rock, dirt, trash, pipe shavings, and debris.
H. Leakage Test
1. After pipe is laid, line to be pressurized and all air expelled from line at highest
point of each section.
2. Each line to be inspected for leaks. Any joints showing leaks shall be repaired
and any cracked or defective pipes or fittings shall be removed and replaced
with good material.
20
I. Backfill
1. Trenches to be backfilled with the excavated earth from trench work. Allrocks
t
21
and debris to be removed and no item larger than one (1) inch diameter to be
placed back in trench. Backfill is to be compacted and flooded to settle trench.
Contractor shall add more backfill if needed to bring trenches to existing grade.
r`
J. Controller (if applicable)
1. Contractor to locate controller as indicated on plans.
2. Contractor shall install a concrete slab four (4) inches thick flush to ground.
Owner will provide and Contractor will install prefabricated metal rain tight
box, in which controller will be installed by contractor. Contractor shall
install grounding rod through concrete slab.
3. Contractor shall install rigid conduit from edge of slab, ell up through and
attach to controller box. One conduit for power source; one conduit for
common/section wires.
4 Power wire conduit to be 3/4" diameter rigid conduit to meet city code.
5. One duplex plug shall be installed in the controller box.
K. Wiring
1. Control wires from controller to valves shall be laid in sprinkler line trenches
(if applicable -wiring to be installed along wiring route on plan).
2. Control wires to be taped together every twenty (20) feet along trench.
3. Expansion loops shall be made at every turn in the trench and every 50 foot
length of wire run by wrapping at least five (5) turns of wire around a one (1)
inch rod or pipe. Next, withdraw the rod leaving turns in wire.
4. All wire connections or splicing work shall have moisture proof connectors,
and their location must be denoted on the as -built plan. Contractor shall
minimize amount of splices.
5. Common valve wiring shall be white through entire system.
6. Section valve wiring shall be red through entire system. White wire may not
be used as section wire.
t
L. Lightning Arrestors and Rod
1. A lightning arrestor and rod shall be installed at each controller. The rod shall
r
be installed by the contractor and placed within the concrete slab below the
controller.
2. Rod shall be copper coated steel, minimum 8 feet long and 5/8" diameter.
3. Rod shall have minimum resistance of twenty-five (25) OHMS or less.
4. Rod to be connected to controller by a copper coated or bronze one piece
r.,
clamp.
5. Wire used to connect controller to lightning rod shall be 6 gauge solid copper
wire or one gauge larger than power wires, whichever is largest.
t
21
M. Testing and inspection
1.Do not allow any of the work in this section to be covered or enclosed until it
has been inspected, tested and approved by the Owner or Owner's _
Representative.
2. Prior to backfilling the main line and with control valves in place but before the
lateral lines are connected, completely flush and test the main line.
3. Fill the main line with water for a 24-hour period prior to testing.
D. Pressure test main lines with 150 psi for a period of 2 hours. Allowable _
leakage shall be as determined by the formula listed in AWWA C600. Owner
will witness and approve all tests. Notify Owner at least 24 hours in advance
of all testing. _
4. Provide all testing equipment and personnel required to complete the testing
procedure. Repeat testing as required.
5. Flush, clean, adjust, and balance all systems.
6. Adjust heads for proper coverage.
7. Potable Water Lines: Hydrostatically test for 6 hours at 150 psi. There shall
be no leaks whatsoever. --
VIH. Inspection/ Acceptance
A. Preliminary Inspection
1. When all initial installation is done and all incidentals necessary to the proper
function of the system is done, Contractor shall request Owner to walk through
system and visually check the operation of the system. At this time Owner and
Contractor will discuss repairs that may need to take place.
B. Final Inspection
1. After preliminary inspection has taken place and all corrections and repairs have
been completed by the Contractor, Contractor and Owner will again walk
through system to check operation. This procedure will be repeated until
system operates to Owner satisfaction. At this time Owner will accept system _
from Contractor. An acceptance form will follow from Owner to Contractor.
IX. Clean up and Adjusting
A. Removal of Site Debris. Contractor shall: _
1. Make final clean-up of all parts of work.
2. Remove all construction material and equipment.
3. Prepare site in an orderly and finished appearance.
4. Remove from site any rock or extra dirt that resulted from this and restore site
to its original condition.
5. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices.
6. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate of rated operating
pressure required for each sprinkler circuit.
7. Carefully adjust lawn sprinklers so they will be flush with, or not more than 1/2 --
inch below finish grade after completion of landscape work.
8. Adjust settings of controllers and automatic control valves.
9. Contractor will be required to remove all construction debris from the site.
Final clean up by the contractor must be acceptable to the owner.
22
Contractor shall:
1. Make all needed repairs or replacements due to defective workmanship or
materials for exactly one (1) year following date of final acceptance.
2. Be responsible for all expenses necessary for repairs and replacement.
3. Pay all expenses incurred if Contractor fails to act upon a request from Owner
for repairs to system. If Contractor fails to do work within ten (10) days after
request has been made by Owner, Owner will proceed with repairs and charge
all expenses to Contractor.
4. Pay for expenses incurred to project due to vandalism prior to final acceptance.
S. Owner shall pay for all expenses incurred due to vandalism after final
acceptance.
End -of -Section
r
23
�I
X. Commissioning
A. Starting Procedures
1. Follow manufacturer's written procedures. If no procedures are prescribed by
manufacturers, proceed as follows:
a. Verify that specialty valves and their accessories have been installed
correctly and operate correctly.
b. Verify that specified tests of piping are complete.
c. Check that sprinklers and devices are correct type.
d. Check that damaged sprinklers and devices have been replaced with new
materials.
e. Check that potable water supplies have correct type backflow preventers.
f. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices.
g. Adjust operating controls.
2. Operational Testing: Perform operational testing after hydrostatic testing is
completed, backfill is in place, and sprinklers are adjusted to final position.
B. Demonstration
1. Demonstrate to Owner that system meets coverage requirements and that
automatic controls function properly.
2. Demonstrate to Owner's maintenance personnel operation of equipment,
*-*
sprinklers, specialties, and accessories. Review operating and maintenance
information.
3. Provide -7 days' written notice in advance of demonstration.
r
C. Guarantee.
Contractor shall:
1. Make all needed repairs or replacements due to defective workmanship or
materials for exactly one (1) year following date of final acceptance.
2. Be responsible for all expenses necessary for repairs and replacement.
3. Pay all expenses incurred if Contractor fails to act upon a request from Owner
for repairs to system. If Contractor fails to do work within ten (10) days after
request has been made by Owner, Owner will proceed with repairs and charge
all expenses to Contractor.
4. Pay for expenses incurred to project due to vandalism prior to final acceptance.
S. Owner shall pay for all expenses incurred due to vandalism after final
acceptance.
End -of -Section
r
23
�I
SECTION 06 CHAIN LINK FENCE
I. General:
A. Scope of Project
1. Contractor shall supply all supervision, perform all work, furnish all
labor, tools, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to remove
existing chain-link fence where shown on plan and fully and properly
install steel fence at Lewis Park Athletic Field as described in the plans
and specifications. All construction and other work shall be completed _
in accordance with all governing codes and ordinances, with the best
engineering and construction practices, including material mfrs. _
recommendations for installation and workmanship, for the skill or
trade involved.
B. Work Included: _
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1. Section 01 - Summary of Work
2. Section 02 - Product Substitution _
3. Section 05 - Turf Irrigation
4. . Section 07 - Lighting
5. Section 08 - Light Poles --
6. Section 09 - Electrical
R. Quality Assurance:
A. This contractor shall use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are —
thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are
completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods
needed for proper performance of the work of this section.
B. Owner may make such investigations as he deems necessary to
determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder
shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this _
purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to
reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such
bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to -'
carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work
contemplated therein.
C. The Owner will stake out the locations for corner posts and terminal
posts in this installation. The fencing panels between corner ad terminal
posts shall generally follow the finished ground elevations. However,
the successful bidder will grade off minor irregularities in the path of
the fencing as necessary to limit variation of grade under the bottom
edge of fence fabric to a distance of not more than one (1) inch and not
less than one-half (0.5) inches to the ground/ maintenance strip.
D. The contractor shall be responsible for the security of the facilities
during the time that work is being performed on the site until final .-
acceptance by the owner.
24
t
t :
III. Fence Height
A. Fence height from the far end (furthest from home plate) of the dugout
around the outfield to the other far end of the opposite dugout shall be
t
6 ft. in height. In field #4, the straight section of fence along 55th St.
and Ave J shall be 10 ft. in height with top, middle, and bottom rail as
shown on plans. The front of the dugout and the section connecting the
arched backstop to the dugout shall be 10 ft. in height with top, middle,
and bottom rail. The backstop shall have a min. 19'-6" ft. vertical fence
section complete with top, middle, and quarter, and bottom rail.
IV. Chainlink Fabric
A. The chaff ink fabric shall be min. No. 9 gauge(. 148") wire woven in a 2"
+/-1/8" mesh conforming to Standard Specifications for Zinc -Coated Steel
Chainlink Fence Fabric, galvanized after weaving (GAW). Class I ASTM
�*
Designations A-392. Top and bottom salvage shall have a knuckle finish.
i
B. Fabric shall be free of barbs, icicles, or other projections resulting from the
galvanizing process, and any fabric not free thereof will be rejected even
though erected. Bottom of fence fabric shall be 1/2" plus or minus above
surface. Bottom of fabric selvage shall extend min. 1/2" below the outside
edge of concrete along backstops, dugouts, and fence line where shown on
plan. The chainlia fabric shall be tied to all line posts with No. 9 gauge
soft annealed galvanized tie wire.
V. Backstop
A. The backstop shall have a min. 19'-C' ft. vertical fence section complete
with top, middle, and bottom rail.
VI. Dugouts
A. Dugouts shall be 8 ft. deep by 35 ft: in width with a fence height of 10
+
feet in front (facing ballfield) with top, middle, and bottom rail, and 6
feet in height around the sides and back of both dugouts with top,
muddle, and bottom rail.. Infield gates shall be located in each dugout at
i
the end nearest to home plate, with swing located in direction as shown
on plan.
j
VII. Line Posts
A. Line posts shall conform to Standard Specifications for Hot -Dipped zinc -
Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Pipe ASTM Designation F-669.
Hot dip galvanized pipe shall have a 1.875 outside diameter, 2.251b.
per
linear ft., galvanized inside and outside. Posts shall be Tuf - 40. Length of
r...
pipe shall be equal to height and footing requirements as specified herein.
E
VIII. Terminal (Corner) Posts
A. Terminal Posts, end, corner, and pull posts shall conform to Standard
r-�
Specifications for Hot -Dipped zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Welded and
Seamless Pipe. ASTM Designation F-669. Hotdip galvanized pipe shall
have a 2.875 outside diameter, 4.64 lb. per linear ft. galvanized inside and
outside. Posts shall be Tuf - 40. Length of pipe shall be equal to height
and footing requirements as specified herein.
Fill
2S
IX. Gate Posts
A. Gate posts shall conform to Standard Specifications for Hot -Dipped
zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Pipe. ASTM
Designation F-669. Hot dip galvanized pipe shall have a 4.000 outside
diameter, 6.56 lb. per linear ft., galvanized inside and outside. Posts
shall be Tuf - 40. Length of pipe shall be equal to height and footing
requirements as specified herein.
X. Backstop posts
A. Backstop posts shall conform to Standard Specifications for Hot -Dipped
zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Pipe. ASTM Designation
F-669. Hot dip galvanized pipe shall have a 4.000 outside diameter, 9.11
lb. per linear ft., galvanized inside and outside. Posts shall be schedule 40.
Length of pipe shall be equal to height and footing requirements as
specified herein.
M. Terminal and Gate Post Fittings
A Terminal and gate post fittings, including tension bands, brace connections,
and tip rail connections, shall be No. 9 gauge, hot -dipped, galvanized, cold-
rolled carbon steel. No aluminum, cast iron, or pot metal fittings will be
accepted as equals or substitutes. Top rail, brace, and truss bands shall not
be less than one inch (1") wide, secured by three-eighths inch (3/8")
diameter carriage bolts and nuts.
B. Hardware: All miscellaneous hardware (bolts, washers, nuts, etc.) shall
be hot dip galvanized steel. A fitting to be malleable, cast iron or
diameters and lengths determined according to materials used.
XII. Railing
A. Top rail: The top rail shall have an outside diameter of 1.660 and weigh
1.82 pounds per linear foot and shall meet the same specifications of
quality as line and terminal posts. The chainlink fabric shall be tied to the
top rail at intervals of twenty-four inches (24") with No. 9 gauge soft
annealed galvanized steel tie wire.
B. Mddle Rail: Hot dip galvanized TO - 40 steel pipe shall have 1.660 inch
outside diameter and weigh 1.82 pounds per linear foot.. The chainlink
fabric shall be tied to the middle rail with No. 9 gauge soft annealed
galvanized steel tie wire. Middle rail shall be installed along the entire 18'
high backstop and 10' high fence sections, and around the 6' high sides and
back of each dugout.
C. Bottom Rail: Hot dip galvanized Tuf - 40 steel pipe shall have 1.660 inch
outside diameter and weigh 1.82 pounds per lin. ft.. The chainlink fabric
shall be tied to the bottom rail with No. 9 gauge soft annealed galvanized
steel tie wire. Bottom rail shall be installed along the entire 18' high
backstop and 10' high fence sections, and around the 6' high sides and
back of each dugout.
26
r
M. Braces for Terminal and Gate Posts
A. Terminal and gate posts shall be strengthened and reinforced by braces
meeting and shall utilize the same specifications of quality as line and
t terminal posts. Braces shall be installed midway between top rail and
ground surface and extend from each terminal post to the first adjacent line
post. Braces shall be securely fastened to posts by heavy pressed
steel connections and also be trussed from line post back to terminal post
with a three-eighths inch (3/8") round truss rod complete with a tightening
unit.
XIV. Bottom Tension Wire
Bottom tension wires shall be No. 7 guage, galvanized steel coil spring
tension wire, high carbon or hard drawn, ASTM designation A 116,
Class B, Galvanized or Aluminum Coated, fastened to the chainlink
fabric at intervals of eighteen inches (18") with No. 9 guage galvanized
hog rings. Bottom tension wire shall be installed along the 6' high fence
section from the far end (fin thest from home plate) of the dugout
around the outfield to the other far end of the opposite dugout (field 94
shall be 8 ft. in height).
XV. Post Spacing And Setting
A. New line posts shall be set a full twenty-seven inches (27") in a thirty-two
inch deep concrete foundation having a minimum diameter of eight inches
(8"). Terminal and gate posts shall be set a full thirty-six inches (36") in a
forty inch (40") deep concrete foundation having a minimum diameter of
twelve inches (12"). Concrete for post foundations shall be the same as
specified in the Concrete Section. Spacing of posts in the line of fence
shall be 10 ft. on center. Backstop posts shall be set a full forty-eight inches
(48") in a fifty-two inch (52") deep concrete foundation having a minimum
diameter of sixteen inches (16").
XVI. Post Tops
A. Tops of line posts shall be of a malleable casting. The base of tops shall
extend below the top of the post not less than two inches (2"). The tops
shall be provided with a hole suitable for the through passage of the top
rail. Terminal post tops shall be of malleable iron casting, and be designed
so as to positively exclude all moisture from the terminal post.
XVII. Gates
A. Gates shall be adjusted so that they can be opened and closed quickly
and easily. Gates shall be equipped with a positive latching device that
will accommodate padlocking. Binges, latches, and catches shall be one
of the manufacturer's standard designs as selected and approved by the
Owner.
27
B. Infield Gates: Frame shall be made of 1.66 O.D., 1.83 lb/ft. tuf - 40
tubular material hot -dip galvanized inside and outside. Corners shall —
have mortised joints for proper fit (hammering of pipe not acceptable).
Welds shall be continuous around pipe, cleaned and treated with zinc -
rich paint. Fabric shall be the same as fence. Gates shall be complete
with malleable iron pipe, socket hinges, catch stops and center rest.
Hinges shall permit gate to swing back against fence - 180 degrees if
required. Gates shall be located at the end of each dugout with swing in _
the direction as shown on plans.
C. Outfield Gates: Frame shall be made of 1.66 O.D., 1.831b/ft. tuf - 40
tubular material hot -dip galvanized inside and outside. Corners shall _
have mortised joints for proper fit (hammering of pipe not acceptable).
Welds shall be continuous around pipe, cleaned and treated with zinc -
rich paint. Fabric shall be the same as fence. --
Gates shall be complete with malleable iron pipe and socket hinges,
catch stops and center rest. Hinges shall permit gate to swing back
against fence - 180 degrees if required. Gates shall be in two sections —
complete with mateable iron pipe, socket hinges, catch stops and center
rest. Binges shall permit the gate to swing back against fence. Each
service gate shall have a 10 ft. opening with two (2) 5 ft. gates. See
plans for location and direction of swing.
Installation Procedures
A. The fence and all materials shall be erected and fitted in a first-class/
professional manner.
B. The contractor shall perform all required excavating, backfilling, and
compacting of backfill for posts and gate stops. Posts shall be spaced in
line of fence not further apart than 10 feet on center.
C. Only new materials shall be used. _
D. Posts shall be plumb and in alignment.
E. Posts and gate stops shall be set in concrete as described herein.
Install the concrete footing for a given post in one pour where possible. _
Standard plant, ready -mixed concrete, or approved site -mixed concrete
shall be used. The proportions of cement and water of required
plasticity to attain a minimum of 3000 lb./sq. in. of compressive
strength in 28 days shall be used. In pouring concrete, do not allow
heavy masses of concrete to fall outside the footing.
The direct flow of concrete down the sides of the hole shall fill all
spaces uniformly. Spade concrete liberally and carefully with a long, flat
slicing bar between vertical rows to eliminate voids. Brace the post if
necessary, to prevent the post from leaning.
F. The use of accelerators and antifreeze compounds in concrete shall not
be used.
28
29
G.
If any damage occurs to galvanized materials, the following procedure
shall be taken: The damaged areas shall be cleaned with mineral spirits
followed by wire brushing. After wire brushing these areas shall be
l
l
recleaned with solvent to remove residue. After cleaning, the damaged
areas shall be given two coats of galvanizing repair paint. The
r
galvanizing repair paint shall be zinc dust -zinc oxide.
H.
Materials, fittings, and workmanship shall be subject to final inspection
accepted by Owner's Representative.
DCK. Liabilities
A
The contractor shall take necessary precautions to minimize damage to
adjacent surrounding irrigation system, utilities, turf shrubbery, walks,
driveways, and curbs. Damaged items or areas shall be restored or
replaced by the contractor at no charge to the Owner.
1
B.
The contractor shall clean up and haul off construction debris, to
include excavated rock materials that collect on the rake during
leveling, The area shall be backfilled, raked level in each direction, and
left in level state of cleanliness.
XX. Measurement of Payment
A
Measurement, for payment, of chain link fence will be made along the
top rail from centerline to centerline of posts, including gates.
I
XU. Guarantee
A
Contractor shall:
1.
Contractor shall make all needed repairs or replacements due to
defective workmanship or materials for exactly one (1) year following
date of final acceptance.
'j
2.
Be responsible for all expenses necessary for repairs and replacement.
1
3.
Pay all expenses incurred if Contractor fails to act upon a request from
Owner for repairs. If Contractor fails to do work within ten (10) days
after request has been made by Owner, Owner will proceed with repairs
and charge all expenses to Contractor.
4
Pay for expenses incurred to project due to vandalism prior to final
acceptance.
29
SECTION 07 LIGHTING
I. Lighting Performance
A. Foot-candle Level
1. The performance criteria for these playing fields require lighting equipment
which will provide average light levels of 50 foot-candles infield and 30
foot-candles outfield maintained with normal lamp replacement and
reflector cleaning. A maintenance factor of .8 is to be used in determining
the initial light value after adjustment for a tilt factor. The light levels are
stated in the numeric values to be obtained during the initial hours of the
operation of the lighting system. Light levels are to be stated in the numeric
values to be obtained during the initial hours of the operation of the
lighting system. Bidders shall supply computer generated point by point
lights scans based on 155,000 lumens per lamp showing both initial and
maintained foot-candle levels.
2. The foot-candle level shall have a uniformity ratio of maximum to minimum
not greater than 2:1 infield and 3:1 outfield.
B. Work Included:
SITE DEVELOPMENT
L Section 01 - Summary of Work
2. Section 02 - Product Substitution
3. Section 05 - Turf Irrigation
4. Section 06 - Chain Link Fence
5. Section 08 - Light Poles
6. Section 09 - Electrical
ARCHITECTURAL
Division 2-16 - Architectural Specifications
C. Spill/Glare Light Control - Designated Areas
1. Energy efficient luminaries which control light energy and resulting
electrical energy use must be such that the reflector system design places
more than 70% of the total light output in the lower portion of the
projected light below the maximum candlepower point and thereby onto
the field to be illuminated.
2. Spill light onto adjoining area and into sky glow must also be restricted and
shall meet the same criteria that more than 70% of the total light is in the
lower portion of the projected light below the maximum candlepower.
3. Glare light as viewed from off-site locations shall also be controlled with a
reflector system that projects more than 70% of the total light into the
lower portion of the projected light below the maximum candlepower.
30
4. Foul strips shall be lighted. See attached scans for details concerning test
grids.
S. Beam definition
No one fixture shall exceed the candlepower or the specified degrees above
the maximum candlepower in the vertical plane as specified in the following
table:
Name Type Candlepower Degrees Above Maximum
Reflector Candlepower in Vertical
Plane
Nema 2 30,000 19 degrees
Nema 3 30,000 19 degrees
Nema 4 30,000 19 degrees
Nema S 30,000 28 degrees
Nema,6 303,000 28 degrees
D. Photometric unit
1. Structures for the luminaire assembly on each pole are to be
completely assembled in the factory and aimed to form one single
photometric unit with the alignment and performance to be
guaranteed by -the manufacturer.
2. Recapture of the aiming after movement of the fixture during
installation or relamping shall be achieved by a positive latching
device. In addition there shall be stainless steel bolt and nut to
secure the alignment.
31
H. Inspection and Verification
A. Field Test and Measure Procedures
1. All testing will be done with each field illuminated individually.
2. Infield Area Test Stations - Test stations for infield measurements of
horizontal illumination levels shall cover an area of 30 feet by 30 feet and
consist of 25 locations on an equally spaced 20 feet by 20 feet grid
(commencing 15 feet outside each baseline).
3. Outfield Area Test Stations - Test stations for outfield measurements of
horizontal illumination levels shall cover the entire outfield area to the
fence. Test stations shall be on a 30 feet by 30 feet grid.
4. Horizontal Foot-candle Readings - The test cell shall be positioned 36
inches above the playing surface for all field foot-candle readings.
B. Off -Site testing and Measurement Procedures
1. Ambient Light Levels - Ambient light (light outside the playing area
generated by sources other than ball field lighting such as moon light or
street lighting) levels shall be measured at the designated test stations as
specified. Technician is to record the maximum ambient foot-candle levels
in all planes and horizontal foot-candle levels for each test station with
playing field lights off. Then with playing field lights on, repeat the
measuring procedure for spill light and subtract the difference for each test
station.
2. Horizontal Foot-candle Readings - The test cell shall be positioned
horizontally 36 inches above grade for all horizontal spill light foot-candle
readings.
3. Spill/Glare Test Stations - Test stations for measurement of the maximum
foot-candles explored in any plane are to be at the locations as specified.
C. Testing equipment for measurement of foot-candle levels shall be United
Technology's Digital Model #61, a Gossen Panalux Electronic 2 or an
approved equal, and must show proof of calibration prior to testing as
required by manufacturer.
D. Final Approval
1. For final approval of the project, the manufacturer shall provide a final
report from the test results that shall provide the following items.
a. Identification of number and location of the test stations.
b. Identification of the acceptable metering devices with documentation of
calibration requirements and most recent calibration date and location
from the meter manufacturer.
32
i
j
III. Luminaire Assembly
A. General Description
1. The luminaire assembly shall consist of lamp, lamp socket, reflector, lens,
lamp cone, reinforcing retaining ring, adjustable aiming mounting device,
ballast, steel cross arms, integral wiring enclosed in rigid raceway, pole
clamps and shall be Sportscluster luminaries catalog #SC -2-1500 as
manufactured by Musco Sports -Lighting, Inc. or a pre -approved equal.
B. Items to be submitted for consideration of an alternate Luminaire
Assembly.
1. Failure to provide any of the following information with the alternate
submittal will be grounds for rejection of the alternate. Each item listed
below shall be provided in the form of clear and concise statements and/or
plans and drawings which can be easily read and clearly interpreted. Each
item shall also be clearly lettered to correspond with the following list. All
items shall be assembled in the order indicated and secured or bound in a
neat and orderly fashion for easy use and reference. Bidders requesting to
use equipment other than that specified shall submit ten (10) days prior to
bid opening the following:
a. Layout Drawing - Overall lighting layout design showing luminaire
mounting heights and pole locations.
b. Aiming Drawing - Light aiming point plan showing focus points
and reflector types.
C. Luminaire Assembly Drawing - A drawing of the luminaire
assembly and its interface to show the required poles. The
drawing shall show size, strength, type of material, coating
of all components and hardware, and shall meet the
following specifications:
1. Structural Strength
The luminaire assembly as shown in the
manufacturer's submittal shall be capable of
withstanding forces equal to 125 MPH wind levels
with a 1.3 gust factor without structural damage or
misalignment of the luminaries on the assembly.
{�' 33
2. Coatings
All component surfaces of the completed assembly,
except for the reflector, hardware and fasteners,
shall be coated with hot dipped galvanized ASTM
A-123.
Reflector - The reflector shall be of spun aluminum
with alzak finish.
Hardware and Fasteners - All hardware and
fasteners shall be of an approved corrosion resistant
material or coating.
Aluminum materials are to be anodized. Non -
reflector grade aluminum materials must receive a
polyurethane coating of paint in addition to
anodizing to protect impurities in the aluminum that
may not otherwise be protected by the anodizing
process.
Stainless steel materials shall be used for all -
fasteners, latches, hinges, and threaded devices. All
stainless steel shall be clear thermoset polymer _
coated.
3. Reflector and Lamp Supports
The reflector shall be fastened to the lamp cone with
a reinforcing retaining ring containing an acrylic _
compressed fiber ring which centers and stabilizes
the lamp in the reflector and provides a heat shield
to protect the lamp socket from heat. _
4. Lens
A removable lens with silicone gasket shall be
attached to the reflector and shall be impact and
thermal resistant glass. The lens rim shall be
stainless steel or equal and shall be attached to the
reflector with hinged -cable or chain.
34
5. Aimin
r^ The manufacturer shall provide a mechanical
positioning device for each luminaire on the
assembly which device shall be set at the factory by
the manufacturer based upon computer calculated
aiming information such that each assembly is
delivered to the job site as a composite light source.
The device shall provide for repositioning of the
( aiming after relamping. The manufacturer shall also
supply drawings showing the aiming point locations
of each liminaire.
d. Computer Models - Field Light Values
L Manufacturer shall submit an original (copies are
unacceptable) computer derived lighting scan
showing point by point horizontal foot-candle levels
on the playing surface, maximum to minimum ratio,
number of luminaries, initial lamp lumens.
2. Manufacturer shall submit with this computer
derived lighting scan, information on the number and
type of fixtures being used and kilowatt
consumption for the lighting system.
e. Computer Models - Extended Scans
1. Manufacturer shall submit a computer derived
lighting scan with spill control showing the
following:
a) Point by point horizontal foot-candles.
b) Point by point maximum foot-candles as
explored in any plane.
Manufacturer is to submit these scans showing the
above readings on a line 150 ft. from the boundary
of the playing field. Starting at the lower left hand
corner of the field, the point -by -point foot-candle
reading shall be shown every 30 ft. on the line and
the maximum reading to be found anywhere on the
line as shown. These scans shall reflect the spill light
readings as defined in the spill light performance
section.
35
f. Equipment Model Numbers - Written statement of model
number and manufacturer for all equipment bid. Submit a
packet of descriptive literature on all equipment bid, as well
as drawings and specifications of the luminaire assembly.
g. Luminaire Assembly Warranty - A seven year written
warranty from the manufacturer covering luminaire
assembly and equipment replacement policy.
h. Aiming Alignment Warranty - Written warranty form the
manufacturing company headquarters covering the aiming
alignment of the luminaire assembly.
i. Wind Load Engineer's Certification - Certified engineer,
independent of manufacturer, shall verify and stamp wind
load test of luminaire assembly to meet or exceed structural
strength as described herein.
j. U.L. Test Report - Bidder shall supply for the owner's
review, a copy of the Underwriters Laboratory report --
covering the luminaire assembly being bid.
k. Verification of Demonstrated Field Technology - The
manufacturer must submit in writing documented proof
showing a minimum of five (5) such similar lighting projects
where the specifications outlined above for spill/glare
control, field illumination values, and energy consumption
have been met. Include the project name, contact person,
and telephone numbers to reference such work.
1. Manufacturer's Guarantee - The manufacturer shall submit
in writing a letter guaranteeing compliance as to the above
specifications. Written explanation shall be provided prior
to bidding as to specified criteria for which non-compliance _
is anticipated and an explanation as to why the criteria
should be waived.
36
C. Lamps
1. Lamps shall be 1500 watt metal halide and shall met ANSI designation
M48PC 1500 BU and be Phillips #MH1500BU, or an approved equal.
E. Wiring and Overcurrent Protection
1 . All wiring on the luminaire assembly shall meet National Electrical Code and
shall pass from each luminaire on the assembly through protective
enclosures to join in a common enclosure. Each luminaire shall have
individual supplemental fuse protection located in ballast boxes or in
adjacent metal enclosures. Fusing must be U.L. listed. In -Line fusing will
NOT be accepted.
F. Documentation
1. Compliance with the criteria set out in this specification shall be
demonstrated by the following documentation to be provided with bid
package for bid approval:
a. Initial horizontal light levels at the number and location of points
shown on the drawings.
b. Maintained horizontal light levels at the number and location of
points shown on the drawings.
C. Off-site maximum light levels at the designated points.
d. Pole calculations certified by a licensed structural engineer.
e. Foundation design with soils assumptions.
37
D. Ballast
1. There shall be an individualballast for each luminaire. The ballast shall be
i 1
a lead peak auto -regulating ballast and the available for use with supply
voltage. The ballast shall be located remote from the luminaire cross arm
j�
and shall be placed approximately ten (10) feet above ground level. Ballast
tt ��
box must be a NEMA 3R enclosure and must be manufactured by the
luminaire assembly manufacturer and all mounting hardware shall be
included with the ballast box assembly. The remote ballast system
described above shall be located on the same pole as the luminaire assembly
in the NEMA 3R enclosure with the capacitors and the capacitors shall
operate in ambient air not to exceed 70 degrees C as established by U. L.
Test Standards. The assembly design shall be adaptable to various
..
standard ballast and must retain U. L. listing.
E. Wiring and Overcurrent Protection
1 . All wiring on the luminaire assembly shall meet National Electrical Code and
shall pass from each luminaire on the assembly through protective
enclosures to join in a common enclosure. Each luminaire shall have
individual supplemental fuse protection located in ballast boxes or in
adjacent metal enclosures. Fusing must be U.L. listed. In -Line fusing will
NOT be accepted.
F. Documentation
1. Compliance with the criteria set out in this specification shall be
demonstrated by the following documentation to be provided with bid
package for bid approval:
a. Initial horizontal light levels at the number and location of points
shown on the drawings.
b. Maintained horizontal light levels at the number and location of
points shown on the drawings.
C. Off-site maximum light levels at the designated points.
d. Pole calculations certified by a licensed structural engineer.
e. Foundation design with soils assumptions.
37
f. U. L. report for the Light -Structure, including the equipment and
electrical system for the pole, cross arms, and fixtures.
g. Warranty by manufacturer.
h. Photometric report by Independent Testing Laboratories showing
that 70% of light energy is projected below maximum candlepower
point.
L Branch electrical circuit and drawings.
j. Corrosive protection certification by the manufacturer that all —
latches, fasteners, hinges, and threaded devices for the pole and
luminaire assembly are of stainless steel construction; that all
aluminum anodized; and that all steel hot -dip galvanized to ASTM
123 standards.
G. Special Conditions
1. Codes - Luminaire assembly shall be U.L. listed and meet National
Electrical Code and NEMA Publication FA -1. Pole clamps are not U.L. _
listed.
END OF SECTION
38
d SECTION 08 STEEL POLES
I. Structural Design
A Wind Criteria
1. Luminaire assembly shall be designed to withstand wind forces of 125
mph with 1.3 gust factor without damage or misalignment to assembly.
2. Strength of the materials used in the structures shall be calculated based
upon AASHTO Pole Structure Criteria.
3. Foundation design criteria are to be based upon BROMS Standards using a
safety factor of 3. (Alternate UBC).
4. Galvanize by hot -dipping processing to ASTM -123 standards shall be used
a for pole, cross arms, braces, boxes, hubs, or any extensions attached to the
pole.
5. Poles and foundation shall be designed to meet UBC -C building codes and
80 mph wind zone. Poles shall be set according to approved drawing and
shall be plumb within three feet of location.
B. Work Included:
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1. Section 01 - Summary of Work
2. Section 02 - Product Substitution
3. Section 05 - Turf Irrigation
4. Section 06 - Chain Link Fence
5. Section 07 - Lighting
6. Section 08 -Light Poles
7. Section 09 - Electrical
ARCHITECTURAL
Division 2-16 - Architectural Specifications
C. Pole Specifications
1. Poles shall be all steel with a concrete base and shall be designed to
withstand forces specified in the Structural Design section above. Poles
shall be equipped with reinforced handhold containing equipment
grounding lug and cover plate approximately 12 inches above base. 1-
1/2" couplings with accompanying reinforced handholds and cover plates
shall be provided to service the luminaries and disconnects. Fixture
manufacturer to determine quantity and location of these items. Overall
pole length will be determined by required light levels as listed in section 03
LIGHTING. See 4.1 Fixture Count, this section. Galvanized elements
(pole, cross arms, braces, boxes, hubs, or any extension attached to the
pole) shall be hot -dipped meeting ASTM -123 standards.
39
2. Concrete Base Pole shall be formed with concrete that obtains 9500 PSI
strength and contains pre -stressed steel cable that is stressed to 28,910 lbs.
(which shall be 70% of the ultimate yield strength of the cable) or an
approved equal.
H. Soil Conditions
A. The design criteria for these specifications are based on soil conditions with
200 PSF or greater compression load. It shall be the contractor's
responsibility to notify the owner of soil conditions other than the design
criteria. The owner shall then be responsible and absorb the cost to
provide:
1. Adequate pole bases for soil conditions less than 200 PSF.
2. Excavation and removal of materials other than normal soils, such
as rock, caliche, etc.
M. Installation
A. Lighting Protection
The contractor shall provide and install one 5/8" by 8' long copperweld
ground rod at each pole base approximately three feet from the pier in
undisturbed earth at a minimum of 12 inches below grade. A #6 bare
copper ground wire shall be extended from this ground rod through the
PVC raceway to approximately two feet above the foundation.
B. Back fill
The contractor shall install poles and back fill around poles in accordance
to manufacturers recommendations.
IV. Light Poles
Field #3
A. Fixture Count
Pole
# of fixtures
Height
Field #1
A5
4
60'
Pole # of fixtures
Height
A6
4
60'
Al 4
60'
B5
7
60'
A2 4
60'
B6
7
60'
B 1 7
60'
B2 7
60'
Field #4
Pole
# of fixtures
Height
Field #2
A7
6
70'
Pole # of fixtures
Height
A8
6
70'
A3 4
60'
B7
11
70'
A4 4
60'
B8
11
70'
B3 7
60'
C7
5
60'
B4 7
60'
C8
5
60'
40
k.
SECTION 09 ELECTRICAL
I. Electrical
A. Work Included:
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1. Section 01 - Summary of Work
2. Section 02 - Product Substitution
3. Section 05 - Turf Irrigation
4. Section 06 - Chain Link Fence
5. Section 08 - Light Poles
6. Section 09 - Electrical
ARCHITECTURAL
Division 2-16 Architectural Specifications
II. SYSTEM DESIGN
A. The electrical wiring system shall consist of a main entrance service
panel board with underground feeder or branch circuits to factory
installed safety disconnect breaker located in electrical component
enclosure mounted on each luminaire pole (NEC 230-84). The systems -
shall be designed to result in no greater than 3% voltage drop at any
luminaire. The system shall have over current protection for each
service, feeder, branch Circuits and ballast. Each pole shall have a
grounding electrode connected to the system circuit grounded
conductor (NEC 250-24). A neutral conductor connecting to the
service system ground shall be run from circuit breaker panel to all
electrical component enclosures and luminaire assembly equipment.
For ungrounded systems, a grounding electrode shall be established at
the entrance and connect to equipment grounding conductor which
connects to the circuit breaker panel, all electrical component enclosure
and luminaire assembly equipment. The power supply to the main
service entrance panel board shall be provided by the utility company
and the owner as shown on the accompanying drawings. -
41
i!
B. SERVICE ENTRANCE
Main entrance circuit breaker panel board shall be located as shown on
the drawing and shall be a circuit breaker panel board with NEMA 3R
enclosure. Circuit breakers shall be the bolt -on type. Panel board shall
have a minimum of two feeder or branch circuits. Equipment shall be
Square "D" type I -Line, NEHB or NQO or approved equal. Service
underground conductors (laterals) shall be installed in rigid galvanized
steel conduit or IMC from service entrance equipment and extend to
the bottom of the trench with 90 degree elbows at its outer end. If
raceway is not continuous, open butt end shall be protected with
insulating type bushing.
M. - UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS
A. FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS
Underground wiring for feeder circuits shall run from the circuit
breaker panel board to the safety disconnect breaker mounted in the
electrical equipment enclosure on each luminaire pole.
Branch circuits for each lighting structure shall be provided that include
the following:
Disconnect - Thermal -magnetic breaker type.
2. Landing lugs for the feeder circuit as part of the disconnecting
device.
3. Fuse block for individual fusing for each load carrying
conductor of each lamp circuit. (Neutral conductors are not
fused).
4. Manufacturer shall provide all branch circuits completed from
the disconnecting device to the lamp with either plug-in or
landing lug connections provided for completion of circuits
during the field installation. This is to assure that the electrical
equipment on the pole is in conformance with U. L. standards.
5. Wire harness shall be provided with:
42
E
a. Uniformly wound conductors to avoid excessive stress
on any individual conductors.
b. Mylar wrapped wire harness to prevent unraveling of
the conductors.
C. Kellum grips attached and ties for mounting the wires
inside the pole.
d. Plug-in connections for each end of the wire harness to
connect it to the electrical component enclosure near the
base of the pole and to the lamps at the top of the pole
to assure proper matching of circuits.
b. Assembly and wiring of the fixtures to a plug-in connection is to
be completed by the manufacturer who is to provide a warranty
of the entire assembly. Manufacturer shall provide a schematic
of the wiring on the inside of the door of the electrical
component enclosure.
7. Grounding of the electrical system and the equipment shall be
provided throughout the pole structure for connection to
ground rods and feeder circuit ground wires.
S. Mounting of the NEMA 3R enclosure containing all electrical
components, except the lamps, shall be near the base of the pole
with the bottom of the enclosure 8 feet above the ground to
allow for step ladder maintenance access.
9. U. L. (Underwriters Laboratory) listing report shall be provided
for the entire base and pole assembly and its included electrical
systems in addition to the use of U. L. listed components within
the system.
B. RIGID CONDUIT
Rigid galvanized steel conduit or IMC shall be installed at the service
entrance to provide raceway for feeder or branch circuits. The rigid
galvanized steel conduit shall connect to the circuit breaker panel board
and extend to the bottom of the trench with a 90 degree elbow
connection at its outer end. All ends of a raceway that are not
continuous shall have open butt ends protected with insulating type
bushing installed using non-metallic conduit. There should be existing
2" conduit which is to be inspected and approved before using.
43
C. DIRECT BURIAL CABLE
Direct burial cable shall not be acceptable.
D. DIRECT BURIAL CONDUIT
Underground conduit shall be non-metallic Carlon PV-Duit PVC
plastic conduit, type 40 Heavywall 90 Crated, or approved equal.
Underground PVC conduit shall be connected to the 90 degree rigid
galvanized steel elbows located at the bottom of the trench where the
feeder originates and runs to and connects to the 90 degree rigid
galvanized steel elbows at each pole. Underground conduit wiring
conductors in PVC conduit shall be copper building wire type THWN.
IV. BRANCH CIRCUIT SAFETY DISCONNECT BREAKER
Each luminaire pole shall have an individual safety disconnect breaker
which shall be rated for service entrance duty. Each disconnect breaker
shall be factory installed in a NEMA 3R electrical component
enclosure. The required safety breakers shall be installed approximately
eight (8) feet above final grade.
V. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE ON POLES
Nema 3R electrical equipment enclosure on each pole containing
disconnect breaker, panel and distribution terminal blocks shall be
provided by manufacturer.
VI. BRANCH CIRCUITS ON POLES
Branch circuits at each pole extending from the safety disconnect
breaker to fixture distribution terminal blocks in each electrical
equipment enclosure shall be factory installed by manufacturer and
wired for single phase. Contractor shall be responsible for changing the
phasing as required.
44
r
VII. OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
A. SERVICE ENTRANCE
Service entrance feeder or branch circuits shall have properly sized over
current protection. The circuit breaker must be compatible with the
specified panels and shall be thermal magnetic bolt -on type with a
common trip handle for multi -pole breakers. Exterior tie handles shall
not be acceptable. The AIC rating of over current devices shall equal
or exceed the available fault circuit at the main lug terminal. The
circuit breakers shall be Square "D" FA, QO or EH bolt -on circuit
breaker or approved equal.
B. BRANCH CIRCUIT DISCONNECT BREAKER
Factory installed branch circuit disconnect breakers shall be Square "D"
FA or QO circuit breaker or a approved equal.
C. BALLAST SUPPLEMENTAL FUSES
All luminaire fixture ballast shall be individually protected against over
current by factory installed supplemental fuses. 480/277 volt ballast
protection shall be Limitron Bussman Fuse #KTK or approved equal
600 volt rated 120 240 208 volt ballast protection shall be Fusetron
Bussman Fuse #MDA or approved equal.
VIII. GROUNDING
Main entrance service and all luminaire assemblies and poles shall meet the
following requirements for grounding:
A. GROUNDING AT SERVICE ENTRANCE
The service entrance circuit breaker panel board shall have a #6 bare
copper grounding electrode conductor connected from the neutral bar
to two parallel 5/8 inch by 8 foot copperweld ground rods buried a
minimum of 12 inches below final grade with a minimum six (6) foot
separation between rods. If ground rods cannot be installed vertically,
they may be installed at no less than a 45 degree angle from vertical or
buried horizontally in a trench 2-1/2 feet deep.
B. GROUNDING AT EACH LUMINAIRE POLE
Each luminaire pole shall have green equipment ground wire
connecting all equipment grounds in the electrical equipment enclosures
and wire harness up pole and connect to luminaire equipment.
45
IX. TRENCHING
Trenching depth and width shall be adequate to install conduit with
minimum cover of 32 inches and/or below irrigation lines.
Trenches shall be back filled with excavated soil and compacted to
approximately the same density of surrounding soil to eliminate
settlement. Back fill maybe accomplished by tamping or water jetting
and flooding until full settlement has been reached.
Special attention shall be taken at all locations where 90 degree rigid
galvanized steel conduit extends into trench. Back fill beneath elbow
shall be tamped to approximately the same density.of surrounding soil
to eliminate shearing action on conductors.
X. *SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Said special conditions shall over ride paragraph "Guarantees", in the General
Instructions to bidders.
A. 7 -Year period of warranty shall be provided for the entire equipment
package against failure due to manufacturing defect or fatigue. During
the first 2 years of this time period the manufacturer will be responsible
for the cost of materials and labor for any repairs which may be
necessary. During the following 5 years the manufacturer will provide
or pay for material necessary for any repairs. (The warranty does not y
apply to the consumable lamp and fuse, which are only to be warranted
to perform according to design criteria).
B. Replacement Parts - The contractor shall furnish to the owner one extra
lamp and six extra fuses for future use. .
46
ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS.
DIVISIONS 2 - 16.
47
PARTIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
GENERIC/STAN17ARV FOUR PLEX FACoILITY FOR THE CITY OF
L,.U550CK ANP OFFICE OF PARKS AN17 RECREATION —
PARKS APMINISTRATiON DEPARTMENT
CONCESSION/PRESS BOX UP67RAVES
FOR VARIOUS CITY PARKS
L.UBBOGK, TEXAS
OINNERSHIP OF INSTRUMENTS OF
SERVICE
The Client acknowledges the design professionals construction documents and
specifications as instruments of professional service. Nevertheless, the plans and
specifications prepared under this agreement shall become the property of the Client upon
completion of the work and payment In full of an monies due to the design professional. The
Client shall not reuse or make any modifications to the plans and specifications without the
prior written authorization of the design professional. The Client agrees, to the fullest
extent permitted by Law, to indemnify and hold the design professional harmless from any
claim, liability or cost (including reasonable attorneys fees and defense costs) arising or
allegedly arising out of any unauthorized reuse or modification of the construction
documents by the Client or any person or entity that acc{uires or obtains the plans and
specifications from or through the Client without the written authorization of the design
professional
This pocument/speclfication is released for the purpose of being a standard drawing to
be used for the construction of a four plex concession stand/press box under the
authority of Y4. Scott 5chellhase, AIA, NCARB, # 1 1062, Russell J. Thoma, Jr., P.E.,
#56920, V4.5oott Hensley, P.E., #68'T 56 and Troy P. Swinney, P.E., #80056, on May 26,
1 9 9 6. This document is not to be used for bidding, donstruction, or permit purposes
unless a registered professional Architect and Engineer have reviewed it to determine that
it is acceptable for its intended purpose, and has affixed the Architects and Engineers
seal, original signature, and date of signature to the originals of these documents. This
standard document is published by the City of Lubbock, Texas.
Copyright -C
5L5 Partnership, Inc. May 20, 1 91ai6
�g�.D ARC'
s scy f<< i
s �
a
���' 11062V'� NS Zoe 9L
TA5L.E OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
Section
02200 Earthwork -
02222 Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling
02514 Concrete Walks
DIVISION s CONCRETE
Section 05910 Concrete
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
Section
04200
Unit Masonrg
Flashing and Sheet Metal
04250
Reinforced Unit MasonrW
DIVISION 5
METALS
Section
05500
Metal Fabrications
DIVISION b
CARPENTRY AND WOODWORK
Section
06100
CarpentrW Mork
061 92
Prefabricated Wood Trusses
06400
Architectural Woodwork
DIVISION 1 MOISTURE AND THERMAL PROTECTION
Section Oi 1"75
Water Repellant Coating
017600
Flashing and Sheet Metal
01761 1
Sheet Metal Roofing and Wall Panels
0't 900
caulking and Sealants
DIVISION 8 DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS
Section 06150 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
08665 Aluminum Sliding Window Unit
08'100 Finish Hardware
06600 Glass and Glazing
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
Section 09650 Resilient Flooring —Alternate 05
15
5
28
9
b
4
6
b
5
2
5
s
6
8
5
4
PADS -1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
O9 900 Painting
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
Section 10165 Plastic Laminate Toilet Compartments
10210 Metal Wall Louvers
10400 Signage
10600 Toilet Accessories
DIVISION 1 1 EQUIPMENT
Section 11400 Food Service Equipment
DIVISION 12 FURNISHiN&S
(Not in this contract)
DIVISION 15 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
(Not in this contract)
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
(Not in this Contract)
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
Section 15140 supports and Anchors
15260 Piping Insulation
15410 Plumbing Piping
15450 Plumbing Specialties
15440 Plumbing Fixtures
15450 Plumbing Equipment
1 5 6 9 0 Ductwork
15 91 O Ductwork Accessories
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
Section 16111 Conduit
16125 Building Wire and cable
16150 Boxes
16140 Wiring Devices
161 'TO Grounding and Bonding
16190 supporting Devices
1619 5 Electrical Identification
Pages
10
5
5
2
2
5
4
8
5
6
11
5
2
i
5
4
4
5
5
5
PAGE 2
V
TA5LE OF CONTENTS
Pages
164'70 Paneiboards 5
16510 Interior Luminaries S
PRAWINSS BOUNP SEPARATELY
End of Table of Contents
PASM 5
r
EARTHY40RK
SECTION 02200
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General conditions,
supplementary General conditions, Speclal conditions and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A The extent of earthwork is shown on drawings.
B. Preparation of subgrade for building slabs and walks is included as part of this
work.
c. Backfilling of trenches within building lines is included as part of this work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable
requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Testing and Inspection Service: Employ, at contraotor's expense, testing
laboratory to perform soil testing and inspection service for quality control
testing during earthwork operations. The testing laboratory shall comply with
the requirements of ASTM 05'740, Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing
and/or Inspection of Soil or Rock Used In Engineering Design and construction.
i 1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports: Submit following reports directly to Architect from the testing
services, with copies to Contractor and Engineer.
1. Test reports on existing or borrow material for each type of soil
encountered.
• a. Atterberg Limits
b. Linear Shrinkage
c. Optimum moisture/maximum dry density curve ..
SECTION 02200
r.11
PAGE 1
EARTHJNORK
SECTION 02200
2. Field density test reports of subgrades and compacted fills. Reports
shall indicate soil type or change of soil if any other is used.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Site Information
1. A subsurface soils investigation at three of the sites has been made.
Logs of borings and test data are available for Contractor's
information and for his interpretation as to soil and water conditions
that may be encountered at the site.
2. Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not Intended as
representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil
borings. It is expressly understood that the Owner will not be
responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by the
Contractor. Data are made available for the convenience of the
contractor.
S. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made
by Contractor at no cost to Owner. —
4. A subsurface soils investigation at two of the sites has not been
performed. Test borings and other exploratory operations may be
made by the contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work. If
utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during
earthwork operations.
1. should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be
encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for
directions. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies In keeping
respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities
to satisfaction of utility owner.
2. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by
owner or others, except when permitted in writing by Architect and then
only after acceptable temporary utility services. have been provided.
C. Use of Explosives: The use of explosives Isnot permitted.
SECTION 02200
PAGE 2
r
r EARTHWORK
SECTION 02200
D. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring
as part of this work and post with warning lights.
1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities
from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining,
washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SOIL MATERIALS
A. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D 2481
soil classification groups GW, CGP, 6M, GC, SC, CL, SM, SW and SP.
B. unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D
248'1 soil classification groups CH, ML, MH, OL, OH, and PT.
C. Topsoil shall be fertile, natural soil of loamy character, free of clay lumps, stones
and debris.
D. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or
gravel larger than 2" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable
and other deleterious matter. Fill materials shall have a liquid limit between 4 and
55 and the plasticity index shall be between 4 and 12.
PART 8 EXECUTION
8.01 EXCAVATION
l A. Excavation wmalsts of removal and disposal of material, encountered when
establishing required finish grade elevations.
B. Earth excavation includes removal and disposal of pavements and other
obstructions visible on ground surface, underground structures and utilities
indicated to be demolished and removed material of any classification indicated
In data on subsurface conditlons, and other materials encountered that are not
classified as rock excavation or unauthorized excavation.
SECTION 02200
PA&E 5
EARTHYVORK
SECTION 02200
Co. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond Indicated
subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Architect.
Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall
be at contractor's expense.
D. Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation
by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation
bottom, without altering required top elevation. lean concrete fill may be used
to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Architect.
E. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for
authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by
Architect.
F. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required. subgrade
elevations, notify Architect who will make an inspection of conditions.
1. if unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required subgrade
elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace excavated material
as directed by Architect.
2. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be
paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work.
G. Stability of Excavations
1. slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances
having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible
because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated.
2. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until
completion of backfilling.
H. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from
flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to
prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and
soil changes, detrimental to stability of subgrades. and foundations.
Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge
lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey
SECTION 02200 PA&E 4
l
EARTHWORK
SECTION 02200
water away from excavations.
2. convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting
or run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and
other diversionsoutside excavation limits for eaah structure. Do not
use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
I. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed,
until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper
drainage.
1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified.
j. Excavation for Structures _
1. conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus
or minus o.1 o foot, and extending a sufficient distance from footings
and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork,
installation of services, other construction, and for inspection.
2. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb
bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade Just before
concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and
grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
K. Excavation for Trenches
1. Dig trenches to the uniform width required for particular item to be
Installed, sufficlentiy wide to provide ample working room.
2. Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required. Garry depth of
trenches for piping to establish indicated flow lines and invert
elevations. Seyond building perimeter, keep bottoms of trenches
sufficiently below finish grade to avoid freeze -ups.
S. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation 6" below required
elevation and baakfill with a 6" layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to
installation of pipe.
SECTION 02200 PAGE 5
I
EARTHAORK
SECTION 02200
4. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated, notching under pipe bells to
provide solid bearing for entire body of pipe.
S. Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within
16 of column or wall footings and which are carried below bottom of
such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to
level of bottom of adjacent footings.
- 6. Concrete is specified in Division s.
T. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and
backfilling authorized by Architect. Use care in backfilling to avoid
damage or displacement of pipe systems.
L. Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when
atmospheric temperature is less than s 5 degrees F. (1 degree C.)
5.02 COMPACTION
A. General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum
percentage of density specified for each area classification.
B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: compact soil to not less than
the following percentages of maximum dry density for soils which exhibit a
well-defined moisture -density relationship determined in accordance with A5TM
D 698 (Standard Proctor); and not less than the following percentages of
relative density, determined in accordance with ASTM D 2044, for soils which
will not exhibit a well-defined moisture -density relationship.
1. Structures: compact top 12" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or
fill material at 959b maximum dry density or 4090 relative dry density.
2. Building Slabs and steps: Compact top 12" of subgrade and each layer
of backfill or fill material at ci59o, maximum dry density or 9090 relative `
dry density.
5. Lawn or unpaved Areas: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of --
backfill or fill material at 90% maximum dry density.
4. Walkways: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill
materials at 959b maximum dry density or 4098 relative dry density.
SECTION 02200 PAGE 6
EARTHY40FZK
SECTION 02200
C. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture
conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade,
or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during or
subsequent to compaction operations.
1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that Is too wet
to permit compaction to specified density.
2. soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit
compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist
drying by dicing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is
reduced to a satisfactory value.
5.05 BACKFILL ANP FILL
A. General: Place .acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade
elevations, for each area classification listed below.
1. in excavations, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.
2. under grassed areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.
5. Under walks and steps use satisfactory excavated or borrow material,
or combination of both.
4. Under building slabs, use satisfactory borrow material.
B. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of
the following:
1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade Including, where
applicable, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter Insulation.
2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground
utilities.
s. Removal of concrete formwork.
4. Removal of trash and debris.
c. &round Surface Preparation
SECTION 02200
PAGE 'i
EARTHWORK
SECTION 02200
1. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions,
and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of
fills. Plow, strip, or break-up so that fill material will bond with existing
surface.
2. when existing ground surface has a density less than that specified
under "Compaction" for particular area classiflcation, break up ground
surface, pulverize, moisture -condition to optimum moisture content, and
compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density.
V. Placement and compaction
1. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 6" in loose depth
for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more
than 4" in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated
tampers.
2. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to
provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required
percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area
classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are
muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.
s. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, to --
required elevations. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill
against structures by carrying material uniformly around structure to
approximately same elevation in each lift.
5.04 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section,
including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified
tolerances, .compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where
elevations are shown, or between such points and existing grades.
B. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain
away from structures and to prevent ponding.
SECTION 02200 PAGE 8
EARTHWORK
L J
SECTION 02200
G. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not
more than 0.10 foot above or below required subgrade elevations.
2. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and
cross-section, with finish surface not more than 0.1 O foot above or
below required subgrade elevation.
D. Grading Surface of Fill under Building Slabs: 6rade smooth and even, free of
voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades
within a tolerance of when tested with a 10 foot straightedge.
E. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and
percentage of maximum density for each area classification.
8.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. auality Control Testing During Construction
1. Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers
before further construction work is performed.
2. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (Sand
Cone Method) or ASTM D 216'1 (Rubber Balloon Method), or ASTM D
2922, (Nuclear.&auge Method) as applicable.
B. Building Slab subgrade
1. Make at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2000 sq. ft.
of building slab, but In no case less than 5 tests. In each compacted fill
layer, make one field density test for every 2000 sq. ft. of overlaying
building slab, but in no case less than 5 tests. Subsequent layers shall be
placed only after the previous compacted layer has been tested and
approved by the testing laboratory and Architect/Engineer.
0. If, in opinion of Architect, based on testing service reports and inspection.
subgrade or fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide
additional compaction and testing at no additional expense.
5.06 MAINTENANCE
SECTION 02200
i�
PA&E 9
EARTHWORK
SECTION 02200
A. Protection of Graded Areas
1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of
trash and debris.
2. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to
specified tolerances.
S. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are
disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify
surface, re -shape, and compact to required density prior to further
construction.
5.01 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Removal from Owner's Property
1. Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material,
trash and debris, and dispose of it off Owner's property.
End of Section
SECTION 02200 PA&E 10
EXCAVATION, TRENCH AND SACKPILL
SECTION 02222 PACEM 1
4:
PART 1. GENERAL
* , 8.01 PROTECTION
A. Protect lawns from damage, rake clean after work is complete.
S. Protect existing structures, roads, sidewalks and paving against damage from
equipment and vehicular or foot traffic.
SECTION 02222
PAGE 1
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
The general provisions of the contract, including beneral Conditions. Supplementary
7
beneral Conditions, Special Conditions and beneral Requirements {Division 1), apply
to the work specifled in this section.
1.02
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Trench and backfill for underground utilities.
5.
Excavate for foundations, slabs and incidentals.
c.
Remove debris and surplus excavated material from site.
1.05
RELATED WORK
POO
�i
A.
Section 02200: Earthwork
B.
Section 05510: Concrete
iT
C.
Section 15: Mechanical and Plumbing Systems
D.
Division 16: Electrical Systems
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
A
Sand for under concrete walks, slabs, foundations and utilities. clean natural river
or bank sand; free from silt, clay, loam friable or soluble materials, and organic
matter; with grading requirements the same as specified for the fine aggregate used
for concrete. See Section 0581 O.
I
S.
Backfill: Sub -soil free from alkali, salt, petroleum products, roots, rocks larger than
5 inches In diameter and building debris.
PART S. EXECUTION
* , 8.01 PROTECTION
A. Protect lawns from damage, rake clean after work is complete.
S. Protect existing structures, roads, sidewalks and paving against damage from
equipment and vehicular or foot traffic.
SECTION 02222
PAGE 1
EXCAVATION, TRENCH ANT.'+ BACKFILL
SECTION 02 2 2 2 PAGE 2
G. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, or other methods as required to prevent
loose dirt from falling into excavations.
D. Maintain existing utility lines which pass through work area.. sleeve lines that pass
through the foundation.
E. Accurately locate and record abandoned and active utility lines rerouted or extend.
F. Notify the Architect of unexpected sub -surface conditions and discontinue work
In area until the proper authority provides notification to resume work.
0. Grade around excavations to prevent surface water runoff into excavated areas. -.
8.02 TRENCHING FOR UTILITIES
A. Trench for electrical service. Ensure trenching does not interfere with normal 45
degree bearing splay of any foundations.
B. Trenches shall be excavated so as to provide a minimum depth of cover of s0
Inches, unless otherwise speclfled or approved by the Architect or Engineer.
5.05 EXCAVATION FOR FOUNDATIONS, SLABS AND INCIDENTALS
A. Excavate subsoil in accordance with lines and levels required for construction of
the work, including space for forms, bracing and shoring.
B. Do additional excavations only by written authorization of the Architect..
Unauthorized excavation shall be corrected as directed by the Architect or Owner
at no cost to the Owner.
0. Hand trim excavations and leave free from loose or organic matter.
D. Excavations are not to interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any
foundation.
5.04 BACKFILLING
A. Do not start backfilling until services have been inspected.
B. Ensure areas to be backfilled, including trenches, are free of building debris and
water.
SECTION 02222 PAGE 2
EXCAVATION, TRENCH AND BACKFILL
SECTION 02222 PAGE 5
G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches loose
depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage services.
P. Backfill with sub -soil areas at walks to receive concrete :labs to sand bed
level and compact. Fill with sand to concrete slab level. Smooth and level top
surface of sand fill.
E. Backfill electric utility line trenches with sand to cover conduit. Fill remainder of
trenches with sub -soil and compact.
5.05 SURPLUS MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus backfill materials from site.
B. Remove all broken concrete, trash and construction debris from the site.
End of Section
SECTION 02222 PA&E 5
r -
CONCRETE NALKS
SECTION 02514
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions,
supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General
Requirements (Division 1 ), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of concrete walks is shown on the Drawings.
B. comply with applicable requirement of section 0551 O, concrete Work,
for materials, testing, mixing, placing and curing, except as herein
specified otherwise.
1.05 JOB CONDITION5
A. Grade control: Establish and maintain the required lines and grades.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Forms
1. Either steel or wood, of size and strength to resist movement
during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical
alignment until removal. Use forms that are straight and free of
distortion and defects. Bent, twisted, split or defective form
materials are not permitted.
2. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form
radius bends as required.
S. Coat forms with a non -staining, clear. paraffin base form oil that
will not discolor or otherwise deface the surface of the
concrete.
B. concrete: Comply with applicable requirement of Section 05510.
Concrete Work, for concrete materials. concrete mix shall not be the
SECTION 02514
PA&M 1
CONCRETE )NALKS
SECTION 02514
same as used for building slabs and foundations. Exterior concrete shall
attain a minimum compressive strength of 5000 psi at 28 days and shall
contain six (6) sacks (564 lbs.) of cement per cubic yard of concrete,
6 percent plus or minus 1 percent of entrained air, coarse aggregate
1 " or smaller and shall be poured with a slump of 5" plus or minus 1 ".
G. Expansion Joints: Premolded cane fiber saturated with asphalt. Unless
Indicated otherwise, 1/2" thickness by depth of slab. At curbs and
gutters, furnish special section to meet local curb and gutter
specifications.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Remove all loose material from the uniformly compacted subbase
surface immediately before placing concrete.
5.02 FORM CONSTRUCTION
A. Set forms to the required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured.
Install sufficient lengths of forms to allow continuous progress of the
work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after
concrete placement. Tops of walks shall slope at least 1 /8" per foot. —
S. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to the following
tolerances:
1. Top of form units: Not more than 1 /8" in 10 feet.
2. vertical face: Longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4" in 10 feet.
C. Clean forms after each use, and coat with form oil as often as required
to ensure separation from concrete without damage. --
5.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. General —
1. Comply with the requirements of Section 05510, Concrete
work, for mixing and placing concrete, and as herein specified.
SECTION 02514 PAC7E 2 --
CONCRETE iNALKS
r SECTION 02514
2. po ' not place concrete until subgrade and forms have been
checked for line and grade. Moisten subgrade as required to
provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete Is
placed. po not place concrete around manholes or other
structures until they have been brought to the required grade
and alignment.
8. Place concrete using methods which prevent segregation of the
mix, and with as little rehandling as possible. consolidate
concrete along the face of forms and adjacent to transverse
joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint
assemblies or side forms. Use only square -faced shovels for
hand -spreading and consolidation. consolidate with care to
prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. po
not over vibrate.
4.- peposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between
transverse joints, as far as possible. If interrupted for more
than 1h hour, place a construction joint. Sections less than 15
feet in length between transverse joints will not be permitted.
Remove such sections If directed by the Architect.
8.04 JOINTS
A. General: construct expansion, weakened -plane (contraction), and
construction joints true -to -line with face perpendicular to surface of
the concrete, unless otherwise shown. construct transverse joints to
align with previously placed joints, unless otherwise shown.
S. Nleakened-Plane (contraction) Joints: Provide weakened -plane
(contraction) joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on the
prawings. construct weakened -plane joints for a depth equal to at
least 1 /4 concrete thickness as follows:
C. Tooled Joints: Form weakened -plane joints in fresh concrete by
Grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing
edges with a jointer.
p. construction Joints: Place construction joints at the end of all pours
and at locations where placement operations are stopped for a period
of more than 1h hour, except where such pour terminates at expansion
r„ SECTION 02514
�i
r
PAC -7E 5 -
CONCRETE YSIAL.KS
SECTION 02 514
joints.
1. Construct joints as shown, or If not shown, use standard metal
keyway section forms.
E. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints
abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks
and other fixed objects. --
1. Expansion Joints shall be at 20 feet o.c., unless otherwise
shown.
2. Extend joint fillers full -width and depth of joint, and not less than
1h" or more than 1 " below finished surface. Furnish joint fillers in
one-piece lengths for the full width being placed, wherever
possible. Where more than -one length is required, lace or clip
joint filler sections together. Form top edge of filler to
conform to top profile of concrete.
5. Protect the top edge of the joint filler during concrete
placement with a metal cap or other temporary material.
Remove protection after both sides of Joint are placed.
5.05 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Finishes: unless indicated otherwise, Items of concrete to be finished as
follows:
1. All sidewalks, concrete aprons and porches shall have float
finish, brushed as directed to provide non -slip finish.
S. The following finishing procedures shall be observed:
1. After striking -off and consolidating concrete, smooth the
surface by screeding and floating. Do not use "Jitterbugs". use
hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible.
Adjust the floating to compact the surface and produce a --
uniform mixture.
2. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 1O foot
straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove
SECTION 02 514 PAGE 4 --
F CONCRETE NALKS
SECTION 02514
surface irregularities. and refloat repaired areas to provide a
continuous, smooth finish.
s. work edges of slabs and formed Joints with an edging tool, and
round to A" radius, unless otherwise shown. Eliminate any tool
marks on concrete surface.
4. After completion of floating and when excess moisture or
surface sheen has disappeared complete surface finishing as
follows:
a. Broom Finish: Broom finish, by drawing a fine broom across
concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat
operation if required to provide a fine line texture acceptable
to the Architect.
b. On inclining slab surfaces, provide a coarse, non -slip finish by
scoring surf aae with a stiff -bristled broom.
8.06 CURING
A. Protect and cure finished concrete walks, complying with the applicable
requirements of Seation Oss 1 O, Concrete Work. Use moist -curing
methods whenever possible for first 24 hours then apply curing
compound.
5.0'1 REPAIRS ANO PROTECTIONS
A. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by
Architect.
S. Grill test cores where directed by Architect. when necessary to
determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes
in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded
to pavement with polysulphlde-epoxy binder. or with polysulphide resin
grout, complying with FS MMM -6-6505 GANG.
C. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude
traff is from pavement for . at least 14 days after placement. when
construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as
possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they
SECTION 02514
11
PA&E 5
CONCRETE JNALKS
SECTION 02 514
a. Broom Finish: 5room finish, by drawing a fine broom across concrete
surface, perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required
to provide a fine line texture acceptable to the Architect.
b. On inclining slab surfaces, provide a coarse, non -slip finish by scoring
surface with a stiff -bristled broom.
5.06 CURING
A. Protect and cure finished concrete walks, complying with the applicable
requirements of Section 0551 O, Concrete Work. Use moist -curing methods --
whenever possible for first 24 hours then apply curing compound.
5.0*7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS
A. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by Architect.
S. Drill test cores where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine
magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes In satisfactory
pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with
poly5ulphide-epoxy binder, or with polysulphide resin grout, complying with F5
MMM -G-6505 GANG.
G. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from
pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is
permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains
and spillage of materials as they occur.
D. Sweep concrete walks free of stains, discolorations, dirt and other foreign
material just prior to final inspection.
End of section
SECTION 02514 PA&E 5 --
CONCRETE NORK
SECTION 0331 O
PART 1 6ENER-AL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions,
Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of concrete work is shown on the Drawings.
1.05 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. concrete Walks Section 02514.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. codes and Standards: comply with the provisions of the following
codes, specifications and standards, except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified:
1. AGI 501 "Specifications for structural Concrete for
Buildings".
2. ACI 504 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing,
Transporting and Placing concrete".
S. AGI 51 1 "Recommended Practice for concrete Inspection".
4. AGI 518 "Building code Requirements for Reinforced
Concrete".
S. ACI 54'7 "Recommended Practice for concrete Formwork".
6. MSP -1-90 concrete Reinforcing steel Institute, "Manual of
standard Practice".
S. Workmanship: The contractor is responsible for correction of
concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements,
including strength, tolerances and finishes. correct deficient concrete
SECTION 05510 PAGE 1
CONCRETE WORK
SECTION OSS 10
as directed by the Architect.
G. design and Testing
1. The Contractor shall bear all expenses in connection with
securing proper laboratory designed mixes. Mixes proposed
for use in this project shall be tested by means of actual cylinder
breaks, with all information being reported to the Architect. A _
proven,_ established, mix from an acceptable ready -mix plant may
be urged. Provide a minimum of 5 recent different compression
test reports for the proposed mix.
2. .lob site cylinders shall be taken when the Architect so directs.
The contractor shall notify the testing laboratory when test
cylinders are to be taken. The laboratory shall come to the site
and take. the concrete cylinders, and be responsible for their
care and handling including breaking of same at laboratory.
V. Concrete Testing Service: Employ, at Contractor's expense a testing
laboratory acceptable to Architect to perform material evaluation
tests and to design concrete mixes. --
1. Test results shall be furnished to the Architect, Engineer and the
Contractor.
2. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting,
as directed by the Architect, at anytime during the progress of
the work. Allow free access to material stockpiles and facilities
at all times. Tests, not specifically indicated to be done at the
Owner's expense, including the retesting of the rejected
materials and installed work, shall be done at the contractor's
expense.
s. Any concrete not meeting strength requirements shall be further -'
tested. If further tests indicate concrete will ultimately never
meet strength requirements, the under strength concrete will be
replaced with new as directed by Architect. -,
E.. Tests for -Concrete Materials
1. Test aggregate by method of sampling and testing of ASTM C
SECTION 05510 PA07E 2
I;
E
CONCRETE WORK
SECTION 055 1 O
55.
2. For portland cement, sample the cement and determine the
properties by the methods of test of ASTM 0 1 so.
S. submit written reports to the Architect, for each material
sampled and tested, prior to the start of work. Provide the
project identification name and number, date of report, name of
contractor, name of concrete testing service, source of
concrete aggregates, material manufacturer and brand name for
manufactured materials, values specifled in the referenced
specification for each material, and test results. Indicate
whether or not material Is acceptable for intended use.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and
placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with the AGI 515 'Manual
of standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete structures"
showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars,
arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement
required at openings through concrete structures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: unless otherwise shown or
specified, construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with
plywood, metal, metal framed plywood -faced or other acceptable
panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed
surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of
joints and to conform to Joint system shown on the Drawings. Provide
form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of
newly -placed concrete without bow or deflection. Forms used for this
class of concrete shall be new or "good -as -new".
B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product standard PS -1 "B-5 (aoncrete
Form) Plywood" Glass I, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edge
sealed, with each piece bearing legible trademark of an approved
inspection agency, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
�., SECTION 0551 O
�C
PAGE 5
CONCRETE 1NORK
SECTION 05 51 O
C.Z. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which
will be unexposed In finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or
other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges
and one side for tight fit.
D. Earth Trench Forms: Earth trench type forming shall only be used where
continuous type or square spot footings are shown on the Drawings.
2.02 REINFORCING MATERIAL5
A. Reinforcing Bars: A5TM A 6 15, Grade 60, except No. Mies and —
stirrups may be Grade 40.
B. Supports for Reinforcement
1. Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs,
spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar
type supports complying with CRSI, unless otherwise specifled.
wood, brick and other devices will not be acceptable.
2. For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates for
horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support
chair legs. —
S. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of
supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs
which are hot/dip galvanized, or plastic protected or stainless
steel protected.
2.05 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland cement
1. ASTM c 150, Type I, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
2. Use only one brand of cement throughout the project, unless --
otherwise acceptable to Architect.
B. Fine Aggregate _
SECTION 055 1 O PAGE 4 --
i
r
F.
CONCRETE NORK
SECTION 0551 O
1. clean, sharp, natural sand free from loam, clay, lumps or other
deleterious substances.
2. Pune sand, bank -run sand and manufactured sand are not
acceptable.
c. coarse Aggregate: ASTM c 55. clean, uncoated, processed
aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam or foreign matter as follows:
1. crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone.
2. Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of pit or bank -run
gravel is not permitted.
5. Provide aggregate from a single source for all exposed
concrete.
4. Maximum ,aggregate Size
a. Not larger than one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between
sides of forms, one-third of the depth of slabs, nor
three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between individual
reinforaing bars or bundles or bars.
b. These limitations may be waived if. In the Judgment of the
Architect, workability and methods of consolidation are such
that concrete can be placed without honeycomb or voids.
P. Fly Ash: ASTM c b 18, Type G or Type F.
E. Water: clean, fresh, drinkable.
F. Air -Entraining Admixture: A5TM c 260.
6. Water -Reducing Admixture: A5TM c 494, Type A, containing not more
than 0.196 chloride ions.
H. set -control Admixtures: ASTM Co, 494, as follows:
1. Type 5, Retarding.
SECTION 055 10
PAGE 5
CONCRETE WORK
SECTION 055 10
2. Type G, Accelerating.
5. Type V. Water -reducing and Retarding.
4. Type E, Water -reducing and Accelerating.
I. Calcium chloride will not be permitted In concrete, unless otherwise
authorized In writing by Architect. —
J. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture (Super Piasticlzer): ASTM C
494, Type F or 6 containing not more than 0.1 % chloride ions. —
2.04 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers: Premolded cane fiber saturated with _
asphalt. unless indicated otherwise, 'A" thickness by depth of slab.
B. Joint Sealing Compound: See Division i sections. -'
C. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz. per sq,. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Cia5s
2.
D. Moisture -Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM
co 1 17 1.
1. Waterproof paper. —
2. Polyethylene film.
8. Polyethylene -coated burlap.
E. Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: A5TM C 509, Type I, Glass A
unless other type acceptable to the Architect.
F. Concrete sealer: Acrylic co -polymer sealer equal to SeaiTite Tiah as
manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc. The sealer shall not after -yellow or --
change the natural color of the concrete and shall provide a highly
weatherproof, stain -resistant and dustproof sealer.
2.05 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES —
SECTION 055 10 PA0E 6
r!
E
r CONCRETE YVORK
SECTION 0551 O
A? Prepare design mixes for eaah type and strength of concrete in
accordance with applicable provisions of ASTM G 94. Use an
Independent testing facility acceptable to the Architect for preparing
and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the
same as used for field quality control testing unless otherwise
acceptable to the Architect.
�^ B. Prepare design mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience
methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each class
of concrete required, complying with AGI 21 1.1.
c. submit written reports to the Architect of each proposed mix for each
class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not
begin concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by the
Architect.
D. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following
properties, as indicated on the Drawings and schedules:
1. 5000 psi 26 -day compressive strength; WC; ratio, 0.58
maximum (non -air -entrained), 0.46 maximum (air -entrained).
2. see Seation 02514 for additional requirements for concrete
mix design for sitework concrete.
E. Adjustment to concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be
requested by the contractor when characteristics of materials, job
conditions, weather, tests results, or other aircumstances warrant; at
no additional cost to the Owner and as accepted by the Architect.
Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must
be submitted to and accepted by the Architect before using in the work.
2.06 ADMIXTURES
A. Use water-reduaing admixture.or high range water -reducing admixture
(super plasticizer) in concrete as required for placement and
workability.
B. Use non -chloride saaelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at
ambient temperatures below 50 degrees F.
r,,, SECTION 055 1 O
P
F
t
� i
FA&E 9
CONCRETE WORK
SECTION 083 10
C, Use air -entrained admixture in exterior exposed concrete, unless
otherwise Indicated. Add air -entraining admixture at the manufacturer's
prescribed rate to result In concrete at the point of placement having
air content within the following limits:
1. s.s96 with 1 'h" maximum aggregate .
2. 6.0% with 1 " maximum aggregate -
s. 6.096 with 5/4" maximum aggregate
4. 1.096 with 'A" maximum aggregate
V. Use admixture for water -reducing and get -control In strict compliance
with the manufacturer's directions.
E: Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for _
Climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities
and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control.
2.0'i SLUMP LIMITS
A. Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at the point of
placement as follows: _
1. Ramps and Sloping Surfaces: Not more than 5".
2. Reinforced Foundation Systems: Not less than 1 " and not more
than S".
S. Concrete containing HRWR admixture (super plasticizer): Not
more than 6" after addition of HRINR to verified 2"-S" slump
concrete.
4. All other Concrete: Not more than 4".
2.06 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with the requirements of ANSI/ASTM C
94, and as herein specified. _
SECTION 055 10 PAGE 5
a
i
CONCRETE JNORK
SECTION 05510
-0
S: control of Mixing Water: When concrete arrives at the project with
slump below that suitable for placing, water may be added only if neither
the maximum permissible water -cement ratio nor the maximum
permissible slump is exceeded. The drum shall be turned an additional 50
revolutions, or .more if necessary, until the added water Is uniformly
mixed into the concrete.
�^ G. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of
concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified In ANSI/ASTM G a4 may
be required.
v. When the air temperature is between s5 degrees F. and 90 degrees F.,
reduce the mixing and delivery time from 1 •h hours to 15 minutes, and
when the air temperature is above q0 degrees F., reduce the mixing and
delivery time to 60 minutes.
PARTS EXECUTION
8.01 FORMS
A. pesign, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical
and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported
by the concrete structure. Construct formwork so concrete members
and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and
position.
B. Pesign formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or
damage to cast -in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.
G. Forms shall not leak cement paste.
D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against
the concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where
stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for
inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with
bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets,
recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and for easy removal.
E... Provide temporary openings where interior. area of formwork is
inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement,
and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary openings and
,.., SECTION 055 1 O PAGE 9
a
CONCRETE WORK
SECTION OSS 1 O
set tightly to form to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate
temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations.
P. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as shown, using wood, metal, Pvc
or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines
and tight edge joints.
G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork
- to accommodate work for other trades. Determine size and location
of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items.
Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
H. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces
to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris
just before concrete is placed. Retighten forms after concrete
placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks.
8.02 PLACING REINFORCING
A. Comply with the specified codes and standards, and concrete
Reinforcing steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing
Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement
and supports, and as herein specified.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other
materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
c. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against
displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement
operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners,
bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required.
D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the, minimum coverages for
concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar
supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement
operations. set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not
toward exposed concrete surfaces. --
E. Do not place reinforcing bars more .than 2 beyond the last leg of
continuous bar supports. Do not use supports as bases for runways _
for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads.
SECTION 05510 PAGE 10
CONCRETE NORK
SECTION 08310
8.05 .JOINTS
A. Construction Joints
1. Locate and install construction joints, which are not shown on
the Drawines, so as not to impair the strength and appearance
of the structure, as acceptable to the Architect.
2. Provide keyways at least 1 W' deep in all construction joints in
walls, slabs and between walls and footings; acceptable
bulkheads designed for this purpose may be used for slabs.
S.. Piace construction joints perpendicular to the main
reinforcementcontinue all reinforcement across construction
joints.
5. control Joints in Slabs -on -Ground
1. construct control joints in slabs -on -ground to form panels or
patterns as shown or directed. Use screed type joints equal to
those manufactured by Superior concrete Accessories, Inc.
Screed Key joints are of 24 gauge galvanized steel with 1 1 /8"
dowel knockouts at b" on centers. Install with a minimum of five
special 16 gauge by 1 " stakes per ten feet of length of material.
If saw cut control joints are used, they shall be made with a
power saw fitted with an abrasive or diamond blade. Saw cuts
must be one-fourth the slab thickness. Sawing shall begin as
soon as the concrete surface is firm enough so that It will not be
torn or damaged bu the blade. This will be within 4 to 12 hours
after the concrete hardens.
C, isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Ground: construct isolation joints in slabs
on ground at all points of contact between slabs on ground and vertical
surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams and
elsewhere as indicated.
5.04 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS
A.. General:. Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other
embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or
supported by, cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams,
71 SECTION OSS 10
r
PA&E 1 1
CONCRETE NORK
SECTION 0331 O
Instructions and directions provided by suppliers of the items to be
attached thereto.
B. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads
and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain the required
elevations and contours In the finished slab surface. Provide and secure
units sufficiently strong to support the types of screed required. Align
the concrete surface to the elevation of the screed strips by the use
of strike -off templates or accepted compacting type screeds.
3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES
A. Goat the contact surfaces of forms with a form -coating compound
before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation
form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely _
affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatment of
concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor Impede wetting of
surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds.
B. Thin form -coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in
amount, and under conditions of the form -coating compound
manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form -coating material
to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete
surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in —
compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
5.06 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. General
1. Comply with AGI 504, and as herein specif led. —
2. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thlckness
that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened
sufflciently to cause the formation of seams or planes of
weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed
continuously, provide construction points as herein specified. --
5.. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location
to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing.
SECTION OSS 10 PAGE 12
I�
CONCRETE NORK
SECTION 033 10
B: Pre -Placement inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and
complete the formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be
embedded or cast -in. Notify other crafts to permit the installation of
their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work, as
required. Thoroughly wet wood forms immediately before placing
concrete, as required where form coatings are not used.
�i G. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal
f layers not deeper than 18" and in a manner to avoid inclined
construction joints.
r
1. consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment
supplemented by hand -spading, rodding or tamping. use
vibrators designed to operateerate with vibratory
element
submerged in concrete, maintaining a speed of not less than
&000 impulses per minute.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms.
Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced
locations not farther than the visible effectiveness of the
machine. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete
that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit the duration of
vibration to the time necessary to consolidate the concrete and
complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded
Items without causing segregation of the mix.
D. Placing Concrete Slabs
1. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs In a continuous
operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the
piacing of a panel or section is completed., consolidate
concrete during placing operations so that concrete is
thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded
items and Into corners.
2. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge and
.. strike off. Use bull floats or darbles to smooth the surface,
leaving it free of humps or hollows. Do not sprinkle water on the
` plastic surface. Do not disturb the slab surfaces prior to
beginning finishing operations.
SECTION 0351 O PAGE 13
fi
CONCRETE INORK
SECTION 05 51 O
8. Maintain reinforcing in the proper position during concrete
placement operations.
E. Gold Weather Placing
1. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced
strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low
temperatures, in compliance with AGI Sob and as herein
specified.
2. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below --
40 degrees F., uniformly heat all water and aggregate before
mixing as required to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of
not less than 50 degrees F., and not more than 80 degrees F., at
point of placement.
8.
Vo not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
Po not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade
containing frozen materials.
4. Do not use calcium chloride, salt and other materials containing
antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise
accepted in mix designs.
F. Hot Weather Placing
1. When hot weather conditions exist that could seriously Impair
the quality and strength of .concrete, place concrete in
compliance with AGS 805 and as herein specified.
2. cool ingredients before mixing , to maintain concrete
temperature at time of placement below 4o degrees F. Mixing
water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control the
concrete temperature provided the water equivalent of the ice
Is calculated to the total amount of mixing.
8. cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes
too hot, so that the steel temperature will not exceed the
ambient air temperature Immediately before embedment in
concrete. Net form thoroughly before placing concrete.
SECTION 055 10 PAGE 14
e
P^ CONCRETE WORK
SECTION 05 51 O
4. Do not use retarding admixtures unless otherwise accepted in
mix designs.
5.01 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES
A. Standard Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not
exposed -to -view in the finish work or by other construction, unless
otherwise shown or specified. This is the concrete surface having the
texture imparted by the form facing material used, with defective areas
repaired and patched as specified, and fins and other projections
exceeding 1/4" in height rubbed down with wood blocks.
8. Standard Smooth Finish: ' For formed concrete surfaces
exposed -to -view, or that are to be covered with a coating material
applied directly to the concrete or a covering material bonded to the
concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproof Ing, painting or other similar
system. This is the as -cast concrete surface as obtained with the form
facing material. with defective areas repaired and patched as specified,
and fins and other projections on the surface completely removed and
smoothed.
G. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Provide smooth rubbed finish to scheduled
concrete surfaces, which have received smooth form finish treatment,
not later than the day after form removal
1. Moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or
other abrasive until a uniform color and texture is produced. Do
not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing
process.
D. Grout Gleaned Finish: Provide grout cleaned finish to scheduled
concrete surfaces which have received smooth form finish treatment.
1. combine one.part portland cement to 1-1 /2 parts fine sand by
volume, and mix with water to the consistency of thick paint.
5lend standard portland cement and white portland cement,
amounts determined by trial patches, so that the final color of
dry grout will closely match adjacent surfaces.
2. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces and apply grout Immediately
�i to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Remove excess grout by
n SECTION 055 1 O PAGE 15
CONCRETE INORK
SECTION 055 10
scraping and rubbing with clean burlap. Keep damp by fog spray
for at least 56 hours after rubbing.
E. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and
similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces,
strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed
surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces
uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise shown.
8.06 MONOLITHIC, SLAB FINISHES
A. scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are
to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for tile or
other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material, and as shown
on the Drawings.
1. After placing slabs, plane surface to a tolerance not exceeding
'h in 10 feet when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. slope
surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling,
roughen surface before final set, with stiff brushes, brooms or
rakes.
B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to
receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specifled, and slab
surfaces which are to be covered with membrane or elastic roofing, and
as shown on the Prawings or in schedules.
1. After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs, do not work
surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface
water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened
sufficiently to permit operation of power -driven floats or both.
Consolidate surface with power -driven floats, or by hand
floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check
and level surface plane to a tolerance not exceeding 1 /4" in 10
feet when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. Gut down high
spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains.
Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth,
granular texture.
G. Trowel Finish
SECTION OSS 10 PAGE 16
r■
C CONCRETE NORK
SECTION 0331 O
1. Apply trowel finish to monolithic, slab surfaces that are to be
exposed -to -view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces
1 that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint or other thin
film finish coating system.
2. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a
power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface
produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over the surface.
consolidate concrete surface by final hand troweling operation,
free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and
with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1 /8" in 10 feet
when tested with a 1 O foot straightedge. Grind smooth surface
defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering
system.
D. Kon -slip Broom Finish
1. Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms.
steps and ramps. and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or in
schedules.
2. Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete
surface by brooming perpendicular to main traffic route.
coordinate required final finish with the Architect before
application.
S.04 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General
1. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and
excessive cold or hot temperature, and maintain without drying
at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time
necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening.
2. start initial curing application as soon as free water has
disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing.
Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than
12 hours.
S. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing
SECTION 0331 O
r
PAGE 1 'i
CONCRETE JNORK
SECTION CBS 10
and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least _
166 cumulative hours (not necessarily consecutive) during which
concrete has been exposed to air temperatures above so
degrees P. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. _
5. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by moist curing or by
moisture retaining cover curing or by membrane -forming curing
compound and by combinations thereof, as herein specified.
1. Provide moisture curing by following methods:
a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
continuous water -fog spray.
b. covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover,
thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously
wet. Plaae absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete _
surfaces and edges, with 4" lap over adjacent absorptive
covers.
2. Provide moisture -cover curing as follows:
a. cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for
curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides
and ends lapped at least s" and sealed by waterproof tape or
adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing
period using cover material and waterproof tape.
s. Provide curing compound for slabs as follows:
a. Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs
as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2
hours).
b. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller
In accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas
subjected to heavy rainfall within 8 hours after initial
application. Maintain continuity of coating and repairing damage
during curing period..;,,
c. Po not apply membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are
SECTION 055 10 PA67E 18 --
r
F CONCRETE WORK
SECTION 03810
to be covered with coating material applied directiy to concrete,
liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane
roofing, flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials,
unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
G. Curing Formed Surfaces: cure formed concrete surfaces, including
undersides of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by
moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are
removed. if forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified
above, as applicable.
17. curing Unformed Surfaces: initially cure unformed surfaces, such as
slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces by moist curing.
1. Final cure unformed surfaces, unless otherwise specified, by
methods specified above, as applicable.
2. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive liquid floor hardener or
finish flooring by use of moisture -retaining cover, unless
otherwise directed.
E. Applying concrete Sealer: Apply on all concrete slab floors scheduled
to be left exposed in strict compliance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
1. concrete shall have cured for a least '7 days.
2. concrete shall be clean and dry prior to application, with oil
stains, grease, etc. removed.
6. Apply by spray, brush, or Iamb's wool applicator to approximate
coverage of Boo square feet per gallon.
6. too no apply if the temperature is less than 40 degrees F.
S.1 O REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams,
Walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after
cumulatively curing at not less than So degrees F. for 24 hours after
placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be
., SECTION 0331 O
i
PAC -7E 1 9
CONCRETE NORK
SECTION 03 310
damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and
protection operations are maintained.
B. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement, only if
shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit
removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores
and supports.
S.1 1 RE -USE OF FORMS
A. Glean and repair surfaces of forms to be re -used In the work. Split,
frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not
be acceptable. Apply new form coating compound material to concrete
contact form surfaces as specified for new formwork.
B. When forms are Intended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly
clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close
Joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched"
forms for exposed concrete surfaces, except as acceptable to
Architect.
5.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling -In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for —
passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed,
after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as
herein specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other --
miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms
while concrete is still green and steel -troweling surfaces to a hard,
dense finish with corners, intersections and terminations slightly
rounded.
C. Reinforced Masonry: Provide grout for reinforced masonry lintels and
bond beams where indicated on the Drawings and as scheduled. Maintain
accurate location of reinforcing steel during grout placement.
CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Patching Defective Areas
SECTION 05510 P,hGE 20 —
0
CONCRETE NORK
SECTION 055 1 O
1. Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar
Immediately after removal of forms, but only when acceptable to
Architect.
Z. Gut out. honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4" in any
dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid
concrete but, in no case to a depth of less than 1 ". Make edges
of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Before placing
cement mortar or proprietary patching compound, thoroughly
clean, dampen with water and brush -coat the area to be patched
with neat cement grout, or proprietary bonding agent.
5. For exposed -to -view surfaces, blend white portland cement and
standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will
match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous
location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding
with -patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly
higher than surrounding surface.
B. Repair of Formed Surfaces
1. Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if
defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect.
Surface defects, as euch, include color and texture irregularities,
cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and
other projections on surface; and stains and other
discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out
form tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar, or precast cement cone
plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
Z. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain
defects that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. if
defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete.
G. Repair of Unformed Surfaces
1. Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for
smoothness _and to verify surface plane to tolerances speclfled
for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein
specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness
of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having
SECTION OSS 1 O
e
r
PAGE 21
CONCRETE WORK
SECTION 055 1 O
required slope.
2. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which
adversely affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as
such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 " wide or which
penetrate to reinforcement or completely through
non -reinforced sections regardless of width, spelling, pop -outs,
honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions.
s. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after
concrete has cured at least 14 days.
4. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately
after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out
low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired
areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching
compounds may be used when acceptable to Architects.
S. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes
not exceeding 1 " diameter, by cutting out and replacing with
fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete
with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least
8/4" clearance all around. dampen concrete surfaces in
contact with patching concrete, and brush with a neat cement
_ grout coating or concrete bonding agent. Mix patching
concrete of same materials to provide concrete of the same
type or class as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to
blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in the same manner
as adjacent concrete.
6.
Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1 " in
diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and
cut-out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt and
loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and brush
with neat cement grout coating or concrete bonding agent. Mix
dry -pack, consisting of one part portland cement to 2 ,A parts
fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough
water as required for handling and placing. Compact dry -pack
mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep
patched area continuously moist for not less than 12 hours.
SECTION 055 10 PAGE 22
r
CONCRETE YKORK
SECTION 05510
s7. use epoxy -based mortar for structural repairs, where directed by
Architect.
E. Repair methods not Specified above may be used, subject to
acceptance of Architect.
5.14 QUALITY CONTROL TE5TIN6 PURINE C0145TRUCTION
A. The contractor will employ a testing laboratory to perform all other
tests and to submit test reports.
S. Sampling and testing for quality control during the placement of
concrete may include the following, as directed by the Architect.
1. Sampling i"resh Concrete: ASTM C 112, except modifled for
slump to comply with A5TM C 94.
2. Slump: ASTM C 145; One test for each set of compressive
strength test specimens taken at point of discharge.
5. Air Content: A5TM C 1 'f 5, volumetric method for lightweight
concrete; A5TM C 251 pressure for normal weight concrete;
one for each set of compressive strength test specimens.
4. concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40
degrees F. and below, and when 8o degrees F. and above; and
each time a set of compression test specimens made.
S. compression Test Specimen: ASTM c 51; one set of 4
standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless
otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory
cured test specimens except when field -cure test specimens are
required.
b. compressive Strength Tests: ASTM c 59; one set for each
100 cu. yds. or fraction thereof, of each concrete class placed
in any one day or for each 5000 sq. ft. of surface area placed;
1 specimen tested at '7 days for information onlu, 2 specimens
tested at 28 days, and 1 specimen retained in reserve for later
testing if required. The acceptance test results shall be the
average of the strengths of the two specimens tested at 26
SECTION 055 1 O
PAGE 2 5
CONCRETE WORK
SECTION 0351 O
_strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date
of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and
class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength
at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking
strength and type of break for both 'I -day tests and 28 -day tests.
D. additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of In-place
concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and other
characteristics have not been attained In the structure, as directed by the
Architect. The testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of
concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM G 42, or by other methods
as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests conducted, and any other
additional testing as may be required, when unacceptable concrete is verified.
End of Section
SECTION OSS 10 PAGE 25
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 042.00
PART 1. GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Drawings, General Provisions including &eneral Conditions, supplementary
&enerai Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of
this Section.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Decorative Concrete Masonry Units.
B. Reinforcement, anchorage, and aacessories.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 04230 - Reinforced Unit Masonry
B. section 07 1'15 - Water Repellant Coating.
Co. Section 0'7 900 - .Joint Sealers: Rod and sealant at control joints.
1.04 REFERENCE5
A. AN51/ASTM A82 - Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.
B. AN51/ASTM 0216 - Facing Brick.
C. ASTM A 123 - Zinc (Hot -Dip balvanized) Coatings on Iron and steel Produats.
D. ASTM A 16'7 - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate.
E. ASTM A525 - Steel sheet. Zinc Coated, (balvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process.
F. ASTM AS DO - Stainless and Heat -Resisting steel Wire.
0. A5TM A& 15 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for concrete Reinforcement.
H. A5TM C90 - Hollow Load Bearing concrete Masonry Units.
I. ASTM c 129 - Non -Load Bearing Conarete Masonry Units.
J. ASTM C 145 - Solid Load Bearing concrete Masonry units.
K. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories.
SECTION 04200 PA&E 1
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 04200
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Manufacturer's standard printed installation instructions.
B. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certification that products meet or exceed
specified requirements.
C. samples
1. Submit four samples of decorative concrete masonry units to illustrate color,
texture and color ranges.
1.06 QUALITY A55URANGE
A. Installer
1. Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5
Wears documented experience.
B. Mock up
1. Provide mock up of masonry wall construction.
2. Erect units to 5 feet X 4 feet panel size, Include specified mortar and
accessories.
S. When accepted, mock up will demonstrate minimum standard for the work.
Mock up may not remain as part of the Work.
1.01 DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
A. store materials off ground and protected from wetting by capillary action, rain or
snow and protected from mud, dust or other material likely to cause staining or
defects.
B. Handle materials carefully to avoid chipping and breaking.
1.08 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements
1. Hot Weather Requirements
SECTION 04200
PAGE 2
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 04200
a. Protect all masonry construction from direct exposure to wind and sun
for 4b hours.after erection when ambient air temperature exceeds 94°
F. and when shaded with relative humidity less than 509o.
b. Provide suitable coverings or barriers to deflect direct sunlight and wind.
B. cold Weather Requirements
1. Keep masonry units and substrate to receive masonry construction free of
frost, ice and snow at all times.
2. Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between ?0" F. and 1 100 F. Po
not exceed 1600 F. for temperature of water or sand introduced to cement.
5. Maintain masonry units at a minimum temperature of 5o° F. when laying.
4. Maintain air temperature on both sides of masonry above 40° F. for "12
hours. 45 hours if high -early -strength cement is used in lieu of portland or
masonry cement.
5. no not lay masonry at temperatures below 50° F.
PART 2. PROPUGTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. decorative Concrete Masonry units (amu) E colored solid Units
1. Featherlite Building Products Corp., Lubbock, Texas
2.02 MATERIALS
A. concrete Masonry Units
1. General
a. Rockface, nominal modular size of 6 inch, width x 6 inch, height x 16 inch,
length. Provide special units for ao degree corners, bond beams and
lintel6. Field color - e501. 12.51b color. Accent band color - White
Portland cement Sand.
b. solid cap Unit: Modular size of & inch, width X 2 inch, height X 16 inch.
length. color - 0501, 12.51b color.
b. units exposed to view shall be free of chipped corners, edges and field
voids.
SECTION 04200 PAGE 5
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 04200
2. Hollow Load Bearing Block Units: ASTM OcIO, Grade N. Type I - Moisture
Controlled; normal weight.
S. Reinforcement and anchorage
1: Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss type; hot dip galvanized after
fabrication from cold -drawn deformed steel conforming to ANSI/ASTM A62,
S/ 16 Inch cross ties.
2. Reinforcing Steel: Type specified in Section 0551 O.
C. Accessories
1. Preformed Control Joints: Rubber Neoprene material. Provide with corner
and tee accessories, cement fused Joints.
2. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyurethane; oversized 50 percent to Joint width;
self -expanding; width required by maximum lengths.
S. Building Paper: X50 asphalt saturated felt.
4. Nailing Strips: Softwood, preservative treated for moisture resistance,
dovetail shape, sized to masonry Joints.
S. Cleaning Solutions: Non -acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent —
materials.
2.05 MORTAR AND &ROUT MIXES
A. Proportions
1. Mortar mixes: Conform to ASTM 02"70, and the following:
a. Type "S" Mortar for all masonry. One part Portland Cement, 1i. to 1/2 parts
damp, loose sand or 1h part Portland Cement, 1 part masonry cement, 5-
5/8 to 41h parts damp, loose sand.
2. Masonry Grout Mix: Conform to ASTM 0476 and the following for coarse --
grout:
a. One part Portland Cement, O to 1 / 10 part hydrated lime, 2,i{ to 5 parts
damp, loose sand, 1 to 2 parts coarse aggregate. _
b. Meet physical requirements for grout as specified in ASTM C4?6.
c. Grout for filling of reinforced cells in concrete block walls shall have a
strength of 2500 pounds per square inch in 26 days.
B. Measuring
SECTION 04200 PAGE 4
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 04200
1. Accurately measure ingredients, including water, using measuring devices of
known volume. I .
2. ao not use shovel as measuring device.
Co. Mixing
1. use mechanical mixing equipment designed for purpose intended.
2. Use minimum amount of water required to produce workable consistency.
S. Mix materials for a minimum of three minutes or until mix presents a uniform
color.
P. Masonry Mortar color: Field mortar to match field masonry color and accent
mortar to match accent masonry color.
PART S. EXECUTION
5.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
B. Verify Items provided by other Sections of work are properly sized and located.
c. VerifW that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into
masonry work.
V. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions.
5.02 PREPARATION
A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied by other Sections.
B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place
until building structure provides permanent bracing.
8.05 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Establish lines. levels, and coursing Indicated. Protect from displacement.
SECTION 04200
PAGE 5
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 04200
2. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal
joints of uniform thickness.
S. Lay concrete masonry units In running bond. Course one unit and one mortar
Joint to equal 8 inches. Form concave mortar joints.
4. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints.
S. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not -�
permitted.
6. Remove excess mortar as work progresses.
"1. Interlock intersections and external corners.
6. Leo not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. where
adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace.
9. Perform jobsite cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide
straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or
edges.
10. Gut mortar joints flush where resilient base is scheduled or .bitumen
dampproof Ing is applied.
1 1. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a
control joint as Indicated.
12. isolate top joint of masonry partitions from horizontal structural framing
members and slabs or decks with compressible joint filler.
1 S. Install weep holes In veneer at 48 inches on center horizontally above
through -wall flashing, above shelf angles, and at bottom of walls.
B. Reinforcement and Anchorages - single Wythe Masonry
1. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches o.c.
2. Place masonry joint reinforcement In first horizontal joints above and below ~
openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening.
s. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first joint below top of walls.
4. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches. Extend minimum 16 inches
each side of openings. '=
SECTION 04200 PAGE &
r�
7
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 04200
c. Grouted components
1. Reinforce bond beam as indicated on the drawings.
2. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position
- within ,h inch of dimensioned position.
s. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing.
4. At bearing locations, fill masonry cores with grout for a minimum 6 inches
either side of opening.
s. Lay masonry units with core cells vertically aligned and cavities between
wythes clear of mortar and unobstructed.
.. 6. Place mortar in masonry unit bed Joints back 1/4 inch from edge of unit grout
spaces, bevel back and upward. Permit mortar to cure 7 days before placing
grout.
.N
�. Reinforce masonry unit cores and cavities with reinforcement bars and grout
as indicated.
6. Retain vertical reinforcement in position at top and bottom of cells and at
Intervals not exceeding 142 bar diameters. Splice reinforcement in
accordance with Section Oss 10.
9. Wet masonry unit surfaces in contact with grout just prior to grout
placement.
r
10. &rout spaces less than 2 inches in width with fine grout using low lift grouting
techniques. Grout spaces 2 inches or greater in width with course grout
' using high or low lift grouting techniques.
1 1. When grouting is stopped for more than one hour, terminate grout 1 A inch
below top of upper masonry unit to form a positive key for subsequent grout
placement.
�.. 12. Low Lift &routing: Place first lift of grout to a height of 16 inches and rod
# r for grout consolidation. Place subsequent lifts in 8 inch increments and rod
for grout consolidation.
1 s. High Lift &routing: Provide cleanout opening no less than 4 inches high at the
bottom of each cell to be grouted by cutting one face shell of masonry unit.
14. clean out masonry cells and cavities with high pressure water spray. Permit
complete water drainage.
,lm
I SECTION 04200 Pp•&E 07
r
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 04200
15. Request the Architect to inspect the cells and cavities. Allow s days advance
. notice of Inspection.
16. After cleaning and cell inspection, seal openings with masonry units.
a.
1 'I. Pump grout into spaces. Maintain water content in grout to intended slump
without aggregate segregation.
18. Limit grout lift to 46 inches and rod for grout consolidation. Wait 50. to 60 —
minutes before placing next lift.
D. Control and Expansion Joints
1. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control and
expansion joints.
2. Install preformed control Joint device in continuous lengths. seal butt and
corner joints In accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
S. Size control joint in accordance with section ONOO for sealant
performance.
4. Form expansion joint as detailed.
E. Built-in Work
1. As work progresses, build In metal door and glazed frames, fabricated metal
frames, wood nailing strips, anchor bolts, plates and other items furnished by
other sections.
2. Build in items plumb and level.
S. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill
frame voids solid with grout. Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum
8 inches from framed openings. r-
4. Do not build In organic materials subject to deterioration.
F. Tolerances
1. Maximum Variation From Alignment of Columns: Pilasters: 1/4 Inch.
2. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent unit: 1/52 inch.
s. Maximum Variation From Plane of Wall: 1/4 Inch in 10 feet and �h inch in 20
feet or more.
SECTION 04200 PAGE 8
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SECTION 04200
4. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non -cumulative.
S. Maximum Variation From Level coursing: 1 /8 inch in 5 feet and 1/4 inch in 10
feet; ,h inch in 50 feet.
6. Maximum variation of Joint Thickness: 1 /8 inch in 5 feet.
'I. Maximum variation From Gross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch.
0. cutting and Fitting
1. Gut and fit for pipes, conduit, sleeves, grounds, and other appurtenances.
Coordinate with other Sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and
location.
2. Obtain contractor or Owner approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry
work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be
Impaired. -
5.04 AP.IU5TIN& AND CLEANING
A. clean work as required to remove excess mortar and mortar smears.
B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
C. clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.
P. use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
E. Remove and replace all masonry units which are chipped, broken or cracked beyond
repair.
5.05 PROTECTION OF FIN15HEP WORK
A. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed
external corners which may be damaged by construction activities.
End of Section
( SECTION 04200
4.
u
PASTE 9
too
L REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY
SECTION 04280
PART 1 6ENERAI.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions,
'. Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
a�
'« 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
�- A. Extent of each type of reinforced unit masonry work Is indicated on
Drawings and in schedules. Requirements of Section 04200, unit
Masonry, appiy to work of this section.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and
placement of reinforcing bars. Comply with the ACI 515 "Manual of
Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures".
Show bar schedules, diagrams of bent bars, stirrup spacing, lateral ties
and other arrangements and assemblies as required for fabrication and
placement of reinforcement for unit masonry work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Refer to Section 04200, Unit Masonry, for masonry materials
and accessories not included in this section.
B. Reinforcing Bars: Provide deformed bars of following grades complying
with ASTM A 615 and as follows:
1. Provide Grade 60, except that No. s ties. and stirrups may be
Grade 40.
2. where No. 2 bars are shown, provide plain, round, carbon steel
bars, ASTM A 6'f 5, Grade 60.
S. Shop -fabricate reinforcing bars which are shown to be bent or
hooked.
SECTION 04250
PAGE 1
REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY
SECTION 04250
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 PLACIN6 REINFORCING
A. General: Clean reinforcement of loose rust, mill scale, earth, ice or other
materials which will reduce bond to mortar or grout. Do not use
reinforcement bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings or
final shop drawings, or bars with reduced cross-section due to
excessive rusting or other causes.
B. Position reinforcement accurately at the spacing shown. support and
secure vertical bars against displacement. Horizontal reinforcement
may be placed as the masonry work progresses. Where vertical bars
are shown in close proximity, provide a clear distance between bars of
not less than the nominal bar diameter or 1 " (whichever is greater).
C. For columns, piers and pilasters, provide a clear distance between
vertical bars as shown, but not less than 1 'A times the nominal bar
diameter or 1 'A", whichever is greater. Provide lateral ties as shown.
D. Splice reinforcement bars where shown; do not splice at other points
unless acceptable to the Architect. Provide lapped splices, unless
otherwise shown. In splicing vertical bars or attaching to dowels, lap
ends, place In contact and wire tie.
E. Provide not less than minimum lap shown, or if not shown, as required by
governing code.
F. Embed metal ties in mortar Joints as work progresses, with a minimum
mortar cover of 5/6" on exterior face of walls and +A,, at other
locations.
G. Embed prefabricated horizontal joint reinforcing as the work
progresses, with a minimum cover of 5/6" on exterior face of walls and
,hat other locations. Lap units not less than 6" at ends. Use
prefabricated "L" and "T" units to provide continuity at corners and
intersections. Cut and bend units as recommended by manufacturer for
continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and
other special conditions.:,
H. Anchoring: Anchor reinforced masonry work to supporting structures r
SECTION 04230 PAGE 2
REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY
k
SECTION 04230
A. General
1. Do not wet concrete masonry units (CMU).
2. Lay CMU units with full -face shell mortar beds. Fill vertical head
Joints (end joints between units) solidly with mortar from face
of unit to a distance behind face equal to not less than the
thlckness of longitudinal face shells. Solidly bed cross -webs of
starting courses in mortar. Maintain head and bed joint widths
shown, or if not shown, provide 5/6" joints.
5. Where solid CMU units are show' n,'lay, with full mortar head and
bed Joints.
,+ SECTION 04230
r
PAGE 3
as indicated.
1
5.02
INSTALLATION, 6ENERAL
A.
Refer to Section 04200, Unit Masonry, for general installation
IL .
requirements of unit masonry.
5.
Temporary Formwork: Provide formwork and shores as required for
temporary support of reinforced masonry elements. Design, erect,
support, brace and maintain formwork.
G.
Construct formwork to conform to shape, line and dimensions shown.
Make sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar grout, or concrete
(if any). Brace, tie and support as required to maintain position and
shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry.
D.
Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry member has
hardened sufficiently to carry its own weight and all other reasonable
temporary loads that may be placed on it during construction.
*4
I-.
Allow not less than the following minimum time to elapse after completion
of the member before removing shores or forms. provided suitable
curing conditions have been obtained during the curing period.
1. 1 O days for girders and beams.
_
5.03
INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
A. General
1. Do not wet concrete masonry units (CMU).
2. Lay CMU units with full -face shell mortar beds. Fill vertical head
Joints (end joints between units) solidly with mortar from face
of unit to a distance behind face equal to not less than the
thlckness of longitudinal face shells. Solidly bed cross -webs of
starting courses in mortar. Maintain head and bed joint widths
shown, or if not shown, provide 5/6" joints.
5. Where solid CMU units are show' n,'lay, with full mortar head and
bed Joints.
,+ SECTION 04230
r
PAGE 3
REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY
SECTION 04230
B: Walls
1. Pattern Bond: Lay CMU wall units in ,h running bond with vertical
Joints in each course centered on units in courses above and
below, unless otherwise indicated. Bond and interlock each
course at corners and intersections. Use special -shaped units
where shown, and as required for corners, jambs, sash, control
Joints, lintels, bond beams and other special conditions.
2. Maintain vertical continuity of core or cell cavities, which are to
be reinforced and grouted, to provide minimum clear dimensions
indicated and to provide minimum clearance and grout coverage
for vertical reinforcing bars. Keep cavities free of mortar.
Solidly bed webs in mortar where adjacent to reinforced cores ..
or cells.
8. Where horizontal reinforced beams (bond beams) are shown, use
special units or modify. units to allow for placement of
continuous horizontal reinforcing bars. Place small mesh
expanded metal lath or wire screening in mortar Joints under
bond beam courses over cores or cells of non -reinforced
vertical cells, or provide units with solid bottoms.
C. Grouting
1. Use "Fine Grout" for filling spaces less than 4" in both horizontal
directions.
2. Use "Coarse Grout" for filling 4" spaces or larger in both
horizontal directions.
V. Grouting Technique: Use low -lift grouting techniques subject to the
requirements which follow.
E. Low -Lift &routing
1. Provide minimum clear dimension of 2" and clear area of 8 sq. in.
in vertical cores to be grouted.
2. Place vertical reinforcement prior to laying of cMU. Extend
above elevation of maximum pour height as required to allow for
SECTION 04250 PA&E 4
REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY
SECTION 04250
splicing. Support in position at vertical intervals not exceeding
19 2 bar diameters nor 10 feet.
S. Lay CMu to maximum pour height. vo not exceed 5 feet height,
or if bond beam occurs below 5 feet height, stop pour at course
below bond beam.
!� 4. Pour grout using container with spout or by chute. Rod or
t vibrate grout during placing. Place grout continuously; do not
Interrupt pouring of grout for more than one hour. Terminate
r.. grout pours 1 le below top course of pour.
r
S. Bond Beams: Stop grout in vertical cells 1 1/Z" below bond beam
course. Place horizontal reinforcing in bond beams; lap at
� corners and Intersections as shown. Place grout in bond beam
course before filling vertical cores above bond beam.
F. Preparation of trout Spaces: Prior to grouting, inspect and clean
grout spaces. Remove dust, dirt, mortar droppings, loose pieces of
masonry and other foreign materials from grout spaces. Glean
reinforcing and adjust to proper position. Glean top surfaces of
structural members supporting masonry to ensure bond. After final
cleaning and inspection, close cleanout holes and brace closures to
resist grout pressures.
G. Grout Placing
1. Vo not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted
has attained sufficient strength to resist displacement of
masonry units and breaking of mortar bond. Install shores and
bracing, if required, before starting grouting operations.
2. Place grout by pumping into grout spaces unless alternate
methods are acceptable to the Architect.
5. Limit grout pours to sections which can be completed in one
working day with not more than one hour interruption of pouring
operation. Place grout in lifts which do not exceed 5 feet. Allow
not less than SO minutes, nor more than one hour between lifts
of a given pour. Rod or vibrate each grout lift during pouring
operation.
SECTION 04250
f .
PA&M 5
REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY
SECTION 04230
pour section before grouting. Repeat sequence if more pours are
required.
End of section
SECTION 04 2 3O PAC -7E 6
F METAL FABRICATIONS
SECTION 05500
PART 1 GENERAL-
RELATED
ENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions,
Supplementary General conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements
(olvision 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DE5CRIPTION OF NtORK
A. The extent of miscellaneous metal work is shown on drawings and includes wide
flange beams, items fabricated from metal shapes, plates, tube steel, angles, lintels
and pipe which are -not a part of other metal systems in other sections of these
specifications.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop
drawings and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress; allow for
trimming and fitting wherever taking field measurements before fabrication might
delay work.
B. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish Inserts and anchoring devices which must be set
In concrete for installation of miscellaneous metal work. Provide setting drawings,
templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices.
Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
C. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possibly to
minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for
shipping and handling limitations. clearly mark units for reassembly and
coordinated installation.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's. Lata, Miscellaneous Metal: For information only. submit 2 copies
of manufacturer's specifications, anchor details and Installation instructions for
products to be used in the fabrication of miscellaneous metal work. Including paint
products. Indicate by transmittal that copy of instructions has been distributed
to Installer.
S. Shop Drawings, Miscellaneous Metal: Submit .5 copies of shop drawings for
fabrication and erection of miscellaneous metal assemblies. Include plans,
elevations, details, sections and connections. Show anchorages and accessory
Items.
SECTION 05500 PAGE 1
r
METAL FABRICATIONS
SECTION 05500
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be
exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface
blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and
roughness.
S. Structural Wlde Flange Beams, steel Plates, Shapes, Angle Lintels, Tube Steel and
Bars: A5TM AS&.
1. Items to include but are not limited to the following: Materials associated with
decorative gates, fencing, stair pipe handrail and wall brackets, steel tube lattice
work, decorative metal sun screen awning work and concession stand opening
mesh screening.
G. Primer: Equal to PPG Industries, Inc., 6-204 Speedhide zinc Chromate Primer -
Alkyd. verify compatibility with paints specified or used for this project.
2.02 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Workmanship: Use materials of size and thickness shown, or If not shown, of -
required size and thickness to produce strength and durability in finished product.
Work to dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of
fabrication and support. Use type of materials shown or specified for various
components of work.
S. Form exposed work true to line and level accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/52"
unless otherwise shown. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible
without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
G. Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS Recommendations.
Grind exposed. welds smooth and flush, to match and blend with adjoining surfaces.
D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type shown, or if not
shown, Phillips flat -head (countersunk) screws or bolts.
E. Provide for,anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure.
Fabricate and space anchoring devices as shown and is required to provide
adequate support for intended use.
SECTION 05500 PA&E 2
METAL FA5RICATIONS
SECTION 05500
F. cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as required to receive finish
hardware and similar items.
G. Shop Painting: Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except members or portions
of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be
field welded, and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise specified. Primer must be
compatible with finish coats of paint.
H. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before applying shop coat.
Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPG SP -2 "Hand Tool
- cleaning: or SSPG SP -8 "Power Tool cleaning;, or SSPG SP -'i "Brush -Off Blast
cleaning."
1. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPS SP -1
"Solvent cleaning."
-J. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on primer in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions, and at rate to provide uniform dry flim thickness
of 2.0 mils for each coat. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of
joints, corners, edges and exposed surfaces.
K. Apply one shop coat to fabricated metal items, except apply 2 coats of paint to
surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection.
t
2.08 MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
A. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide miscellaneous steel framing and
supports which are not a part of structural steel framework, as required to
complete work.
B. Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles shown or, if not shown,
r of required dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing.
c. - Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and
steel bars, of welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets and
splice plates and minimum joints for field connection. Gut, drill, and tap units to
., receive hardware and similar items.
2.04 MESH SGREENIN& - LOCATED AT cONGESSION STAND WINDOW OPENING
r- A. Equal to an insect screening of black vinyl coated 18/ 16 mesh fiberglass screen
cloth complying with FS L-5- 1255 and ANSI -SMA -_1004, set in an aluminum frame
fitted to hollow metal frame openine" end held in piece by a 8/4" X 5/4" hollow
metal glazing stop. contractors option to provide In lieu of fiberglass screen an
aluminum or steel mesh insect screening complying with the same requirements.
7, SECTION 05500
PA&E 5
METAL FABRICATIONS
SECTION 05500
PART 8 EXECUTION
8.02 INSTALLATION
A Anchorages: Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and
directions for installation of anchorages, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items
having Integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete construction.
Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.
8. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners
where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal items to In-place constructions;
including threaded fasteners for concrete inserts, toggle bolts, through -bolts,
screws and other connectors as required.
Cl- - Gutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for
Installation of miscellaneous metal items. Set work accurately in location alignment
and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines
and levels. ._
V. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. weld
connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded --
because of shipping size limitations. &rind joints smooth and touch-up shop paint
coat. Vo not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been
hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field
connections.
E. Field welding: Comply with AWS code for procedures of manual shielded metal are,
welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting
welding work.
F. Touch-up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted —`
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same
material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum
dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
End of section
SECTION 05500
PAGE 4
C
CARPENTRY V40RK
SECTION 06100
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions, supplementary
General conditions, Special conditions and General Requirements (Division 1), apply
to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. carpentry work includes carpentry not specified as a part of other sections of
these specifications and which generally is not exposed to view unless otherwise
detailed or scheduled. Work under this section includes:
1. Wood Grounds, Nailers and Blocking
2. stud wall framing, wood floor and roof framing members, and fascia framing.
s. Plywood wall surfacing, ceiling, soffit and roof decking.
4. Wood sheathing Board.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lumber standards: comply with P5 20 and with the applicable rules of the respective
t grading and inspecting agencies for species and products indicated.
t
B. Identification: Factory mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill
and grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to receive transparent finish,
and submit mill certificate that materials have been inspected and graded in
accordance with grading standards if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface.
rc. Product Handling: Keep materials dry during delivery, storage and handling. store
lumber and plywood in stacks with provision for air circulation. Protect bottom of
stacks against contact with damp surfaces. Protect exposed materials from
weather.
D. coordination: coordinate location of furring, mailers, blocking, grounds and similar
supports so that attached work will comply with design requirements.
E. Plywood standard: comply with P5 1. except as otherwise indicated.
F. Provide plywood of any Ps 1 species classificatlom group, except where particular
species is shown or specified or where Ps 1 limits groups for a particular grade
specified.
SECTION 06100 PACM 1
1
CARPENTRY JNORK
SECTION 06 100
G. Factory -mark each piece of lumber and plywood to identify the type, grade, agency
providing the inspection service, the producing mill and other qualities as specifled
herein.
H. Marking may be omitted if certificate of inspection is provide for each shipment.
Omit markings and provide certificate of inspection for material shown or scheduled
to receive transparent or natural finish if markings would be visible after finishing.
1. Shop -fabricate carpentry work to the extent feasible and where shop fabrication
will result in better workmanship than feasible for on-site fabrication.
J. Fit carpentry work to other work. Scribe and cope as required for accurate fit.
K. Time delivery and installation of carpentry work to avoid delaying other trades whose
work is dependent on or affected by the carpentry work and to comply with
protection and storage requirements.
L. Keep carpentry materials dry during delivery. Store lumber and plywood in stacks
with provision for air circulation within stacks. Protect bottom of stacks against
contact with damp or wet surfaces. Protect exposed materials against weather.
M. Do not store dressed or treated lumber or plywood outdoors.
N. Store materials for which a maximum moisture content is specified, only in areas
where relative humidity has been reduced to a level where specified moisture content
can be maintained with a tolerance of plus or minus 19b.
O. Advise Contractor of heating or cooling requirements for installation areas and
for maintaining required temperature until Owner's acceptance of the work.
P. Deliver, store and handle exterior gypsum sheathing in strict accordance _with the
manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Western Wood Products Association, "6rading Rules for Western Lumber".
B. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, "Standard 6rading Rules for Southern Pine --
Lumber".
Co. Product Standard of N55, "Product Standard PS -166 for Softwood
Plywood/Construction and Industrial".
.
V. Architectural Woodwork institute (ArjI) "Quality Standards".
1.05 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 06100 PAGE 2
7 CARPENTRY bNORK
f SECTION Ob 100
A. For information only, submit 2 copies of chemical treatment manufacturer's
instructions for proper use of each type of treated material. Indicate by transmittal
form that copy of each instruction has bee distributed to the installer.
1.06 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Stack framing lumber and plywood to insure ventilation and insure against damage
from moisture and the elements. Protect millwork and flooring against dampness
during and after delivery. Store under cover in a well ventilated building and where not
exposed to changes of temperature and humidity. Do not store or Install any, framing
until masonry work Is dry.
PART 2 PROPUCTs
2.01 ROUGH CARPENTRY, FRAMING MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A. Lumber: Graded In accordance with established Grading rules: Maximum moisture
content of 12 per cent; of following species and grades:
i. Non-structural light framing: Stress group A; standard grade.
2. Structural framing: Stress group A; superior grade.
a. Structural framing shall be wood species vougias Fir Large or Southern Pine No.
2 or Better.
B. Nails, Spikes and staples: Galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations,
and treated wood: plain finish for other interior locations; size and type to suit
application. .
C. Bolts, nuts, washers, lags, pins and screws: Medium carbon steel; sized to suit
application galvanized for exterior locations; high humidity locations and treated
wood; plain finish for other interior locations.
D. Fasteners:
1. Bolts or power activated type for anchorage to steel. '
2. Nails and Staples: FS FF -N-105.
5. Tacks: FS FF -N-105.
4. riood Screws: FS FF -S -III.
S. Bolts and studs: FS FF -5-5 17 5.
6. Nuts: FS FF -N-856.
SECTION 06100 PAGE 3
r
CARPENTRY ViORK
SECTION 06100
'f. Washers: F5 FF -W -Q2.
6. Lag Screws or Lag Bolts: F5 FF -B-561
4. Expansion Shields, Expansion Nails and Drive Screw Devices: F5 FF -5-525.
10. Toggle Bolts: FS FF -5-588
1 1. Bar or Strap Anchors: ASTM A 5'T 5 carbon steel bars.
12. Simpson Strong Tie Connectors:
a. Type H6 at stud to top plate and stud to floor framing connection and Type
HR at stud to rafter connection.
b. 1-1 /4 inch X 16 gauge w bracing at V -O" on center from top plate to
floor framing.
E. Plywood exposed on interior:
1. Smooth Surface to Receive Paint Finish.
2. Interior Type Plywood, A Grade on Exposed Face, C or D Grade on Concealed
Face.
F. Plywood Exposed or not exposed Faces in the following places (i.e. roof decking at
trusses, stairway and press box.
1. Grade equal to CDX. _
G. Plywood Exposed to Exterior at Soffit:
1. Smooth Surface to Receive Paint Finish.
2. Exterior Type Plywood, A Grade on Exposed Face, G Grade on Concealed Face.
H. Grounds and Nallers: No. 1, KO, Southern Yellow Pine, or No. 1, Douglas Fir -Larch,
1 99yo maximum M.G.
I. Floor Decking at Press Box Area: Equal to 1 or 1-1 /8 inch, tongue and grooved
Sturdy Floor as manufactured by International Paper.
�. wood Board Sheathing
1. Equal to 1 /2 Inch wafer board or 1 /2 inch ,CD .-
a X,.
SECTION 06100
PAGE 4 ^
CARPENTRY WORK
SECTION 06100
i.
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 PREPARATION
A. Installer must examine all parts of the supporting structure and the conditions under
which the carpentry work is to be installed, and notify the contractor in writing of any
conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not
proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in
a manner acceptable to the installer.
5.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. contractor shall perform such work in his line as Is usually required for plumbing,
heating, electrical or other mechanics. He shall also furnish, of required sizes and
forms, all furring at otherwise shown or specified, rough brackets, forms, etc., as
required to properly carry out the intent of the work as shown by drawings and
specifications.
5.05 GUARDS, RUNWAYS AND LADDERS
A. Furnish, set and maintain substantial hoist ways, runways, or ladders leading from
lowest level of building to roof, and serving conveniently for general use of all
workmen. Provide all temporary work necessary for proper execution of this work.
5.04 TEMPORARY CLOSURES
A. Protect all door openings, and other openings except windows when so required, with
temporary batten doors, in plastered portions where weather conditions require.
5.05 INSTALLATION OF CABINET WORK
f
A. Set and secure cabinet work in place rigid, plumb and square.
5. Use purpose designed fixture attachments for mounted components.
C. Counter -sink semi -concealed anchorage devices used to wall mount components and
conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Place flush with
surrounding surfaces.
-
P. Carefully scribe cabinet work which is against other building materials; leaving gaps
of 1/52 inch maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose.
E. Install and adjust cabinet hardware to correct operation.
F. Install hardware and accessorles supplied under other sections for installation.
Install items in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
PAGE 5
SECTION 06 100
r
CARPENTRY WORK
SECTION 06 100
6. Ensure that mechanical and electrical items affecting this Section of work are
properly placed, complete, and have been inspected bu the Architect prior to
commencement of installation.
8.06 INSTALLATION OF FRAMING, FURRIN6 AND STRIPPING
A. Erect wood framing, furring stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels. Do
not deviate from true alignment more than 1/4 inch.
B. Space members at 16" on center or as indicated.
C. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths.
D. Provide wood grounds and blocking of size and shape required for securing toilet
accessories, finish hardware, door stops and trim for chalkboards, tackboards, etc.
Install true to line, level, plumb, and well secured in place. wood blocking or nailers on
druwall metal framing systems shall be bolted in place.
E. Securely attach carpentry work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as shown
And as required by recognized standards using products equal to Simpson strong
Tie:
1. Provide washers under bolt heads and nuts in contact with wood.
2. Nail plywood to comply with the recommendations of the American Plywood
A550ciation.
s. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes.
F. Provide framing members of sizes and on spacings shown, and frame openings as
shown, or if not shown, comply with the recommendations of the "Manual for House
Framing" of the National Forest Products Association. Gut, Join and tightly fit
framing around other work. Do not splice structural members between supports
unless otherwise detailed.
G. Anchor and nail as shown, or if not shown, to comply with the ~Recommended Nailing
Schedule - Table 1 of the "Manual for House Framing" and other recommendations of
the National Forest Products Association.
8.0; INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM SHEATHING
A. Install gypsum board In accordance with 6A 216.
B. Erect exterior gypsum sheathing horizontally, with edges butted tight and ends
occurring over firm bearing.
C. Use screws when fastening gypsum board wherever possible.
SECTION 06100 PA&E 6
0
CARPENTRY JNORK
SECTION 06 100
P. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant. Treat
or tape all Jointing.
5.08 PROTECTION
A. The contractor shall do all work necessary to cover and protect all masonry window
gills and metal and wood door Jambs and protect all new carpentry work or material
from damage of any character.
S. Any work damaged through neglect of above causes or by any other means shall be
replaced by contractor without additional cost to the Owner.
End of Section
SECTION 06100 PAGE T
7
r
FREFA5RiCATEP WOOD' TRUSSES
SECTION 061 q 2
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions,
Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 SUMMARY:
A. Extent and configuration of prefabricated wood trusses is indicated
on the Structural Drawings, Sheet S-5.
B. Types of prefabricated wood trusses include:
1. Open -Web Special Profile Trusses.
C. Roof sheathing is specified in Section 06100 "Carpentry Work".
D. Wood trusses connected by plywood gussets, wood trusses with
wood flanges and glued plywood webs, and wood trusses with wood
flanges and metal web members are not included in this speciflcation.
Such trusses may be used if the contractor can prove that the
products have been designed and tested to support the required
loads. contractor shall get approval from the Architect to use
these trusses prior to submitting a bid.
1.05 DEFINITIONS:
A. Prefabricated wood trusses include planar structural units
consisting of metal plate connected members which are fabricated
from dimension lumber and which have been cut and assembled prior
to delivery to the project site.
1.04 SUBMITTAL -5:
A. Product data: Submit fabricator's technical data covering lumber,
metal plates, hardware, fabrication process, treatment (if any),
handling and erection.
1. Submit certificate, signed by an off leer of fabricating firm, indicating
that trusses to be supplied for project comply with indicated
requirements.
SECTION 061 q 2
PAGE 1
PREFA SRICATEP MOOD TRUSSES
SECTION 06 1 9 2
B. Shop : Submit shop drawings showing species, sizes and stress
grades of lumber to be used; pitch, span, camber, configuration and
spacing for each type of truss required; type, size, material, finish,
design values, location of metal connector plates; and bearing and
anchorage details.
1. To the extent engineering design considerations are indicated as
fabricator's responsibility, submit design analysis and test reports
indicating loading, section modulus, assumed allowable stress, stress
diagrams and calculations, and similar Information needed for analysis
and to ensure that trusses comply with requirements.
2. Provide shop drawings which have been signed and stamped by a
structural engineer licensed to practice in TEXAS.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. TPI Standards: Comply with applicable requirements and
recommendations of the following Truss Plate Institute (TPI)
publications:
1. "Design Specification for Metal Plate connected Wood
Trusses".
2. "Design Specification for Metal Plate connected Parallel
Chord wood Trusses".
S. "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling and Erecting
Wood Trusses".
4. "commentary and Recommendations for Bracing Wood
Trusses".
5. "Ouality Standard for Metal Plate connected Wood Trusses".
B. Wood Structural Design Standard: comply with applicable
requirements of "National Design Specification for Wood
Construction" and its Supplement°, published by A.F.P.A.
c. Design by Manufacturer: Trusses shall be designed by connector -
plate manufacturer to support all superimposed dead and live loads
indicated, with design approved and certified by a structural engineer
licensed to practice in TEXAS.
D. connector Plate Manufacturer's aualifications: Provide truss
connector plates manufactured by a firm which is a member of TPI and
which complies with TPI quality control procedures for manufacture
of connector plates published in TPI "Quality Standard for Metal
SECTION 061 9 2 PAGE 2
!p!
4
PREFA15RICATE37 V40017 TRUSSES
SECTION 061 9 2
Plate Connected Wood Trusses".
E. Fabricator's Gtualifications: Provide trusses by a firm which has a
record of successfully fabricating trusses similar to type indicated
and which complies with the following requirements for quality control:
1. Fabricator participates in TPI "Oualitu Assurance Inspection
Program" as a licensee authorized to apply TPI marks to
trusses.
2. Fabricator practices a quality control program which
compiles with, or is comparable to, one published In TPi
"Oualitu Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses"
and which involves inspection by an independent inspection
and testing agency acceptable to Architect and authorities
having Jurisdiction.
F. Single Source Responsibility for Connector Plates: Provide metal
connector plates from a single manufacturer.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDl.IN&:
A. Handle and store trusses with care, and in accordance with
manufacturer's Instructions and TPI recommendations to avoid
damage from bending, overturning or other cause for which truss is
not designed to resist or endure.
S. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site
storage and to avoid delaying work of other trades whose work must
follow erection of trusses.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering metal connector plates which may be
Incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc.
2. Computrus Inc.
S. Mitek Industries, Inc.
4. Robbins Manufacturing Co.
7— SECTION 06 1 9 2 PAGE 5
71
PREFA15KICATEV YqOOD TRUSSES
SECTION 061 9 2
S. Tee -Lok Corp.
6. Truswal Systems Corp.
2.02 LUMBER:
A. Factory mark each plece of lumber with type, grade, mill and grading
agency.
B. Lumber Standard: Manufacture lumber to comply with P5 20 "American
softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of
Inspection agencies certified by American Lumber standards
Committee's (ALSO) Board of Review.
C. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to
reference them to lumber grades and.species include the following:
1. NLOA - National Lumber Grades Authority (Canadlan).
2. 5PIS - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
S. wC1.IB - west Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
4. wwPA - western wood Products Association.
V. Provide lumber manufactured to actual sizes required by DOC Ps 20 to
comply with requirements indicated below:
1. Pressed, 546, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Moisture Content: Seasoned, with 19 percent maximum moisture .
content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2" or less in
nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
s. Grade and Species: Provide dimension lumber of any species for truss
chord and web members, graded visually or mechanically, and capable
of supporting required loads without exceeding allowable design
values according to AFPA's "National Design specification for wood
construction• and Its "Supplements.
2.05 METAL CONNECTOR PLATES, FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES:
A. Connector Plates: Fabricate connector plates from metal complying with
the following requirements:
1. Hot -Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet: Structural (physical) quality steel
sheet complying with ASTM A 446, Grade A; zinc coated by hot -dip
process to comply with ASTM A 525, Designation 060; minimum
coated metal thickness indicated but not less than 0.056".
SECTION 061 9 2 PAGE 4 --
PREFA5RIOATED INOO 7 TRUSSES
SECTION 061 q 2
2. Electrolytic Zinc -coated steel sheet: Structural (physical quality
steel sheet complying with ASTM A sa 1, coating class C, and, for
structural properties, with ASTM A 446, Grade A; zinc -coated by
electro -deposition; with minimum coated metal thickness indicated but
not less than 0.041".
S. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -coated steel Sheet: structural (physical) quality
steel sheet complying with ASTM A 7 42, coating 17esignation AZ 50,
and, for structural properties, with ASTM A 446, Grade A; aluminum -
zinc alloy -coated by hot -dip process; with minimum coated metal
thickness indicated but not less than 0.056".
4. stainless steel sheet complying with ASTM A 161 and, for structural
properties, with ASTM A 446, Grade A; with minimum metal thickness
indicated but not less than 0.055".
5. Any metal indicated above.
B. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish
indicated for nails, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and other anchoring
devices.
2.04 FABRICATION:
A. cut truss members to accurate lengths, angles and sizes to produce
close fitting joints with wood -to -wood bearing in assembled units.
S. Fabricate metal connector plates to size, configuration, thickness and
anchorage details required for types of joint designs indicated.
C. Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated using jigs or
other means to ensure uniformity and accuracy of assembly with close
fitting joints. Position members to produce design camber Indicated.
V. connect truss members by means of metal connector plates accurately
located and securely fastened to each side of wood members by means
indicated or approved.
PART S - EXECUTION
5.01 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Erect and brace trusses to comply with recommendations of
... I I manufacturer and the Truss Plate Institute.-, �..........-
L,, SECTION 061 cl 2
i
s.
PAGE 5
PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
SECTION 061 q 2
S. Erect trusses with plane of truss webs vertical (plumb) and parallel to
each other, located accurately at design spacings indicated.
r
C. Hoist units in place by means of lifting equipment suited to sizes and types
of trusses required, applied at designated lift points as recommended by
fabricator, exeraising care not to damage truss members or joints by
out -of -plane bending or other causes.
V. Provide temporary bracing as required to maintain trusses plumb, parallel
and In location indicated, until permanent bracing is installed.
E. Anchor trusses securely at all bearing points to comply with methods and
details indicated.
F. Install permanent bracing and related components to enable trusses to
maintain design spacing, withstand live and dead loads including lateral
loads, and to comply with other Indicated requirements.
6. ao not cut or remove truss members.
END OF SECTION Ob 112
SECTION 061 q 2 PAGE 6
F ARCHITECTURAL INOOPY40KK
SECTION 06 400
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General conditions,
Supplementary General conditions, Special conditions and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of each type of architectural woodwork Is shown on the Drawings and
in schedules.
B.- "Architectural Woodwork" is defined to include fin addition to Items so designated
on the drawings) all miscellaneous exposed wood members commonly known as
Finish Carpentry or Millwork, unless such items are specified under another section
of these specifications.
C,. The types of architectural woodwork include, but are not necessarily limited to the
following:
1.Casework for laminate and melamine finish.
2.Pla5tic laminate (casework).
s.Standing and running trim for paint finish.
4.Wood Shelving for paint finish.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Except as otherwise shown or specified, comply with specified provisions of the
Architectural Woodwork Institute (AN) "Quality Standards."
8. The approved woodwork manufacturer must have a reputation for doing
satisfactory work on time and shall have successfully completed comparable work.
The Architect reserves the right to approve the woodwork manufacturer
selected to furnish all of the woodwork.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings showing IOGation of each item, dimensioned plans and
elevations, large scale details. attachment devices and other components.
SECTION 06400
F.,
PAGE 1
ARCHITECTURAL WOOPINORk
SECTION 06400
B. Submit samples of each specie which is to receive transparent finish at job site,
as requested by the Architect.
G. Submit full range of samples of each type of laminated plastic specified for color
and/or pattern selection.
1.05 FIELD DIMENSIONS
A. The woodwork manufacturer Is responsible for details and dimensions not
controlled by job conditions and shall show on his shop drawings all required field
measurements beyond his control. The general contractor and the woodwork
manufacturer shall cooperate to establish and maintain these field dimensions.
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent
damage, soiling and deterioration.
B. Do not deliver woodwork, until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations
which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been. completed in
Installation areas. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, woodwork must be stored
in other than installation areas, store only In areas which meet the requirements
specified for installation areas.
1.0? JOB CONDITIONS
A. Examination of Substrate and Conditions: The Installer must examine the
substrate and the conditions under which the work under this section is to be _
performed, and notify the Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions.
Do not proceed with work under this section until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer.
S. Advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for woodwork
Installation areas. Do not install woodwork until the required temperature and —
relative humidity have been stabilized in installation areas.
G. Maintain temperature and relative humidity as required for a tolerance of plus or _
minus 19'0 of the specified optimum moisture content until woodwork receives
specified finishes. Maintain temperature and humidity conditions until acceptance
of the work by the Owner. "
D. Protect installed woodwork from damage by other trades until owner's
SECTION 06400 PAGE 2
i
t
ARCHITECTURAL N0017NORK
SECTION 06400
acceptance of the work. Advise Contractor of required protection procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
_-
2.01
MATERIAL -5
A.
casework and shelving for paint finish.
1.AW1 Section 400
2.AWI quality - custom grade
S.Paint Grade birch veneer plywood and birch trim
and trim:
B.
Plastic laminate for counter tops, casework
!^
1.comply with the requirements of "Publication No. L.fll" by the National Electrical
Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) for the following:
a.. Horizontal surfaces: NEMA General -Purpose Type, nominal 0.050" thlckness.
b. Post -Formed Surfaces: NEMA Post -Forming Type, nominal 0.042" thickness.
c. vertical surfaces: NEMA vertical -surface Type, nominal 0.050" thickness.
d. Backing: .026" thick, Backer type (high pressure).
2.5urface finish:
a. Provide plastic laminate equal to Nevemar -,,Navy Matrix„ #MR -5-5T, velvet
finish.
b. Provide melamine material for all unexposed surfaces - color WHITE.
`
c.
synthetic Composite Boards:
-1.
In addition to AK requirements. COMPOSITE BOARDS will be allowed in any
architectural woodwork items.
D.
Cabinet Hardware:
1.
Shelf Standards: KV #255 Nickel Finish
I
2.
shelf Supports: KY #256 Nickel Finish
SECTION 06400
PAGE 5
ARCHITECTURAL WOOV NORK
SECTION 06400
PART 5 EXECUTION
5.01 PREPARATION
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions In Installation areas
prior to Installing.
B. Backprime woodwork on all surfaces which will be concealed with one coat of
wood primer. Schedule delivery to allow time for application and drying of
backprime coat before installation of woodwork.
5.02 INSTALLATION GENERAL
A. Install, plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using
concealed shims.
B. Cut to fit unless specified to be shop -cut to exact size. Where woodwork abuts
other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. Before making cutouts, drill
pilot holes at corners. _
Co. Distribute defects allowed in the quality grade specified to the best overall
advantage, when installing job assembled woodwork items.
5.05 INSTALLATION OF CASEWORK
A. Install casework in a manner consistent with the specified anality Grade to be
plumb level, true and straight with no distortions. shim as using concealed shims.
B. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, conceal end fasteners
and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Scribe and cut for
accurate fit to other finished work.
5.04 INSTALLATION OF PLASTIC LAMINATE TRIM
A. Install in proper sequence in accordance with shop Drawings. Attach to supports _
with concealed mechanical fasteners or approved adhesive. Do not nail or fasten
through exposed face.
B. Plastic laminates shall be bonded to a core material, such as plywood, using _
adhesives and techniques as recommended by reliable adhesive manufacturers, and
SECTION 06400 PA&E 4
G
F ARCHITECTURAL. NOOPINORK
SECTION 06400
end of section
SECTION 06400
PAGE 5
National Association of Plastic Fabricators Specification 061-1008. Provide
backing sheet.
G. Where plastic laminate finished elements are integral part of wood casework,
�-
provide same duality Grade specified for other portions of casework.
t
D. Fabricate with plastic laminate matching other exposed surfaces, unless otherwise
shown at all exposed edges.
E. Gut openings in plastic laminate finished tops for equipment which Is to be installed
under other sections of these specifications. Verify sizes of opening with actual
size of equipment to be used, prior to making openings. Form inside corners to a
radius of not less than 1 /8". After sawing, rout and file cutouts to ensure smooth.
crack -free edges: seal exposed edges after cutting with a waterproofing
{
material recommended by the plastic laminate manufacturer.
5.05 ADJUST AND GLEAN
f
A. Repair damaged or defective work as directed by Architect.
5. . clean exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
c. Glean shop finished woodwork touch-up finish as required and remove and refinish
_
damaged or soiled areas of finish.
end of section
SECTION 06400
PAGE 5
l riATER REPELLENT COATING
F SECTION O'7 1 'i 5
1 PART 1 GENERAL
r 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
t
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including Generalconditione,supplementary
General Conditions, Special Conditions and beneral Requirements (Division 1), apply to
the work specified in this section.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. The extent of all water repellent coatings shall be to all exposed to the exterior
decorative concrete masonry units.
5. The following type of water repellent Is included under this section:
r 1. Spray applied masonry water repellent for decorative concrete masonry units.
e
C. Roofing, sealants, vapor barriers, base and metal flashings and other moisture
protection items are specified under other headings.
1.05 RELATED WORK
A. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes for application of product and over spray protection.
5. Protect all in place work from over spray.
r.,
1.05 SU5MITTAL0
A. Submit to the Architect for approval 5 copies of specifications for all types of
water repellants before any materials are ordered for the: same; installation
r- instructions are to be included in this submittal. -
S. Each type of water repellant shall be guaranteed against leakage of water, excessive
deterioration or otherwise failing to perform as required within the guarantee period,
due to failure of materials or workmanship. The period of guarantee is for a term of
5 years after acceptance of the building by the Owner and Architect.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Masonry water repellant shall be equal to PRIME-A-PELL 200, that is manufactured
F SECTION 0"i 1 07 5
PAGE 1
1NATER REPELLENT COATING
SECTION O? 1 'T 5
by Chemprobe Corporation.
PART 5 EXECUTION
8.01 PREPARATION
A. Proceed with water repellant coating only after substrate construction and
penetration work has been completed. Installer shall not commence his operations _
until all substrate and other conditions are acceptable to him for a satisfactory
Installation.
8.02 PROTECTION
A. Protect all items and surfaces not to receive this repellant coating.
8.05 INSTALLATION
A. Proceed with work under this heading only when weather conditions comply with _
manufacturers recommendations.
B. All water repellant products shall be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's _
printed instructions. All surfaces shall be dry and compatible in every other way to
provide a complete and satisfactory water repellant Installation.
C. All exterior surfaces of masonry shall be given one brush or spray coat of Clearwater
repellent coating applied in accordance with manufacturers specific written directions.
Care shall be taken to not over spray or over -run other adjacent materials. special
care should be taken to protect the exposed steel and metal wall panels. '—
5.05 GLEAN UP
A. As recommended by the manufacturer for applied surfaces.
End of section
SECTION 0-11675 PACPS 2
r
7 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
SECTION 0'1600
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Drawings, General Provisions including General Conditions, Supplementary
General Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this
Section.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Coping, parapet and cap flashings .
5. Scuppers .
0. Roof flashings.
D. counterflashings over bituminous base flashings.
E. Counterf lashings at roof mounted mechanical equipment and vent stacks.
1.08 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
A. Furnish flashing receivers and accessories to Section 04200 - Unit Masonry for
Installation of roof flashings.
1.04 RELATED WORK
A. Section 06100 Rough carpentry: Wood blocking, mailers, and grounds.
5. Section 01761 1 - Sheet Metal Roofing and Wali Panels.
C. Section 0'7 900: Joint Sealers.
D. Section 15 - Piping and Accessories: Flashing sleeves and collars for mechanical
items protruding through roofing membrane
1.05 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/ASTM 552 - Solder Metal.
B. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process.
r SECTION 01I600 PAGE 1
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
SECTION 007600
0. ASTM 0226 - Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and waterproofing.
D. F5 0-F 506 - Flux, Soldering, Paste and Liquid. _
E. F5 00-9-511 - Solder, Tin Alloy.
F. F5 55-C-158 - Gement. Bituminous, Plastic.
6. NAAMM - Metal Finishes Handbook.
H. SMACNA - Architectural sheet Metal Manual.
1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION --
A. Work of this Section is to physically protect metal roofing and wall panels, wall and
roof flashings from damage that would permit water leakage to the building interior.
1.01 QUALITY A55URANGE-
A. Applicator: Company speclalizing in sheet metal flashing work with s years minimum
experience.
1.08 SUBMITTALS _
A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section
B. Describe material profile, Jointing pattern, jointing details fastening methods, and
installation details
C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01800. ^
1.0q STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store products under provisions of Section O 1 b00
B. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent twisting bending, or abrasion,
and to provide ventilation.
C. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration,
staining, or damage.
1.1 O WARRANTY
A. Furnish written warranty for materials and workmanship for two year period from
SECTION 01600 PAGE 2
A
7
FLASHING ANP SHEET METAL
SECTION 0'i 600
date of substantial completion.
B. warranty shall be signed by installer and contractor.
C. Furnish written 10 -year manufacturer's warranty from the date! of substantial
completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S
A. MBG
B. Substitutions: In accordance with Section 01600.
2.02 SHEET MATERIALS
A. &alvanlzed Steel for all flashings associated with the roofing system: ASTM A525.
690.26 gage core steel. Equal to MSCI "Oalvalume."
B. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, 690; 26 gage core steel
C. Pre -Painted &alvalume Steel for all flashings associated with the wall system: ASTM
A525, 690, 26 gage core steel, shop pre -coated with coating of selected color by
the Architect. Equal to MBG "Signature 200 Series."
1. Type: Flashings as indicated.
2. Material: 26 &a1, 690 galvanized steel
S. Finish: Signature 200 coatings, color - Hawaiian Blue.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Fastener: As recommended by the manufacturer with soft neoprene washers at
exposed fasteners. Finish at exposed fasteners same as flashing metal.
B. Underlayment: ASTM D266; No. 50 asphalt saturated roofing felt. as recommended
�^ by the manufacturer.
C,. Metal Primer: As recommended by the manufacturer. -
D. Protective Backing Paint: Bituminous. 15 mil coating, sulfur free FS -TT -0-404 or
SSPC paint 12.
F SECTION 01600 PAGE S
7
FLASHIN6 ,SND SHEET METAL
SECTION 0'f 600
E. Sealant: Type as specified in 5eation O'1900.
F. Bedding Compound: Polyisobutylene mastic as recommended.
6. Plastic Gement: F5 55-C-155, Type I -asphaltic base cement.
H. Solder: F5 00-5-5'7 1; ANSI/ASTM 852; 50/50 type.
I. Flux: F5 0-F-506.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or --
defects.
B. Fabricate aleats and starter strips of 16 gage type sheet metals size as required, --
Interloakable with sheet.
C. Form pieces in longest practical lengths.
D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1h inch; miter and seam corners.
E. Form material with standing seam.
F. Solder and seal metal Joints. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder joints
clean.
6. Fabricate aorners from one piece with minimum 16 Inah long legs; seam for rigidity,
seal with sealant.
H. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch and hemmed to
form drip.
I. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches over roofing gravel. Return and
brake edges.
J. Provide for thermal expansion of running sheet metal work, by overlaps of expansion
joints in fabricated work. W -ere required for water -tight construction, provide hooked
flanges filled with Polyisobutylene mastic for 1 " embedment of flanges. space joints at
intervals of not more than 50 feet. conceal expansion provisions where possible.
2.05 FIN15H
A. Shop prepare and prime exposed ferrous metal surfaces.
SECTION 007600 PACvE 4
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
SECTION 061600
B. Backpaint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minim -un dry
film thickness of 1 S.
PART S EXECUTION
5.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, or vents through roof are solidly
set, cant strips and regrets in place, and nailing strips located.
S. Verify membrane termination and base flashings are in place, sealed and secure.
C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions
8.02 PREPARATION
A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating; work
B. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation.
C. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. use exposed fasteners only in
locations approved by Architect/Engineer.
P. Seam and seal all joints.
E. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings.
F. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes,
and lines accurate to profiles.
6. Solder metal joints watertight for full metal surface contact. After soldering, wash
metal clean with neutralizing solution and rinse with water.
H. Seal metal joints watertight.
S -OS - INSTALLATION
A. Conform to drawing details included in AISI, CPA, NAAMM, SMACNA and NRCA
manual
S. All sheet metal shall be fabricated and installed to provide water and weathertight
construction, set plumb, square an true in every respect. Sheet metal shall be set with
lines and align sharp and true; plain surfaces shall be free of waves and buckles..Joints
and seams In plain surfaces shall be avoided where possible.
F SECTION 007600 PAC7E 5
FLASHING ANP SHEET METAL
SECTION O 1 600
0. NO STRETCH FORMING WILL BE REWIRED. Crimp or out to create segmenting
of coping flashings as required to aaheive desired radius apperance.
5.04 APJUSTIN& AND GLEANING
A. Adjust all surfaces for complete and proper fit.
B. Remove excess plastic cement, sealant materials and smears from adjacent surfaces
and working surfaces as work progresses.
C. On completion of work, recheck for spillage or droppings of plastic cement or
asphalt products. Remove with a cleaning agent approved by the Architect.
P. Remove all debris resulting from these operations from the site.
5.05 PROTECTION
A. After installation, the Contractor shall adequately protect the exposed surfaces of
the flashings and edge guards from damage by subsequent trades or from contaminants _
End of section
SECTION 0'7 600 1 PAGE 6
SHEET METAL ROOFING AND )NALL PANELS
SECTION 0761 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary
General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements (Division 1), apply
to the work specified in this section.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Precoated and natural galvanized steel roofing, wall panels and associated flashings.
1.05 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 06100 - Wood Blocking and Curbing: Wood blocking and plywood roof deck
substrate for metal roofing and wall profiles.
B. Section 01600 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
C. Section 016100 - Joint Sealers.
1.04 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A561 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (balvanized) by the Hot Dip Process for
Roofing and Siding.
B. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process,
Structural (physical) ouality.
C. ASTM 0219 5 - Asphalt Impregnated Blass Mat for Roofing and waterproofing.
D. FS SS -C-155 - Cement, Bituminous. Plastic
E. NAAMM - Metal Finish Handbook.
F. NBCA (National Roofing Contractors Association) - Roofing Manual.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Indicate on shop drawings, material profile, ,Jointing pattern, jointing details,
7 SECTION 00761 1 PADS 1
SHEET METAL ROOFING AND Y4ALL PANELS
SECTION 00761 1
fastening methods, and installation details.
B. Product data
1. Provide manufacturer's standard printed product information describing materials
and finishes.
C. Samples
1. Submit four samples 6 x & inch in size of metal roofing and wall panels mounted on
plywood backing or sheathing and illustrating typical exterior corner. junction to
vertical dissimilar surface, material and finish.
1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Completed roofing systems shall comply with UL90.
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer: Company specializing In sheet metal roof Installations with s years
documented experience.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent twisting bending, or abrasion.
and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage.
B. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration or
staining.
1.09 SEOUENGING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate with the work of Section 04200 for installation of required blocking and
receivers.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Provide installers two year weathertightness guarantee.
5. Provide 10 year manufacturer's paint finish guarantee against deterioration due to
fading, chalking and peeling.
SECTION 0616 1 1 PAGE 2
1, SHEET METAL ROOFING ANP WALL PANELS
SECTION 0161 1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. MBG
B. Substitutions: In accordance with Section O 1600.
2.02 SHEET MATERIALS
A. sheet Metal
1. Pre -Coated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A446, Grade A, &90 zinc coating; 26 gage
core steel, shop pre -coated with polyvinylidene fluoride coating of selected color.
Equal to MBG "signature 200 Series".
2. &alvanized Steel: ASTM A446, &rade A, 690 zinc coating; 26 gage core steel.
Equal to MBG "&alvalume".
B. Accessories
1. Fasteners: &aivanized steel or stainless steel with neoprene washers. Finish
r exposed fasteners same as flashing metal.
1
2. Underleyment: ASTM P21 ?8, No. 8o asphalt saturated roofing felt.
S. slip Sheet: Rosin sized building paper, only as required by the manufacturer.
4. Sealant: as specified in section 09900
S. Bedding compound: as recommended by manufacturer
6. Plastic cement: FS SS -C-158, Type I - Asphaltic base cement.
2.08 FABRICATION
A. General
1. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or
defects.
2. Form pieces in longest practical lengths.
S. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners.
SECTION 0 i 61 1 PAGE S
SHEET METAL ROOFING ANP MALL PANELS
SECTION 0161 1
4. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long leg; seam for rigidity,
seal with sealant.
S. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch and hemmed
to form drip.
b. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches over roofing. Return and brake
edges.
B. Roofing and Wall Panel: 52 inch wide panel, '7/5 Inch thickness - EQUAL to 10 Panel —
profile manufactured by MBGI. Miall panel color "Hawaiian Blue" - Roof panel
NGalvalume.
G. Panel Clips: standard with roofing manufacturer.
PART 5 EXECUTION
8.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect roof deck to verify deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves, or
projections, properly sloped to eaves.
B. Verify deck is dry and free of snow or ice. Verify joints in wood deck are solidly
supported and fastened.
G. Verify cant strips and regrets are in place, and nailing strips located.
D. Verify roofing membrane termination and base flashings are In place sealed, and
secure.
E. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions
5.02 PREPARATION
A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work.
B. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation.
G. Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfigurement
5.05 INSTALLATION
A. Apply underlayment in single layer laid perpendicular to slope weather lap edges 2
SECTION 0 57 61 1 PAC7E 4
SHEET METAL ROOFING ANP MALL PANELS
SECTION O'7 61 1
inches and nail in place. Minimize nail quantity.
S. Apply slip sheet in one layer, laid loose, only if required by the manufacturer.
G. use bedding compound for joints between metal and bitumen or metal and felts.
V. install roofing in direction as indicated on drawings and in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in
locations approved by the manufacturer.
F. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings.
6. Fit flashin s tight in lace. Make corners s uare, surfaces true and straight in
g 9 p q 9 planes.
and lines accurate to profiles.
End of Section
t
1.
t. .
SECTION O'7 61 1 PA&E 5
l
l CAULKING AND SEALANTS
SECTION 007 4100
i
PART GENERAL
1.01
REL, ,TED DOCUMENTS
A.
The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions,
Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
Provide caulking in conjunction with interior painting operations and as otherwise
indicated on Drawings for interior caulking.
B.
Provide sealant where indicated on the Drawings in conJunation with sound seals,
and as otherwise noted.
C.
Perform all work required to complete the Joint preparation, Joint packing or filler,
l
priming, caulking and sealing indicated by the Drawings and specified herein. Furnish
all supplementary items necessary.
1.05
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 04200 Unit Masonry
B.
Section 0'7 b00 Flashing and Sheet Metal
C.
Section 01 b 1 1 Sheet Metal Roofing and Wall Panels
D.
Section 09900 Painting
1.04
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Sealant material manufactured by any of the following manufacturers is acceptable
provided it complies with the requirements of this section.
1. Pec -ora Chemical Corporation
2. Sonneborn Bulidin# Products, Inc.
S. Products Research and Chemical Corporation
4. Tremco Manufacturing Company
5. rt. R. brace and Company
i
b. General Electric Company
_
17. Mamgco international, Inc.
SECTION 007 0100 PA&E I
CAULKING ANP SEALANTS
SECTION O9 900
1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver materials in unopened containers as packaged by the manufacturer. Store
in a manner to protect materials from the weather.
1.06 SU5MITTAL5
A. submit manufacturer's published data for sealants. Show each color, available.
Color selection will be by the Architect.
B. when requested by the Architect, submit samples of cured sealants and a 6" long
sample of each type of joint backup if required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Sealant: Equal to Vulkem 1 16 polyurethane sealant as manufactured by Mameco
International, Inc. of cleveland, Ohio.
B. Sealant Primer: As recommended by the manufacturer for each type of surface
application.
C,. caulking compound: one part acrylic latex caulk for general purpose interior
caulking capable of being painted with latex or oil base paints.
PART 5 EXECUTION
8.01 PREPARATION
A. Examine all surfaces to receive sealant and report all conditions not acceptable.
Installation shall be deemed as acceptance of the surface.
B. clean all surfaces and joints thoroughly, removing all foreign matter, dust, oil,
grease, water surface, dirt, frost, old caulking material and previously applied paint
or primer.
c. Prime and prepare surfaces in strict accordance with sealant or caulk
manufacturer's written Instructions and recommendations.
D. Remove loose mill scale from steel surfaces. Remove dirt, oil, or grease by solvent
cleaning and wipe surfaces. All surfaces must be clean and dry. Any protective
coating on building materials that will impair sealant bond shall be removed. _
E. Report unsatisfactory surfaces to the Architect.
SECTION 0 i Cl 00 PAC -7E 2
r
i
I
'i
CAULKING AND SEALANTS
SECTION 07 900
8.02 APPLICATION OF SEALANTS
A. Follow sealant manufacturer's instructions regarding preparation, priming,
application life and application procedure.
B. Apply masking tape where required in continuous strips in alignment with joint
edge. Remove tape Immediately after joints have been sealed and tooled as
directed.
G. Apply sealant under pressure with gun having nozzle of proper size, or other
appropriate means. Provide sufflcient pressure to completely fill joints.
D. Neatly point or tool sealant to provide proper contour. Use clean water -wet tool
or tooling solution recommended by manufacturer when tooling white or light
colored sealant.
8.05 .JOINT SiZES
A. Sealant and Caulking: Depth equal to 5 times joint width.
5.04 APPLICATION OF CAULKING
A. Caulking: Caulk joints before final coat of paint is applied to adjacent surface.
Apply caulking with a pressure gun having a nozzle of proper size to fit joint.
Completely fill Joint and firmly tool against backing to make a smooth, convex bed,
and assure good adhesion. Caulking shall develop a firm skin before paint is
allowed.
5.05 CLEANING
A. Remove excess caulking or sealant materials and smears from ad jaaent surfaces
as work progresses.
B. On non -porous surfaces excess uncured sealant shall be removed with a solvent
moistened cloth immediately. On porous surfaces excess sealant should be
allowed to cure overnight, then removed by lightly wirebrushing or sanding. All
adjacent surfaces shall be clean and free from stains.
G. Remove all debris resulting from these operations from the site.
End of Section
SECTION O7 900
PAGE 5
HOLLOW METAL DOORS 4 FRAMES
SECTION 06150
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide hollow metal doors and frames manufactured by a single firm specializing
In the production of this type of work.
S. The Contractor shall not submit any. hollow metal manufacturer for the Architect's
approval without first verifying that the proposed manufacturer, facilities are
adequate to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The
manufacturer shall have been in the business for at least five years and he shall
have a record for financlal responsibility and for doing work of the quality required
by the Contract Documents.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 60I-100 - Recommended Specifications -Standard Steel Doors and Frames of
Steel Door Institute.
7 SECTION 05 150 PAGE 1
PART 1 GENERAL
[
[
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions.
Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements
(Division 1). apply to the work specified In this section.
1.02
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
The extent of hollow metal doors and frames is shown on the drawings and
Flo
I
schedules; all shall be custom hollow metal work.
`
1.05
-
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 04200 - Unit Masonry
S.
section 06100 - Carpentry Work
Co.
Section 05665 - Aluminum Sliding Window Unit
D.
Section 06;00 -Finish Hardware
E.
Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide hollow metal doors and frames manufactured by a single firm specializing
In the production of this type of work.
S. The Contractor shall not submit any. hollow metal manufacturer for the Architect's
approval without first verifying that the proposed manufacturer, facilities are
adequate to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The
manufacturer shall have been in the business for at least five years and he shall
have a record for financlal responsibility and for doing work of the quality required
by the Contract Documents.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 60I-100 - Recommended Specifications -Standard Steel Doors and Frames of
Steel Door Institute.
7 SECTION 05 150 PAGE 1
HOLLOW METAL DOORS 4 FRAMES
SECTION 061'50
B. Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL), and Factory Mutual (Fm), as applicable to fire
rated hollow metal door frames.
C. ASTM A525 - Not Required.
D. ASTM A56 R - Steel, Carbon, Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality.
E. ASTM A591 - Steel Sheet, Cold Roiled, Electrolyte Zinc Coated.
F. ASTM A566 - Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1.Submit shop drawings for the fabrication, and erection of hollow metal doors and
frames. Include details of each frame type, conditions at openings, details of
construction, locations and installation requirements of finish hardware and
reinforcements and details of joints and connections. Show anchorages and
necessary items.
B. Samples
1.Submit 12" x 12" sample corner section of typical frame showing details of
construction and finish.
2.Submit samples of all accessories.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS'
A. Material manufactured by any of the following manufacturers is acceptable
provided it complies with the Contract Documents.
1.HOLLOW METAL
Steelcraft
Deansteel
Republic Steel Corporation
Hol -O -Met, Inc.
Tex -Steel Corporation
SECTION 05150 PAGE 2
I
I
HOLLOW METAL DOORS 4 FRAMES
SECTION 06150
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Doors
1. Exterior and Interior: 16 gage stretcher level steel conforming to ASTM AS66.
B. Frames
1. Interior: 16 gage steel conforming to ASTM AS66.
2. Exterior: 14 gage steel conforming to ASTM AS66.
G. Protective Coatings
1. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion.
2. Primer: Zinc -Chromate Alkyd resin primer for baked primer, Fed. Spec.
TT -P-645.
D. Accessories
1. Jamb Anchors
a. Masonry construction: `T' strap type, corrugated and galvanized.
b. Stud construction: Z, type, same gage and material as frame.
2. Silencers: Resilient Rubber
S. Glazing Bars: Rolled steel channel shape, mitered corners; prepared for
countersink style screws.
2.08 FABRICATION
A. Frames
1. Form metal frames to size and shapes indicated from cold rolled, pickled, and oiled
steel sheets with clean smooth surfaces. Fabricate all frames from 14 gauge
steel unless otherwise indicated. All frames fabricated and assemble as complete
welded unit. &rind all welds smooth.. . „ . .
2. Construct frames strong, rigid, neat and free from defects, true and fully welded
7 SECTION 05150 _ PA&E 5
HOLLOW METAL 170ORS 4 FRAMES
SECTION 05150
unit type construction at Joints. Miter joints and continuously arc -weld full depth
and width of frames. Press smooth and invisible, welds of joints on exposed
surfaces.
S. Mortise, reinforce. drill and tap with templates, frames to receive mortised
hardware. Provide reinforcing plates for surface applied hardware. Reinforce for
hinges with I gauge steel; for locks and other hardware cutouts with 12 gauge
steel; for surface applied hardware with 12 gauge steel.
4..Provide 26 gauge galvanized cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts. Punch
frames for rubber or vinyl silencers; three on lock side of single doors and one for
each leaf in heads of double door frames.
S. Provide jamb anchors for frames set in stud partitions, welded to back of frames,
not less than 14 gauge, of design required for type of stud, 4 anchors for
openings up to 7'-6" and one additional anchor for each additional 50" height or
part thereof. Locate anchors immediately above each hinge reinforcing plate and
one below the top hinge reinforcing on both sides.
6. Provide 14 gauge steel fixed floor clips fastened to bottom of each jamb
member and drill for s/8" anchor bolts for floor connection.
't. Provide temporary steel spreaders fastened across bottom of frames. Label
each frame before shipping with metal or plastic tags to show their location, size
door swing and other pertinent Information.
a. Rubber Poor silencers: Prill stops to receive s silencers on single -door frames
and 4 silencers on double -door frames. Install plastic plugs to keep holes clear
during construction. Furnish and install rubber door silencers.
9. Plaster Guards: Provide 22 gauge plaster guards for mortar boxes, welded to
the frame, at the back of all finish hardware cutouts where mortar or other
materials might obstruct hardware operation.
B. Poore
1. Fabricate in conformance with SP1 -100 and to meet Grade II, Model 4.
2. Gore construction: For 1-5/4 inch doors with Polystyrene core shall have a "u°
factor of 0.2 4. a "R" factor of 4.11 and a STC, rating of S 2. The rigid core of
polystyrene foam board shall be bonded -to face sheets with an adhesive.
compressive strength of the core shall be not less than 1600 psf and a shear
strength of not less than 16 psi. The strength of the bond between the
SECTION 05150 PAGE 4
HOLLOW METAL POORS 4 FRAMES
SECTION 06150
polystyrene and the steel face sheets shall exceed the strength of the polystyrene,
so that delamination does not occur under any operating condition.
s. vertical edges shall be reinforced by a 16 gage minimum continuous steel channel
extending full height of the door. The top and bottom edge: shall be reinforced
with 16 gage inverted channels spot welded to the face sheets.
4. All doors shall be mortised and reinforced to allow field application of hinges and
locks in accordance with approved. hardware schedule and templates provided by
the hardware contractor. Hinge reinforcement - 17 gage, Lock - 12 gage, Closure
- 14 gage, Lock support - 20 gage, all surface mounted hardware - 16 gage.
2.04 SHOP PAINTING
A. Glean ferrous metal and treat chemically to prepare for maximum paint adhesion.
Apply coat of rust -inhibitive metal primer by spraying or dipping. Sake oven -dry
prime coat to secure hard, abrasion -resistant finish. Finish surfaces smooth and free
from Irregularities and rough spots.
PART 5 EXECUTION
9.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install hollow metal units and accessories In accordance with final shop drawings and
r manufacturer's data, and as herein specified.
l
B. Leave shipping spreaders on frames until complete wall system surrounding the frame
Is rigidly secured to frame, floors and ceilings. Set Bottom anchors of frame to floor
with power -driven fasteners or expansion bolts (not lead shields).
Co. At stud gypsum walls, install frames to double stud bucks with bolts and screws,
welded. set frame with Jambs plumb, head level and frame in true plane.
V. Hang doors in frames as scheduled. Welding of hinges to doors or frames will not be
permitted. Follow recommendations of the manufacturer for Installation of the
hardware. Install hardware in location as provided by door manufacturer.
E. Coat contact surfaces of any dissimilar metals with bituminous, base paint and let dry
before installation.
F. Install all surface mounted hardware taking care that all attachment devices are
anchored in their reinforcement materials Inside the door frames.
SECTION 06150 PA&E 5
HOLLOW METAL DOORS 4 FRAMES
SECTION 08150
G. After installation, adjust all hardware items for correct, easy and efficient operation.
H. Install hollow metal frames plumb and square, In correct location indicated on drawings
and with a maximum diagonal distortion of 1 / 16 inch. Ensure frames are securely and
rigidly anchored to adjacent construction.
I. Final Adjustments: check and readjust -all operating finish hardware items in hollow
metal work just prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper
operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including doors or frames
which are warped, bowed or otherwise damaged.
J. Aluminum Sliding Window Unit: Verify that the area to receive this unit is constructed
to a cased opening profile and that all dissimilar material items have been protected.
Fabricator to coordinate all aspects of these units with the sliding door supplier to
provide for a complete and proper Installation. Installers to coordinate all flashings.
8.02 GLEANING
A. Remove all smudge, dirt, oil, grease or adhered materials which might affect painting. _
Remove all excess materials and debris from Site.
End of section
SECTION 08150 PACDE &